Association for Behavior Analysis International

The Association for Behavior Analysis International® (ABAI) is a nonprofit membership organization with the mission to contribute to the well-being of society by developing, enhancing, and supporting the growth and vitality of the science of behavior analysis through research, education, and practice.

Search

48th Annual Convention; Boston, MA; 2022

Program by Continuing Education Events: Monday, May 30, 2022


 

Paper Session #408
CE Offered: BACB
The Dimensions of the Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–8:25 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Edward K. Morris (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Edward K. Morris, Ph.D.
 
The Dimensions of the Dimensions of Applied Behavior Analysis
Domain: Theory
EDWARD K. MORRIS (University of Kansas), Deborah E. Altus (Washburn University), Matthew Novak (Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine)
 
Abstract: In 1968, Baer, Wolf, and Risley described “some current dimensions of applied behavior analysis” (ABA). Since then, their article and the dimensions have been fundamental to defining ABA research: “Obviously, the study must be applied, behavioral, and analytic; in addition, it should be technological, conceptually systematic, and effective, and it should display some generality” (p. 92). Occasionally, the dimensions have been used to describe and critique applied research in behavior analysis (e.g., crime and delinquency, gerontology). More recently, they have been used to rate the quality of ABA research articles and research programs. For these, rubrics have been developed. This presentation brings one to bear on the issue of whether articles published in the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis (JABA) should require all seven of the dimensions for publication. The advisability of the requirement notwithstanding, it may prove onerous because each of the dimensions varies in the criteria that define it. That is, the dimensions of ABA have dimensions. The presentation then describes the dimensions of the dimensions through, in part, the rubric for scoring them and discusses their relevance for defining ABA and what research JABA should publish.
 
Target Audience:

Applied researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the current tensions in defining applied behavior analysis in terms of its seven dimensions (e.g., how many, which ones); (2) distinguish between the dimensions of the applied behavior analysis and the dimensions of their dimensions; and (3) describe the latter for each of the dimensions.
 
 
Panel #409
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission Not Just a Buzzword: Conceptual Analyses and Practical Applications of Compassion in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Jacob Sadavoy, M.S.
Chair: Hannah Kaplan-Reimer (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
JACOB A SADAVOY (Committed Behavior)
LAUREN ALICIA GOODWYN (Seton Hall University)
MEGAN DUFFY CASSELLA (Private Practice)
Abstract:

Compassion is generally defined as a desire and willingness to alleviate the suffering of others. Though there is no doubt that applied and clinical behavior analysis were founded with such intentions, compassionate behavior has not historically been explicitly analyzed or taught in behavior analytic practice. Though the word “compassion” does not often appear in traditional behavior analytic literature, it is now being employed more regularly in formal contexts and has even found its way into the most recent BACB code of ethics. As scientific practitioners, it is important that behavior analysts establish an agreed upon functional and actionable definition of compassion so that they can effectively plan for, engage in, and train others to engage in, compassionate practices. Behavior analysts have both the technology and the heart to spread compassion far and wide. This panel will discuss the functional conceptual definitions of compassionate behavior so that we can learn to identify it and understand that the topography will vary across individuals, groups, cultures, and contexts. The panel will also address how to plan for and respond with compassion to harmful behaviors. Perhaps most crucially, the panel will discuss compassion’s close relationship with self-compassion, ways to practice self-compassion and strategies aimed at avoiding compassion fatigue.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Beginner

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define compassionate behavior from a functional contextual perspective; (2) Provide proactive and reactive strategies for promoting compassionate behavior in behavior analytic settings; (3) Describe how cultural and contextual differences influence the topography of compassionate behavior.
 
 
Panel #413
CE Offered: BACB
Component Analysis in Applied Behavior Analysis: Current Research and Future Directions
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Salvador Ruiz, Ph.D.
Chair: JUSTIN N COY (University of Pittsburgh)
SALVADOR RUIZ (University of West Florida)
PETER STURMEY (The Graduate Center and Queens College, City University of New York)
JOHN CLAUDE WARD-HORNER (Evergreen Center)
Abstract:

Component Analysis is a systematic approach to identify the effects of individual elements of a treatment package. Component Analysis serves two important roles for practitioners. First, it verifies to what extent each component of the package impacts behavior. It is important to recognize the degree of effectiveness to provide best practice treatment options. Second, allows for experimenters to select the most effective components of a treatment package (Riden et al., 2020). Two previous literature reviews identified studies that implemented component analysis and examined the degree of individual components' effects on behavior across studies (Riden et al., 2020; Ward-Horner & Sturmey, 2010). While those seeking to implement a component analysis review the literature, it appears that in many scenarios they are underutilized in SCRD. While many consider the value in understanding the effects of individual components, practitioners and students should be able to seek resources that examine the effects of treatments on behavior. Future literature reviews should examine the use of component analysis across participants and specialties to determine its frequency of appearance and use cases.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Attendees should have knowledge of: What a component analysis is How to determine if a component was evaluated in a graph

Learning Objectives: 1. Identify a component analysis in the literature base 2. Establish visual inspection criteria for examining component effects 3. Locate research that utilizes component analysis in their study
Keyword(s): Component Analysis, Experimental Design
 
 
Panel #414
CE Offered: BACB
RBTs and BCBAs Changing Adult Services to Persons With IDD/ASD
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–8:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Terence G. Blackwell, M.S.
Chair: Terence G. Blackwell (Chimes International Limited)
VIVIAN A. ATTANASIO (Chimes Delaware)
JAMES G. O'BRIEN (Manhattan Star Academy)
CHERYL BLACKWELL (Verbal Behavior Inst.)
Abstract:

In a variety of settings, the requirements of funding sources (such as CMS and State Medicaid authorities) are increasingly enforcing the use of evidence-based practices where public funding is provided. The creation of the RBT credential accredited by the NCCA in 2016 created a great opportunity to improve the lives of persons receiving care in adult day settings, whether that be residential, vocational, or a day treatment model. The presenters are actively working in the I/DD and autism space of human services, implementing "evidence-based practices" in a variety of states and settings. During the past few years, the ability to train direct care staff in ABA reduced both staff turnover and injury on the job for the multiple agencies represented by the presenters. We will review how we began, with the assistance of Dr. Brian Iwata in Brooklyn, NY, and how we continue to train staff to competency in a field that previously had little evidence-based practice despite decades of funding.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBA

Learning Objectives: 1) identify where the use of an RBT assists in maintaining funding for existing programs 2) articulate the supervision requirements for RBTs to practice under the supervision of a BCBA 3) demonstrate knowledge of 3 key behaviors to shape on existing staff in order to implement an evidence-based practice.
 
 
Symposium #415
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Tactics and Interventions for Treatment-Resistant Automatically Maintained Self-Injury: Preliminary Findings from a Clinical Trial
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Discussant: William H. Ahearn (New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Louis P. Hagopian, Ph.D.
Abstract: Research has identified subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior based on its level of differentiation across play and ignore conditions of functional analyses and the presence of self-restraint. Subtype 1 varies inversely with the level of stimulation across conditions; Subtype 2 is invariant; and Subtype 3 is characterized by self-restraint, a self-limiting behavior that impairs functioning. Treatments using noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) are effective for Subtype 1, but significantly less so for Subtypes 2 or 3. This symposium will discuss tactics and interventions for the treatment-resistant subtypes. The first presenter will discuss a principled approach to identifying protective procedures to prevent injury while assessing and evaluating treatments for severe SIB. The second presenter will describe a competing task assessment to identify and establish competing tasks associated with reductions in SIB. The third presenter will discuss findings from a self-control equipment assessment designed to identify equipment to promote self-control that competes with self-restraint. The fourth presenter will review initial findings from a randomized controlled trial comparing combination treatment, which employs methods to increase the amount and vary the sources of competing reinforcement for SIB and self-restraint to NCR with competing stimuli. The discussant will comment on the implications of these findings.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Attendees should be familiar with function-based treatment, automatically-maintained self-injury, and assessment and treatment of severe self-injury.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. describe assessment findings that characterize treatment-resistant automatically-maintained self-injury 2. describe methods that can be used to minimize risks while assessing and treating severe self-injury 3. describe pre-treatment assessments to identify stimuli and tasks that can potentially be used to compete with reinforcement maintaining self-injury 4. describe the principle of reinforcer competition and its use in treatment for automatically-maintained problem behavior
 

A Protective Procedures Assessment to Minimize Risks When Assessing, Treating, and Conducting Research on Self-Injury

MICHELLE A. FRANK-CRAWFORD (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger institute), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract:

Automatically maintained self-injurious behavior is associated with more severe injuries relative to socially maintained self-injurious behavior (SIB). Assessing, treating, and conducting research on severe SIB poses many practical and ethical challenges; chief among them is minimizing risk. Protective procedures often used include mechanical devices that limit the occurrence of the behavior, protective equipment that protect areas of the body from injury, response blocking to prevent the completion of the response, and abbreviated sessions to limit exposure to situations in which the behavior is occurring. We describe a principled approach to guide the application of these and other tactics that balance the need to allow the occurrence of SIB to the extent that it can be assessed and treatments can be evaluated, while also minimizing risks of injury. The general principles include 1) matching the protective procedures based on the form of and injuries produced by SIB, 2) selecting the optimal combination of procedures, starting with the combination most likely to prevent injury, then 3) carefully reducing the use of procedures so that the optimal level of protection that is minimally restrictive is identified. Outcomes of the application of this approach will be discussed.

 
Initial Outcomes of a Competing Task Assessment for Automatically-Maintained Self-Injurious Behavior
JASMEEN KAUR (Kennedy Krieger institute), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Lauren Veirs (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute)
Abstract: Competing stimulus assessments are used to identify stimuli (usually leisure items) to compete with reinforcement produced by automatically-maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB). Recent research has highlighted the utility of augmenting these procedures by employing tactics to actively promote engagement with stimuli while disrupting ASIB. There is also preliminary evidence that engagement with tasks may be effective at reducing rates of treatment-resistant ASIB. In the current study, we brought these findings together to develop and evaluate a competing task assessment (CTA) with six participants enrolled in a clinical trial for treatment-resistant ASIB. In contrast to competing stimuli, with which the individual can engage in many ways, competing tasks require a discrete response or chain of responses (i.e., sorting objects). If noncontingent access to tasks did not produce reductions in SIB, we systematically included response promotion (e.g., prompting task engagement and food reinforcement), reductive components (e.g., response blocking SIB), and combinations of these procedures to reduce ASIB. Using this approach, multiple competing tasks were identified to reduce ASIB for all participants, but only after the inclusion of response promotion and reductive components.
 
Self-Control Equipment Assessment: Identification of Appropriate Forms of Self-Control via the Use of Competing Equipment
DREW E. PIERSMA (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Griffin Rooker (Mount St. Mary's University), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Jonathan Dean Schmidt (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Courtney Hanlin (UMBC)
Abstract: Some individuals who engage in self-injurious behavior (SIB) also engage in self-restraint (SR), generally defined as behaviors that interfere with the occurrence of SIB (including holding onto objects or others, wrapping hands in clothing, sitting on hands). Although SR can reduce the occurrence of SIB, it can be maladaptive when it limits hand use or has other detrimental consequences (e.g., decreased circulation, skin breakdown). Self-restraint appears to be maintained by the avoidance of SIB, thereby suggesting it can be characterized as topographically maladaptive form of self-control. It is possible that alterations to the topography of SR can mitigate these detrimental consequences while maintaining low levels of SIB. As part of a clinical trial investigating an intervention for treatment-resistant subtypes of SIB, five participants completed a self-control equipment assessment (SCEA) in order to identify equipment that would compete with SR. The assessment examined the effects of the equipment when it was freely available, when its use was prompted, and when its use was prompted while SR was blocked. Preliminary results suggest that empirical identification of equipment that competes with SR is possible in the context of brief sessions. Implications for the extended use of these procedures are described.
 

Targeting Treatment-Resistant Subtypes of Automatically Maintained Self-Injury With Combination Treatment

JONATHAN DEAN SCHMIDT (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Louis P. Hagopian (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Michelle A. Frank-Crawford (Kennedy Krieger Institute; Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine), Drew E. Piersma (Kennedy Krieger Institute), Jasmeen Kaur (Kennedy Krieger institute)
Abstract:

The identification of treatment-resistant subtypes of automatically maintained self-injurious behavior (ASIB) created an imperative to develop more efficacious interventions. Increased understanding of the mechanisms involved in the maintenance of these behaviors, and the development of new technologies provide a conceptual and empirical basis for developing an intervention targeting these treatment-resistant subtypes. Combination treatment is based on the same principle of reinforcer competition as the current standard of care treatment, noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) with competing stimuli, but also employs novel methods to greatly increase the amount and vary the sources of competing reinforcement to target both self-injury and self-restraint. Combination treatment includes three phases: 1) Pre-Treatment Assessments to identify competing stimuli, competing tasks, and self-control equipment to reduce self-injury and self-restraint; 2) Intensive Training to strengthen skills needed to fully access available competing reinforcement, and replace debilitating self-restraint with self-control; and 3) Combination Treatment where competing stimuli, competing tasks, and alternative self-control equipment are combined to maximize their effects. The conceptual and empirical basis for this treatment are discussed, and preliminary findings from a randomized crossover design comparing the efficacy of Combination Treatment to NCR with competing stimuli are summarized.

 
 
Symposium #417
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Diversity in Mentorship and Graduate Programs: Faculty and Student Outlooks
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Brinea Osborne (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Discussant: Malika N. Pritchett (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Malika Pritchett, M.A.
Abstract:

Creating inclusive and equitable models of mentorship and training is instrumental for retention of individuals from historically marginalized backgrounds in behavior analysis. Although improvements have been made, a call to further develop culturally responsive mentorship practices, graduate programs, and course work still requires substantial attention to address existing disparities. The first talk will discuss data from faculty regarding their mentorship practices, training, and current strategies for mentoring diverse students. The second talk will highlight mentorship experiences from students of historically marginalized groups and discuss tactics for refining current practices. The third talk will discuss the prevalence of diversity and cultural awareness in behavior analytic graduate programs from survey results of faculty and students. The final talk will review the need for critical multicultural coursework in behavior analytic curricula in comparison to other disciplines.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Participants should be knowledgeable of basic applied behavior analysis principles.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify current challenges faculty encounter when providing mentorship to students of historically marginalized groups and future strategies to improve practices; (2) Identify barriers students and BACB certificates face during mentorship and recommendations for culturally responsive mentorship practices; (3) Discuss the relationship between diversity and cultural awareness in graduate programs; (4) Identify ways to include critical multicultural education in behavior analysis curricula.
 
Diversity submission Survey on Culturally Responsive Mentorship Practices in Behavior Analysis
DENICE RIOS MOJICA (Georgia Southern University), Marlesha Bell (University of the Pacific), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Haylee Tomberlin (Georgia Southern University), Catina Broaden (Georgia Southern University)
Abstract: Recent publications have called on behavior analysts to adopt culturally responsive and humble skills in their clinical practice. Although it is important to focus on these skills when providing therapeutic services to clients, it is just as important to apply the same responsiveness when we train and mentor future behavior analysts. Culturally responsive mentorship refers to identifying the mentor and the mentee’s culturally shaped beliefs, perceptions, and judgments in a mentorship relationship, how those cultural aspects are similar and different, and adjusting your mentorship techniques to create a carefully constructed environment responsive to the mentee’s specific needs. Practicing culturally responsive mentorship when training and mentoring future behavior analysts aligns directly with practicing cultural humility. The presentation will describe a survey conducted on the status of culturally responsive mentorship practices used with future behavior analysts. We surveyed 502 faculty who teach in a verified course sequence and/or an ABAI accredited program. The survey was completed by a total of 44 respondents. Results showed faculty are dedicated to adopting culturally responsive mentorship practices but need training and resources to do so. We outline the specific results of the survey and the implications for training and mentoring future behavior analysts.
 
Diversity submission 

Current State and Experiences of Racially and Ethnically Diverse Groups in Applied Behavior Analysis During Mentorship

MARLESHA BELL (University of the Pacific), Denice Rios Mojica (Georgia Southern University), Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
Abstract:

Recent Behavior Analyst Certification Board® (BACB®) data showed an underrepresentation of individuals from historically marginalized groups (HMGs) who have obtained BACB® certificates (BACB Certificant Data, 2021). Previous literature has described mentorship as a recommendation for retaining individuals from HMGs in various settings including higher education (Sorkness et al., 2015) and more recently in behavior analysis (Cirincione-Ulezi, 2020). Thus, the purpose of the survey was to gather information about the experiences and needs of HMGs during mentorship and provide suggestions for improving the experiences of future BACB® certificants. The survey gathered information on the importance of mentorship, whether they had mentors who matched their backgrounds (i.e., race and/or gender), factors (e.g., school’s location, racial climate) when choosing mentors, barriers (e.g., microaggressions, lack of safety/trust) experienced during mentorship, and actions the students would like from their mentors. Recommendations will be shared based on the data (i.e., voices of the BACB® certificants from HMGs) on culturally responsive mentorship practices

 
Diversity submission 

Evaluating the Emphasis on Cultural Humility in Graduate Programs in Applied Behavior Analysis

Jacqueline Shinall (Rutgers University Graduate School of Applied and Professional Psychology), SAMREEN RIZVI (Rutgers University New Brunswick NJ), Nishi Kadakia (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Peter Gencarelli (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Isabella Massaro (Rutgers University), Roberts Liriano Pena (Rutgers University-New Brunswick), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
Abstract:

The 2022 Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts requires all behavior analysts to acquire knowledge and skills to provide culturally responsive services. However, the 5th Edition Task List on which ABA curricula are based has minimal focus on diversity and cultural awareness (D&CA). Recognizing the importance of such training, we conducted a survey for professors and students from graduate behavior analysis programs to assess the degree to which D&CA was discussed in their programs. Ninety-six students and 53 professors anonymously completed the Qualtrics survey. Less than 50% of professors were from historically marginalized groups (HMG) while almost 70% of the students represented HMG, and almost one-third of the students identified as Black, Indigenous, People of Color (BIPOC). Chi-square analyses revealed that non-BIPOC students were consistently more likely than BIPOC students to feel their courses included topics on D&CA such as considering ethnicity and race in their work and managing one’s own biases. Moreover, almost 80% of professors reported they consider the backgrounds of their students while presenting information and giving course examples, yet only 42% of students agreed. This research demonstrates the considerable gap in teaching competency in D&CA and speaks to the importance of multicultural perspectives in diversity training.

 
Diversity submission 

Examining Critical Multicultural Pedagogy in Graduate-Level Coursework Across Related Disciplines Serving Minoritized and High-Needs Populations

LAURATU BAH (University of Kansas), Hannah Lynn MacNaul (University of Texas at San Antonio)
Abstract:

Recent estimates from the Center for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) indicate that 1 in 59 children are diagnosed with an autism spectrum disorder (Zeleke et al., 2019). Given the increased rate of autism diagnosis, behavior analysts are increasingly providing services to diverse populations. In 2021, the behavior analyst certification board (BACB) released demographic data on race/ethnicity and gender that showcased 71.8% of licensed behavior analysts are white and 86.1% are white females (BACB Certificant Data, 2021). This begs the question, why hasn’t the field of behavior analysis introduced Critical Multicultural Education (CME) within its curriculum? It is imperative that behavior analytic programs incorporate CME into their curricula as a prerequisite to becoming a behavior analyst. As such, the purpose of this article is to review literature on critical multicultural coursework across related disciplines (teacher education, social work, counseling, school psychology, psychology) in contrast to behavior analytic curricula. A total of 22 articles were identified, and methods were analyzed based on pedagogical approaches, including course work, applied projects, and field-based experiences. A discussion is provided regarding how behavior analysis can incorporate CME into its curricula, leaning on the previously established approaches from related disciplines.

 
 
Symposium #418
CE Offered: BACB
A Systems Approach to Acceptance and Commitment Training-Based Interventions: Children, Parents, and Staff
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Brittany A Sellers (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Dana Paliliunas (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Despite great technological advances in education and care for children, mental health disorders and challenges are on the rise, and these effects were exacerbated during the COVID-19 pandemic. Behavioral interventions that promote psychological flexibility, such as acceptance and commitment training, mindfulness, and self-compassion training could be applied throughout the educational, familial, and therapy systems with students and their caregivers. This symposium contains four presentations that demonstrate the use of such behavioral approaches applied at multiple system levels. The first discusses the convergent and divergent validity of the Child Psychological Flexibility Questionnaire [CPFQ], and the Avoidance and Fusion Questionnaire for Youth [AFQ-Y] as measures of psychological flexibility in children. The second discusses the efficacy of a remote ACT intervention embedded within special education programming in schools. The third evaluates a parent training program guided by the ACT matrix with parents of a diverse background on parental engagement in treatment, distress, and psychological flexibility. The final talk will overview a self-compassion and mindfulness training program to support staff working with individuals with disabilities to evaluate changes in burnout, self-compassion, and psychological flexibility. Taken together these talks emphasize the importance of interventions embedded within whole systems to influence meaningful change.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, ACT Matrix, Self Compassion, Systems
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) describe the construct of psychological flexibility; (2) discuss applications of ACT with students and families; (3) describe an application of mindfulness and self-compassion training with staff
 

Online Acceptance and Commitment Training Matrix for Japanese-Speaking Parents With Distress in the United States

YUKIE KURUMIYA (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Annette Griffith (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University)
Abstract:

Parental distress and coercive parent-child interactions are of major issues in our society. Cultural biases, stigma, and language barriers keep Asian-American parents and children away from mental and behavioral services. Behavior parent training (BPT) as part of applied behavior analysis (ABA) services are usually available to parents and children if their child has a diagnosis, but not for parents of children without diagnoses. Research in the area of parent-child interactions suggests a combination of BPT and acceptance and commitment training (ACT) as an effective preventative intervention alleviates parental distress and fosters positive parent-child interactions. However, limited research is available that examined the effectiveness of preventative ACT-based interventions for this population. Thus, the current study evaluated the effects of the individual ACT Matrix online training for Japanese-speaking distressed parents in the U.S., using a single-subject design. Specific dependent variables measured were value-driven behaviors, parental engagement in treatment, parental distress, and psychological flexibility. The results revealed that the ACT Matrix training was effective in improving all four dependent variables. Parents reported that the training was culturally sensitive, effective, and appropriate in the social validity questionnaire. Implications for incorporating ACT in ABA services as part of BPT will be discussed.??

 

Evaluating the Effectiveness of Mindfulness and Self-Compassion Training With Staff Who Work with Individuals With Disabilities

JESSICA M VENEGONI (Missouri State University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
Abstract:

The effects of work-related issues are cited as a significant source of stress reported by most Americans. Disability support staff are exposed to stressful work environments which may put them at an increased risk of burnout and distress above and beyond many other workplace settings. The current study sought to evaluate the efficacy of a 6-week mindfulness and self-compassion training on reported levels of self-compassion, stress and burnout, psychological well-being, and workplace moral of the research participants. The efficacy of the intervention was evaluated using a cross-over design wherein a subset of participants received the active intervention while the other participants did not. After 6-weeks, the experimental conditions were flipped to ensure all participants access the mindfulness and self-compassion training. Results suggested that self-compassion and mindfulness training can influence measures of self-compassion, stress, and burnout in staff working with individuals with disabilities. These results also have implications for supporting flexibility and self-compassion within disability support staff and in workplace settings the frequently employ applied behavior analysts.

 
 
Symposium #419
CE Offered: BACB
When You Can't Do Business in Person: Conducting Organizational Behavior Management Research and Application Online
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento)
Discussant: Byron J. Wine (The Faison Center; University of Virginia)
CE Instructor: Byron J. Wine, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The current pandemic has created many roadblocks for practitioners and researchers in all areas of behavior analysis. Many of us have been forced to delay or transition our work to the virtual environment. However, this transition to online has also provided opportunities to evaluate how we conduct research and service delivery via virtual platforms. The current symposium includes a diverse sample of how interventions in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) can be adapted and evaluated in the online environment. The four presentations will highlight research in rule-governed behavior, positive and corrective feedback, behavioral skills training (BST), and text message prompting. These studies were conducted in a variety of online settings, from virtual workplace analogues to online educational/training programs for college students. Overall, these studies represent how the field of OBM can successfully capitalize on current circumstances to advance our research. Many organizations will maintain at least a partial, virtual workforce going forward and it is critical that the field of OBM adapt our research and application to address this shift in the business environment.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Background and/or education in ABA, familiar with single-subject research methodology, understanding of rule-governed behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Provide examples of how OBM interventions, particularly BST and prompting, can be adapted to the online environment 2. Distinguish between positive and corrective feedback, their relative effects, and individual preferences 3. Identify how motivational statements that highlight different reinforcement contingencies affect performance
 

Preference for Positive or Corrective Feedback on a Novel Task

(Basic Research)
ERIK SWANSON GODINEZ (California State University, Sacramento), Michael Simonian (California State University, Sacramento), Denys Brand (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Feedback is one of the most utilized interventions in the Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) literature and is effective in producing increases in performance across a variety of organizational settings. The research on feedback is often interested in the delivery of the feedback (e.g., accuracy, timing, and sequence) with fewer studies investigating preference for different types of feedback. Typically, preference for different types of feedback is measured using indirect methods and relatively few studies have provided participants a direct choice between positive and corrective feedback. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to assess the effects of and preference for positive and corrective feedback during the acquisition of novel tasks using an online format. In the first phase, participants (n =10; 8 female, 2 male) received either positive, corrective, or no feedback (control) across three novel tasks. Participants only mastered the task in which corrective feedback was provided. In the second phase, participants chose to receive either positive or corrective feedback after completing trials of the previous phase’s control task. All participants chose to receive corrective feedback more frequently than positive feedback. Overall, corrective feedback was more effective and more preferred compared to positive feedback.

 
A Comparison of Motivative Statements Highlighting Positive Versus Negative Reinforcement Contingencies
(Basic Research)
ROCKY PEREZ (Western Michigan University), Sean Borboa (California State University, Fresno), Sharlet D. Rafacz (California State University, Fresno)
Abstract: Research on rule-governed behavior in the workplace is limited. In particular, more research is needed on how statements that manipulate reinforcer value (function as verbal motivating operations) affect performance. Such statements may highlight either positive or negative reinforcement contingencies, but it is unclear which would result in higher performance levels. The current study utilized a within-subject reversal design to investigate the effects of motivational statements on performance in a virtual, analogue work setting. Participants completed two concurrent work tasks that resembled duties of medical office staff. Motivational statements were introduced to see whether those that highlighted positive versus negative social reinforcers resulted in greater changes in response allocation. Results of the study showed no clear difference between the two types of statements on performance; however, there was some indication that highlighting positive reinforcement contingencies first resulted in better performance. A second study is currently underway to confirm these findings. This presentation will discuss how these motivational statements may function as verbal motivating operations (motivative augmentals) and the implications of highlighting positive versus negative reinforcement contingencies in the workplace.
 

Using Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Interview Skills in an Online Format: Replication and Extension of Stucco et. al. (2017)

(Basic Research)
DAVIS SIMMONS (University of Florida), Andressa Sleiman (Univeristy of Florida), Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Behavioral Skills Training (BST) is an effective training process and has been used to teach a variety of skills, including interview skills. Multiple studies have also demonstrated that BST can be used in a web-based context, but no studies to our knowledge have extended the literature by using BST to teach Interview Skills online. Our study extends and replicates previous research by improving the interview skills of college students in a fully synchronous web-based video format, including a stricter mastery criterion, a stricter vocal criterion for certain responding measures, and additional environmental variables that may be relevant in a web-based format. We used a multiple baseline design across targets with follow up sessions testing for maintenance and generalization. All participant?performance improved from baseline?to post-training across all targeted dependent variables providing additional?evidence?that BST is an effective training?process?to?teach?interview skills to college?students,?and can extend to?a novel web-based?format. Implications, limitations and future directions will be discussed.

 

Text Messaged Performance Management to Increase Assignment Completion in College Students With Autism Spectrum Disorder

(Applied Research)
JUAN ANTONIO LOPEZ (Western Michigan University), Heather M. McGee (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

In response to the COVID-19 crisis, organizations across the world were forced to shift from operating entirely in-person to entirely or partially remotely. Many organizations are now working to understand the ways in which they can support or facilitate meaningful behavior change from a distance. Inclusive postsecondary education programs (IPSEs), which offer specialized support to college students with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) or Intellectual/developmental disabilities (IDD), also had to adapt their service models to fit the demands of remote support. This study examined the effects of text message prompts and text messaging self-monitoring on the timeliness of submission of assignments of three college students receiving remote services from an IPSE at a large midwestern university. Two of three participants exhibited meaningful increases in timely assignment submission

 
 
Invited Symposium #421
CE Offered: BACB
The Importance of Timing in Behavior: An Appreciation of the Legacy of Russell Church
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: SCI; Domain: Theory
Chair: Federico Sanabria (Arizona State University)
Discussant: Peter R. Killeen (Arizona State University)
CE Instructor: Peter R. Killeen, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will discuss Russ Church’s research contributions and how the panelists have built on them in their own research to determine how to assess individual differences in timing abilities, the effects of environmental and pharmacological manipulations, and the neurobiology of timing.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Basic and translational investigators interested in applying MPR, board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe different procedures to measure accuracy of individuals’ ability to time events; (2) describe how timing research has been applied in several arenas; (3) describe potential areas where MPR might be applied; (4) describe oscillatory processes in timing research; (5) describe how judgments about the age of memories provide a non-episodic memory solution to putative episodic-memory studies; (6) describe fundamental principles of timing processes and their role in impulsive choices; (7) describe a new way of thinking about psychological models. 
 

Temporal Attention and Impulsive Choices

KIMBERLY KIRKPATRICK (Kansas State University)
Abstract:

Russell (Russ) Church was a dominant figure in the study of timing processes and how those processes influenced other cognitive processes. During my time as a post-doctoral fellow in his laboratory, Russ and I studied the role of timing processes in classical (Pavlovian) conditioning which led to the development of the Packet theory of timing and conditioning. My laboratory subsequently migrated to studying timing and impulsive choices, but there are multiple areas of our current research program where Russ’ influence is still apparent. This presentation will discuss recent research from my laboratory on the role of temporal attention and other timing processes in impulsive choice procedures in rats. Impulsive choice tasks present choices between a smaller-sooner and a larger-later reward, where the smaller-sooner is the impulsive choice. When rats were required to engage in active (versus passive) timing, they were more self-controlled, showed greater delay sensitivity, and demonstrated stronger preferences for the larger reward (when the delays were the same). The results suggest that tasks that engage temporal attention may be beneficial to reducing impulsive choices. Time-based interventions that involve repeated exposure to delays promoted self-control regardless of temporal attention demands. The interface of timing processes and impulsive choices can provide key insights into understanding the fundamental facets of the timing and decision-making systems.

Dr. Kimberly Kirkpatrick is a University Distinguished Professor of Psychological Sciences at Kansas State University. She directs the Reward, Timing, and Decision laboratory which is funded by a $1.9M grant from the National Institutes of Mental Health. She also directs the Cognitive and Neurobiological Approaches to Plasticity (CNAP) Center of Biomedical Research Excellence which was founded in 2017 through a $10.6M grant from the National Institutes of General Medical Sciences. Kirkpatrick received the Kansas State Distinguished Graduate Faculty Award in 2018 and became a University Distinguished Professor in 2019. She currently serves on the ABAI Science Board. Dr. Kirkpatrick studies everyday choices which can lead to long-term health problems such as obesity, substance abuse, and other impulse control disorders. She has found that diets high in processed sugar and saturated fats can undermine self-control and lead individuals to develop a pattern of problematic daily choices, known as impulsive choices. She has also developed interventions to promote self-control as a treatment for impulsive choices, which is the topic of her current R01 grant. Kirkpatrick graduated with a bachelor’s in Psychology from Iowa State University. She completed her PhD at the University of Iowa in Psychology with a focus on Behavioral Neuroscience and then subsequently completed her post-doctoral training at Brown University. She started her career as a faculty member at the University of York (UK) before joining the faculty at Kansas State in 2008.
 

The Master Scientist of Timing Research: A Tribute to Russell Church

ARMANDO MACHADO (University of Aveiro, Portugal)
Abstract:

Russell Church contributed immensely to our understanding of Timing, the ability of animals and humans to discriminate intervals and durations of events. In this talk, I will analyze some of Church’s empirical studies, including his seminal “Bisection of Temporal Intervals”, and his theoretical models, from the influential Scalar Expectancy Theory to the more recent Modular Theory of Timing. I will also explain how Russell Church’s ideas and findings shaped our work on how animals learn to time.

Armando Machado obtained his Ph.D. in Experimental Psychology at Duke University. His research on the conditions in which pigeons generate highly variable, random-like behavior received the Annual Dissertation Award from Division 25 of the American Psychological Association. After his PhD, Armando joined Indiana University as an Assistant and then a tenured Associate professor. In 2000 he moved to the University of Minho where he became Full professor, and in 2019 he moved to the University of Aveiro. Armando’s research focuses on temporal learning, numerical discrimination, choice, and decision making in animals. In 2010 he received the Research Merit Award from the School of Psychology, and in 2014 he received the Scientific Merit Award from the University of Minho. He has served as Editor of the journal Behavior and Philosophy and Associate Editor of Psychonomic Bulletin & Review and the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior. He was the President and Program Chair of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior, and the first president of the Portuguese Association of Experimental Psychology.

 

 

How Rats Learn: An Unfinished Book

DAVID FREESTONE (William Paterson University)
Abstract:

By 2015, Russ Church decided to write a book that he never got a chance to finish. I was fortunate enough to be his coauthor. Its title—Temporal Conditioning: How Rats Learn—conveyed his view that timing and conditioning should be understood together. But the contents of the book conveyed a way of thinking about research that is so often left out of print. This talk will focus on Russ Church’s evolving views on animal behavior from 2005 to 2015, and where he hoped his ideas would lead. I’ll use this to describe how Russ thought about research—the flow from procedure to psychological model, and from model to evaluation.

David Freestone earned a Ph.D. in Russ Church’s lab in 2012. After a post-doc in neuroeconomics (NYU), he became a professor. His work focused on timing, conditioning, and value-based decision-making. These days, David works as a researcher and data scientist at a virtual eating disorder treatment center, and consults with animal facilities toward building robust data infrastructure to support the welfare of their animals.

 

Time, Memory, and the Legacy of Russ Church

JONATHAN CRYSTAL (University of Indiana)
Abstract:

In this presentation, I reflect on the impact Russ Church had on me and my research trajectory. I briefly describe my research on basic timing mechanisms. Next, I describe how timing research and immersion in the Church lab impacted my entry into research on memory. Finally, I describe the importance of time in the development of animal models of episodic memory.

Jonathon D. Crystal is Provost Professor at Indiana University in the Department of Psychological & Brain Sciences. He was a grad student in Russ Church's lab at Brown University from 1992 to 1997. 
 
 
Symposium #422
CE Offered: BACB
Innovative Measurement in Relational Frame Theory Research and Related Practice Issues
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Elana Keissa Sickman (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University)
CE Instructor: Jordan Belisle, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will span multiple novel and innovative areas of investigation in relational frame theory (RFT) research. The presentations will include 1) translational research that incorporates neurological measures when engaging in derived relational responding (e.g., eye gaze patterns, electroencephalography, and blood-oxygen-level-dependent signals during functional magnetic resonance imaging); 2) an extension of Relational Density Theory research via an evaluation of differences between coherent and non-coherent relational classes when both classes are exposed to coherence training, using the Multidimensional Scaling Procedure to model results; 3) the effect of perspective taking and values consistency tasks on an implicit racial bias measure via the Implicit Relational Assessment Procedure; and finally 4) survey results that sought to characterize the current state of knowledge of?perceptions?of RFT and equivalence-based instruction, educational experiences, and barriers that researchers and practitioners might encounter in interpreting and implementing derived stimulus relations research. In sum, presentations 1-3 seek to advance the state of knowledge of complex concepts and the measurement and application of those concepts, while presentation 4 seeks to shed light on potential gaps in knowledge in the field to make use of the above advances.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Neuroscience, Perspective taking, Relational density, Stimulus equivalence
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) describe relational density theory and coherence; (2) discuss behavioral models of perspective taking; (3) describe neurological events in derived relational responding
 
Relational Density Theory: Further Exploration of Coherence Between Relational Classes
CALEB STANLEY (Utah Valley University), Jordan Belisle (Missouri State University), Sydney Jensen (Utah Valley University), Sarah Makenzie Lindemann (Utah Valley University)
Abstract: Relational Density Theory (RDT) is an extension on Relational Frame Theory that attempts to provide a quantitative model to predict non-linearity and self-organization of relational classes. Recent research on RDT has evaluated the degree to which pre-experimental coherence among relational classes influences the development of merged classes. Specifically, research has shown successful mergers with coherent relational classes, whereas mergers were not demonstrated with non-coherent relational classes. The current study sought to extend previous research on RDT by evaluating whether differences exist between coherent and non-coherent relational classes when both classes are exposed to coherence training. Coherent and non-coherent relational classes were established with participants using a Stimulus Pairing Observation Procedure. The Multidimensional Scaling Procedure was administered prior to and following coherence training to obtain a quantitative measure of distance between relational classes which were modeled geometrically. Overall, the results show that both the coherent and non-coherent relational classes showed changes in geometric space following coherence training, however, the coherent relational class showed less fractionation than the non-coherent relational class. This finding supports previous research which suggests coherence is likely a variable that influences the self-organization of relational class development. Implications and considerations of the findings are discussed.
 

Effects of Perspective-Taking and Values Consistency in Reducing Implicit Racial Bias

CARMEN BECK (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Yors A. Garcia (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Robyn Catagnus (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Luis Manuel Silva (Pontificia Universidad Javeriana)
Abstract:

The current study investigated the effect of perspective taking and values consistency tasks on implicit racial bias. Using a?repeated measures design with control group, 39 participants who identified as White were administered the IRAP. All participants in both groups completed the Toronto Empathy Questionnaire (TEQ), the Modified Modern Racism Scales (MMRS), and Likert scale and the Valuing Questionnaire (VQ).?Experimental group participants completed brief values consistency and perspective taking tasks. The IRAP effect was demonstrated favoring pro-White bias. A statistically significant impact for interaction between condition and trial type was found for the Consistent-White trial type. A statistically significant difference was also found between the control and experimental group for the Inconsistent Black trial type. Recommendations for future research are presented.?

 
Relational Frame Theory and Neurology: Eye Tracking, EEG and fMRI
ZHIHUI YI (Univeristy of Illinois at Chicago), Mark R. Dixon (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract: Translational studies incorporating advanced physiological measures offer many unique benefits. Besides focusing on measurable activities occurring in the organism that are related to environmental change, development in neuroimaging and other techniques allow the observation and analysis of the behavior “within the skin.” Eventually, such advancements present a deeper understanding of their physiological processes. This type of study also has the potential of disseminating behavior analytic accounts of human behavior and intelligence to a broader scientific community. Here we present preliminary findings on Relational Frame Theory (RFT) and neurology, where we explore several interesting neurological phenomena, including differences in eye gaze patterns using eye-tracking, differences in event-related potentials (ERPs) using electroencephalography (EEG), and differences in activation levels of specific brain areas measured by the blood-oxygen-level-dependent (BOLD) signal during functional magnetic resonance imaging (fMRI) when engaging in derived relational responding. Overall, our results show that relational framing may involve unique neurological activities. Implications for incorporating biomarkers in behavior analytic research, basic and applied, are discussed.
 

Selecting the Walk and Talk of Behavior Analysts: An Analysis of the Field’s Preparation in Carrying Out Research and Practice in Derived Stimulus Relations

ALBERT MALKIN (Southern Illinois University / Western University), Eric Jacobs (Southern Illinois University)
Abstract:

To broadly predict and influence human behavior, behavior analysts must have competence in ostensibly unique human behavior – verbal behavior. At this time, Relational Frame Theory (RFT), a contemporary theory of verbal behavior, is not an explicitly required area of instruction for board certified behavior analysts (BCBA). Consequently, practice in the field may not be fully informed by RFT and related content areas and, reciprocally, the field may not be capitalizing on opportunities for translational research that would extend the generality of RFT and conceptually related research areas. As an initial step in promoting the use of RFT and derived stimulus relations in practice, we sought to characterize the current state of knowledge of these content areas among BCBAs. Original data related to the acceptability and prevalence of training in RFT and complex discriminative control of behavior will be presented and discussed. Specifically, we conducted a survey of BCBAs (n=127) to determine their (1) perceptions of RFT and Equivalence-Based Instruction (EBI), (2) educational experiences and knowledge of these content areas, and (3) barriers to carrying out derived stimulus relations research and practice. Results indicate that both RFT and EBI are mostly acceptable and perceived to be within the scope of behavior analysis. Results, however, also indicate a gap related to knowledge of and competence in carrying out EBI and RFT research and practice. Cultural variables within behavior analysis that may influence the preparedness of researchers and practitioners to influence large scale behavior change will be examined.

 
 
Paper Session #423
CE Offered: BACB
Applied Behavior Analysis as Primary in Mental Health Cases?! YES: An Exploration and Interactive Audience Discussion Regarding the Clinical Application of Applied Behavior Analysis With Pediatric Mental Health Presentation
Monday, May 30, 2022
8:30 AM–8:55 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Angelique M. Walsh (Behavior Basics, Incorporated)
CE Instructor: Paula Antonelli, M.S.
 

Applied Behavior Analysis as Primary in Mental Health Cases?!: An Exploration and Interactive Audience Discussion Regarding the Clinical Application of Applied Behavior Analysis with pediatric Mental Health Presentation

Domain: Service Delivery
Karin Torsiello (Behavior Basics, Incorporated), PAULA Antonelli (Behavior Basics, Inc), ANGELIQUE M. WALSH (Behavior Basics, Incorporated)
 
Abstract:

An exploration of the applications of ABA treatment in the mental health field. This talk will discuss how to diversify the ABA field of practice to include the mental health population. 1 in 59 children are diagnosed with autism while 1 in 6 children have a mental health diagnosis, 17.1 million children are diagnosed with a mental health disorder and only 50% receive any treatment. This presentation will discuss the relevance of ABA in this sector and will teach participants how to apply the science of ABA in assessment and treatment of a variety of mental health diagnosis and symptoms.

 
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners with a BCBA or BCaBA certification, who are actively practicing in the applied setting.

Learning Objectives: 1. How to word targets/goals to align with ABA science language; 2. Anxiety/ADHD symptomology; 3. Moderating YOUR own reaction and discomfort, get comfortable being uncomfortable- MOVE out of fear and into exploration; 4. Commonly observed operational definitions of “disorders” to work on the shift; 5. Correct and reframe the conversation; 6. Educating and training caregivers to navigate and treat a mental health diagnosis.
 
 
Paper Session #426
CE Offered: BACB
Derived Opposition Relations as a Byproduct of Equivalence Relations
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:25 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Benigno Alonso-Alvarez (Long Island University)
CE Instructor: Benigno Alonso-Alvarez, Ph.D.
 
Derived Opposition Relations as a Byproduct of Equivalence Relations
Domain: Theory
BENIGNO ALONSO-ALVAREZ (Long Island University)
 
Abstract: Derived stimulus relations have generated considerable theoretical debate, empirical research, and practical applications in recent decades. Research on this topic started with Sidman’s studies on equivalence relations (Sidman, 1994). Hayes et al. (2001) proposed the relational frame theory (RFT), according to which equivalence relations are just an instance of a wider process, arbitrary applicable relational responding. RFT proposes the existence of multiple relational frames like coordination (equivalence), opposition, distinction, etc. The present paper reviews a series of studies (Alonso-Alvarez & Perez-Gonzalez, 2017, 2018, 2021) that present an alternative account of RFT studies on the opposition frame, one of the most frequently investigated frames in RFT literature. It is argued that most studies on the opposition frame are explained by equivalence class formation, contextual control over equivalence, and responding by exclusion. Counterarguments to this hypothesis by RFT proponents are also reviewed (Stewart et al., 2019). It is concluded that the empirical evidence for the existence of opposition frames is still tentative. A closer examination of RFT studies on other frames may also be in order.
 
Target Audience:

Knowledge of derived stimulus relations, stimulus equivalence, and conditional discrimination procedures.

Learning Objectives: 1) Learn about RFT studies on opposition relations; 2) Learn about contextual control over equivalence and exclusion responding; 3) Gain a critical understanding of current research on derived stimulus relations
 
 
Paper Session #427
CE Offered: BACB
Measurement Issues in Psychology and Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:25 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Michael D. Hixson, Ph.D.
 
Measurement Issues in Psychology and Behavior Analysis
Domain: Theory
MICHAEL D. HIXSON (Central Michigan University)
 
Abstract: Measurement is a critical but often overlooked issue in psychology, but understanding the dependent variables in any area of study is a basic requirement. Psychology has emphasized the use of self-report and introspection, perhaps limiting its scientific contributions and separating itself from the natural sciences. Although behavior analysts often advocate for direct measures of behavior, even in behavior analysis indirect measures are easy to find and often common. The logic for using indirect measures is often that, in certain circumstances, direct measures are impossible or too difficult to obtain. But what is the nature of what is obtained in place of direct measures? These issues also relate to psychology’s predilection for constructs, but what are constructs and can they be measured? How is what is measured related to quantification and what do those quantities mean? This presentation will explore these issues across measurement methods and areas of study, such as emotion, and conscious and unconscious behavior.
 
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts and others with some knowledge of measurement in behavior analysis and psychology

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe direct and indirect measurement (2) Discuss critical issues related to indirect measurement, especially self-report (3) Describe research on the relationship between indirect and direct measures
 
 
Symposium #428
CE Offered: BACB — 
Ethics
Ethical Decision-Making in Applied Behavior Analysis Practitioners: Models, Behavior, and Organizational Culture
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Videsha Marya (Endicott College)
CE Instructor: Videsha Marya, M.S.
Abstract:

Ethical decision-making can be described as involving several components. First, a set of responses that can occur sequentially or non-sequentially and that culminate in a final decision. Second, comparison of that final decision with social standards of 'right' and 'wrong'. Finally, personal and professional contingencies that shape ethical decision-making over time. In this symposium, three presentations describe recent work surrounding ethical decision-making in clinical ABA practice settings. In one presentation, Kinsella and colleagues present the results of a literature review analyzing trends and similarities across 55 ethical decision-making models published across medical and clinical literatures. Next, Almeida and colleagues present the results of an experiment that evaluated the effectiveness and preference for ethical decision models by BCBAs responding to ethical dilemmas. Finally, Woolf and colleagues discuss how organizations can create ethical cultures that align and balance the competing contingencies associated with decision-making that impact care quality and an organization's financial health. Together, the presentations that comprise this symposium highlight the many systems that impact ethical decision-making in ABA practice settings and many avenues for fruitful future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): decision models, ethical decision-making, ethics, OBM
Target Audience:

General understanding ethical codes, organizational systems, and the basic literature on decision-making.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, participants will be able to: (1) Describe common components to ethical decision-making models in healthcare and education; (2) Describe how ethical decision-making models can influence the decisions BCBAs make. (3) How organizational leaders and administrative professionals can create systems that balance quality care and financial health.
 
A Systematic Review of Ethical Decision-Making Models for Clinical and Educational Settings
ALAN KINSELLA (Endicott College), Victoria Suarez (Endicott College), Videsha Marya (Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College), David J. Cox (Behavioral Health Center of Excellence; Endicott College)
Abstract: Ethical decision-making models are sets of verbal stimuli designed to help the user emit behavior deemed “right” or avoid behavior deemed “wrong”. Over the past decade, ethical decision-making models have increasingly been published in behavior analysis journals and books. These models have ranged in focus from specific topics (e.g., responding to changes in medication) to generalized frameworks spanning many contexts. Outside behavior analysis, ethical decision-making models have been studied in related allied fields for decades (e.g., education, medicine). Despite this prominence, the consistency of steps across models and the empirical support for model effectiveness are unknown. In this presentation, we discuss the results of a literature review wherein we analyzed 55 ethical decision-making models from 61 articles across education and healthcare. Through initial review, we identified nine prominent steps and coded articles for whether they included that step as well as the profession; whether it involved problem-solving; and whether it was linearly sequenced. This presentation discusses the resulting trends, the prevalence of each step, and the empirical support for each model. Behavior analysts interested in taking an objective, empirically supported approach to ethical decision-making will benefit from this discussion of the current strengths and limitations of existing ethical decision-making models.
 
An Empirical Study of Ethical Decision Making by BCBAs
DANIEL ALMEIDA (Beacon Services), Lauren Beaulieu (Newton Public Schools), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
Abstract: Clinical decision-making models have been proposed in the behavior analytic literature (Colombo et al., 2020; LeBlanc et al., 2016; Rosenberg & Schwartz, 2019; Virués-Ortega et al., 2014) and recently the BACB urged behavior analysts to use a decision model to guide ethical-decision making (BACB, 2020). However, little is known about how these models impact decision making and clinical outcomes. Therefore, evaluating the effectiveness and preference for ethical decision models is important for the field and was the purpose of this study. In baseline, eighty-four BCBAs were presented with scenarios that posed ethical dilemmas and were instructed to use their own method to identify solutions to the ethical dilemmas and factors that led to their decision. Of all participants, 42% of participants relied on the ethical code when making ethical decisions, 38% on professional experience, and 19% on personal experience. Next, participants received brief instructions, a sample of a completed decision model, and one practice opportunity. Lastly, participants were instructed to choose their way or the decision model via a concurrent chains arrangement. During the concurrent chains condition, when asked what method they preferred, 69% selected their own method, while 31% chose the decision model. Implications for practice will be discussed.
 

Organizational Ethics: Establishing an Ethical Culture that Aligns With Business Practices

STEVE WOOLF (Butterfly Effects), Joy Pollard (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
Abstract:

The business of providing ABA-based treatments to children has increased exponentially over the last ten years. The combination of ASDs’ high prevalence, shortage of providers, nationwide treatment mandates, and other factors set the occasion for robust business opportunities for autism treatment providers and investors. The ASD ABA treatment market was valued at $1.87 billion in 2017 with a projected market valuation of over $2.23 billion by 2022 (Research and Markets, 2017). Balancing competing contingencies of providing quality care, while also reporting to investors who may not have direct knowledge of best practice ABA treatment, can be not only challenging but also create ethical distress among the providers rendering care within the organization. As such, it is important for our field to engage in open dialogue about the ethical dilemmas that may arise and how to promote high-quality, ethically sound ABA treatment within the evolving landscape of applied behavior analysis treatment. To this end, the purpose of this presentation is to focus on organizational ethics as it refers to the ethical issues from an administrative or management perspective within a healthcare organization, rather than addressing ethical issues purely related to clinical practice.

 
 
Symposium #429
CE Offered: BACB
Advancements in Preference Research: Stability, Displacement, and Assessment of Vocational tasks
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tara A. Fahmie (University of Nebraska Medical Center)
CE Instructor: Tara A. Fahmie, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Preference assessments are a defining feature of individualized behavior analytic therapy. Incorporation of client preferences, and maximization of choice making opportunities, have recently been suggested as strategies for trauma informed (Rajaraman et al., 2021) and culturally responsive care (Fong et al., 2016). This symposium includes three studies on preference assessments with individuals with an autism spectrum disorder. The first presenter evaluated video-based preference assessments for vocational tasks in transition-aged individuals. The second presenter evaluated the stability of edible and leisure assessments in preschool-aged children. The third presenter extended research on preference displacement by including edible, leisure, and social stimuli. Results of these studies highlight the flexibility of preference assessments and suggest best practices for their use.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): preference assessment, preference displacement, preference stability, vocational preference
Target Audience:

Students, researchers, and practitioners

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe a metric for preference stability (2) Define displacement of stimuli within a combined multiple stimulus without replacement assessment (3) Identify a preference format that can be used to assess vocational preferences
 

Evaluation of Vocational Video-Based Preference Assessments for Adolescents With Autism Spectrum Disorder

COURTNEY LYNN KANE (Caldwell University), Ruth M. DeBar (Caldwell University), Tina Marie Covington (Anderson Center for Autism), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

Employment is a priority for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Vocational preference assessments (VPAs) have led to the identification of preferred vocational tasks. Benefits of providing access to highly preferred vocational tasks for individuals with ASD include enhancing productivity, task engagement, and reducing problem behavior. Using videos when evaluating vocational task preference has resulted in identifying preferred tasks and may better communicate task requirements than presenting objects or pictures. The role of skill acquisition on vocational preference has been explored in few studies. Further, discrimination skills that may be important for successful use of VPAs remain unclear. The purpose of our study was to extend past research by evaluating the utility of a video-based VPAs to identify preferred vocational tasks for transition-aged individuals with ASD, carefully assess participants’ discrimination skills (e.g., picture-to-object matching), and subsequently evaluate vocational preference pre- and post- acquisition of the vocational task. We anticipate video-based VPAs will show differentiated preference hierarchies across tasks per participant, that participants will acquire both low- and high-preferred vocational tasks, and that vocational preference may be impacted by acquisition of the task. Implications and areas of future research will be discussed.

 

An Evaluation of Preference Stability Within Multiple Stimulus Without Replacement Preference Assessments in Children With Autism

ISAAC JOSEPH MELANSON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Alexandria Thomas (Michigan State University), Emma Seliina Sipila-Thomas (Michigan State University), David Ray Gutierrez Miranda (Purdue University), Matthew T. Brodhead (Michigan State University)
Abstract:

Individuals who engage in patterns of preference stability during multiple stimulus without replacement (MSWO) preference assessments may require less frequent preference assessments, which can save instructional time and resources. Yet, no study to date has assessed stability within rounds of the same preference assessment (rounds 1-5 in a MSWO preference assessment). The purpose of this study was to analyze the effects of presentations of assessment rounds on preference stability during subsequent rounds of a MSWO preference assessment in preschool aged children with autism. We conducted a secondary data analysis based on videos recorded during Sipila-Thomas et al. (2021) and calculated preference stability across consecutive rounds using Spearman rank-order correlation coefficients (Spearman’s ??) for 17 participants with autism and across 40 MSWO preference assessments. Additionally, we present a new definition for patterns of stability and variability across rounds of a MSWO preference assessment. We observed patterns of preference stability for 24 out of the 40 assessments (60%) indicating that pre-school aged children with autism in this study were slightly more likely to engage in patterns of preference stability than patterns of preference variability within the same preference assessment. The implications of these results will be discussed.

 

Preference and Reinforcing Efficacy of Edible, Leisure, and Social Interaction Stimuli in Individuals With Autism Spectrum Disorder

ANGELICA J SEDANO (Kaleidoscope ABA Therapy), Nicole Goldberg (New England Center for Children), Zoe Newman (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract:

Preference assessments that include combined-category stimulus arrays of edible and leisure stimuli can result in displacement effects, in which a stimulus that is identified as less preferred in a preference assessment is found to function as a reinforcer in a reinforcer assessment. However, it is unclear whether the inclusion of social interaction in combined-category arrays would result in displacement effects. The purpose of the current study was to evaluate potential displacement effects in combined-category stimulus arrays of edible, leisure, and social stimuli for five individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). First, single category pictorially based paired-stimulus preference assessments were implemented to identify highly preferred edible, leisure, and social stimuli. The top two ranked items from each category were then included in a subsequent combined-category preference assessment to evaluate potential displacement effects across stimulus categories. A concurrent operant reinforcer assessment was subsequently conducted to determine the relative and absolute reinforcing efficacy of each highest ranked stimulus from each category. Interobserver agreement data were collected for over 33% of sessions during the preference and reinforcer assessments and averaged over 90%. Although displacement effects were observed, the type and extent of the effect differed across participants.

 
 
Symposium #430
CE Offered: BACB
Increasing Leisure and Physical Activity Engagement
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
CE Instructor: Eileen M. Roscoe, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The theme of the current symposium is research that addresses deficits in leisure and physical activity engagement. The first presenter will describe a study for increasing functional leisure item engagement across multiple activities for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who displayed restricted interests (i.e., they engaged primarily with an iPad). Response restriction preference assessments were conducted throughout training to assess the generality of the findings when several activities were concurrently available. In the second paper, the author will describe a study on a technology for increasing physical activity engagement for two individuals with ASD who showed low levels of physical activity engagement. This approach included a combination of a preference assessment and treatment analysis to identify the most preferred physical activity task and the most effective intervention. Additional assessments were subsequently conducted to increase the generality and acceptability of the outcomes. In the third paper, the presenter will describe an evaluation of a competition feature on an automated fitness tracker for increasing physical activity in six typically developing adults. If the competition alone was ineffective, an additional incentive for winning the competition was included. The findings obtained and directions for future research in this area will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): fitness tracker, leisure engagement, physical activity, preference assessment
Target Audience:

Individuals who have previous knowledge of behavior analytic principles.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe strategies for increasing leisure item engagement in individuals with restricted interests (2) Describe an assessment and treatment approach for increasing physical activity engagement in individuals with autism (3) Describe a procedure that includes an automated competition feature for increasing physical activity in typically developing adults
 

Increasing Leisure Item Engagement in Individuals With Restricted Interests

ROBERT BENJAMIN CORNAGLIA (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Valerie Hall (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University), Abigail McVarish (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) often display restricted interests. The current study assessed levels of engagement across multiple leisure items in five individuals with ASD, who repetitively engaged with an iPad to the exclusion of other activities. Response restriction (RR) preference assessments were conducted to assess whether simply restricting access to the iPad facilitated engagement across multiple items. If it did not, the experimenter conducted leisure-item-engagement training in the context of a modified single-item duration-based preference assessment. A multiple baseline design across leisure items was used to evaluate the effects of prompting and differential reinforcement on simple and functional engagement. Prompting alone was effective in increasing simple engagement for four participants and functional engagement for one participant. Prompting with differential reinforcement increased functional engagement for four participants. RR assessments were conducted throughout training to serve as an ongoing measure of the effects of training on restricted interest patterns.

 

Assessment and Treatment for Increasing Physical Activity in Individuals With Autism

CHELSEA HEDQUIST (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children), Hannah Krueger (The New England Center for Children; Western New England University)
Abstract:

Individuals with intellectual disabilities and autism often have sedentary lifestyles and do not meet the recommendations for physical activity engagement outlined by the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. Previous research on increasing physical activity engagement has been primarily conducted with typically developing individuals, and the procedures used may not be amenable to individuals with intellectual disabilities or autism. The purpose of this study was to develop a systematic technology for increasing physical activity engagement for two individuals with autism. A physical activity analysis that included a progressive treatment approach was conducted and identified the most effective physical activity and treatment combination for increasing physical activity engagement. Data from the physical activity analysis and two subsequent analyses on the generality and acceptability of the intervention will be reviewed.

 
Assessing Automated Self-Monitoring and Feedback for Increasing Physical Activity
NABIL MEZHOUDI (New England Center for Children), Chelsea Hedquist (New England Center for Children), Eileen M. Roscoe (The New England Center for Children)
Abstract: Approximately three-quarters of Americans adults do not meet the national guidelines for physical activity – an average of 22 min of moderate physical activity per day (Blackwell & Clarke, 2018; Piercy et al., 2018). Lack of physical activity is associated with a variety of negative long-term health outcomes (McGuire, 2014); therefore, identifying effective interventions for increasing individuals’ physical activity is warranted. Physical activity can be measured with devices that use accelerometers and heart rate sensors. The Apple Watch, for example, utilizes these instruments to measure an individual’s movement and heart rate and subsequently calculates minutes spent exercising, calories burned, and hours spent standing. Additionally, the Apple Watch has a competition feature that allows users to challenge one another and compete for points awarded for engaging in physical activity. The present study evaluated the impact of this competition feature on levels of physical activity for six participants working at a school for children with autism and assessed an additional incentive component if the competition alone was ineffective. The competition effectively increased physical activity for some but not all participants and adding an incentive for winning the competition improved performance in some cases. Interobserver agreement was 100% across all measures for all participants.
 
 
Panel #431
CE Offered: BACB
Autism Spectrum Disorder and Sexuality: Evidence-Based Strategies for Teaching Healthy Relationships
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Kate A Langston Rooney, M.Ed.
Chair: Kara Constantine (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health)
KATE A LANGSTON ROONEY (Delaware ABAI)
KATHLEEN DOYLE (Geisinger Medical Center)
CHERIE ANN FISHBAUGH (West Chester University)
Abstract:

Individuals with Autism often receive inadequate instruction surrounding sexuality and building healthy relationships. Many recognize the importance of sexuality education; however, feel unprepared to teach this subject to those with ASD. When sex education is provided, it is often implemented reactively, when a behavior is considered problematic rather than proactively. Instruction tends to lack essential information to support individuals in understanding their personal sexuality and how to develop romantic relationships. One way to make sexuality education more accessible is by providing parents, caregivers and professionals evidence-based resources and strategies to effectively teach these skills. In this panel, the following topics may be discussed: (a) the facts and myths surrounding teaching individuals with ASD about sexuality and relationships; (b) current literature on caregiver/teacher perceptions of sexuality and ASD; (c) the importance of incorporating critical relationship skills into education; and (d) evidence-based strategies that can be used to teach healthy relationship skills. Attendees will be provided with a list of resources that they can use to increase the quality of their own instruction surrounding sexuality and building healthy relationships.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate between facts and myths surrounding individuals with ASD and sexuality; (2) identify critical skills necessary to build healthy relationships; (3) describe how to use evidence-based strategies such as video modeling, self-monitoring, and behavior skills training to teach individuals with ASD how to engage in healthy relationships.
Keyword(s): Autism, Healthy Relationships, Sexuality Education
 
 
Symposium #433
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
Mixed Behavioral and Pharmacological Interventions: Prevention, Policy, Ethics, and Practice.
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM/BPN; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: M. Christopher Newland (Auburn University)
Discussant: Maria G. Valdovinos (Drake University)
CE Instructor: Jennifer R. Zarcone, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Problem behavior can be treated with applied behavior analysis (ABA) or psychotropic medication, and each carries its own advantages and disadvantages. ABA is resource intensive, requires technically trained personnel, and the benefits may develop slowly but it has none of the side effects associated with psychotropic medications, their benefits are cumulative and often outlive the treatment period. Psychotropic medication’s effects appear quickly, their benefits can be striking, and are thought to be less expensive than ABA interventions. Finally, the educational and practicum training required for the two domains are nearly non-overlapping, so often only one approach is used or both are used with varying degrees of cooperation among practitioners, with impacts on families and clients. The two papers in this symposium examine treatment in this context. Chris Newland compares the costs of ABA with and without psychotropic medications and examines when ABA reduces the future use of psychotropic medication. Jennifer Zarcone discusses communicating with medical providers and families, and the ethical dilemmas presented when balancing their approaches with the therapeutic goals. The discussant, Maria Valdovinos, will examine these topics in the context of recent studies of joint treatment by psychotropic and behavioral interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Cost-Benefit, Medical Providers, Prevent Psychotropics, Psychotropic Medication
Target Audience:

The target audience includes behavior analysts interested in psychopharmacology in applied settings, the use of psychotropic medications, and ethical and practical issues that arise when working with medical personnel. School staff and families will also benefit. Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavior analytic principles, how to read and interpret complex graphs, an appreciation of interdisciplinary service delivery, and at least an elementary understanding of psychotropic medications that are used.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) Describe the relative costs associated with interventions that include ABA services and psychotropic medications 2) Describe how ABA interventions can prevent the future use of psychotropic medications 3) Measure medication effects with their clients. 4) Collaborate effectively with interdisciplinary teams, families, and community services.
 

Prevention is Better, and Cheaper, than De-prescribing: How Applied Behavior Analysis Interventions Reduced Future Psychotropic Use Among Children in Foster Care

M. CHRISTOPHER NEWLAND (Auburn University), Anna Kate Edgemon (Auburn University), John T. Rapp (Auburn University)
Abstract:

We evaluated whether applied behavior analysis (ABA) services for children and youth in foster care reduces the future use of psychotropic medication and yields cost savings. Foster children 2 to 18 years old and their caregivers received ABA services to target specific problem behaviors and to train caregivers in behavior management. Most children were on psychotropic medication but those in the “Prevention Group” had no such history. An “ABA-Matched” group was matched on demographic variables and the severity of problem behavior. The costs of delivering services and medication was compared using these groups. A third group, called the “Medicaid-Matched” group was matched against the ABA-Matched group from a database of children receiving psychotropics through Medicaid. This last matching was based on demographics, medications prescribed on entering Medicaid, and the number of months receiving Medicaid-supported psychotropics. Costs for the older ABA-Matched children (> 12YO) were more than 10X the costs of age-matched prevention children, but costs for younger children (< 5YO) were similar. About half of the Prevention-Group children received no psychotropics in a three-year follow-up and the others received fewer than the ABA-Matched children. Thus, ABA services before commencing psychotropics prevented or greatly reduced the use of psychotropics over a three-year follow-up.

 

Ethical Issues Surrounding the Use of Psychotropic Medications With People With Intellectual Disabilities

JENNIFER R. ZARCONE (The May Institute)
Abstract:

This presentation will focus on some of the ethical issues we face as behavior analysts when collaborating with families and medical providers to measure the effects of psychotropic medication. There are barriers to effective communication for many clinicians and some advice on how to negotiate those barriers will be discussed. In addition, a brief review of common measures (both indirect and based on direct observation) that can be used to assess the effects of medication on challenging behavior will be discussed. For example, we conducted an academic analog assessment with a 10-year-old with autism to assess the effect of an attention deficit disorder medication on off task and problem behavior on an impatient hospital unit. The figure shows that atomoxetine (Straterra) was highly effective in reducing problem and off task behavior. Additionally, we will discuss how we can help behavior analysts become more knowledgeable about behavioral pharmacology and medication effects during their graduate programs as well as via continuing education opportunities.

 
 
Panel #434
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behaviorists for Social Responsibility Book Club: A Discussion of New Books on Functional Illness, Homelessness in America, and Xenophobia.
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/PCH; Domain: Theory
CE Instructor: Richard F. Rakos, Ph.D.
Chair: Kyosuke Kazaoka (University of North Texas)
RICHARD F. RAKOS (Cleveland State University)
KENNEE BETH SWITZER (Family Promise of Greater Cleveland)
MARK ALAVOSIUS (Praxis2LLC)
Abstract:

Behavior analysts working to address systemic social-cultural problems need a thorough understanding of the multi-level context in which the issue is embedded, knowledge that almost always is found in disciplines other than behavior analysis. This BFSR-sponsored Panel brings to the attention of behavior analysts three new books of social importance, with the goal to both inform and prompt further interest in the target social problems. Each panelist will offer commentary on one book. Rich Rakos will comment on “The Sleeping Beauties and Other Stories of Mystery Illness" by Suzanne O'Sullivan. Kennee Switzer will discuss "In the Midst of Plenty: Homelessness and What to Do About It" by Marybeth Shinn and Jill Khadduri. And Mark Alavosius will reflect on "Of Fear and Strangers: A History of Xenophobia" by George Makari. Each of the panelists will present a brief overview or summary of the book’s main thesis, identify its strengths, offer critiques, and suggest links with or relevance for behavior analysis and Culturo-Behavior Science. Panelists will limit their commentary to 10-12 minutes each, leaving time for panelist interaction and audience participation.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts interested in expanding the science to address social issues more effectively

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the scope and social impact of psychogenic illness, family homelessness in America, and xenophobia; (2) describe current systemic environmental conditions that maintain or strengthen these three social problems; (3) identify research questions behavior analysts can raise, interventions they can propose, and policy advocacy they can engage in as potential ways behavior analysts can contribute to remediating the three social problems.
 
 
Panel #435
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Applied Behavior Analysis Service Deserts: Addressing the Gap in Underserved and Marginalized Communities
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Rocio Rosales, Ph.D.
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
JESSIKA NICHOLE FEIL (Bella Vista Behavior Services)
ISABEL LEON (ABATEC)
RUTH TELLO (Familias First)
Abstract:

In recent years, the field has witnessed an increased interest and attention to the need for diversity, equity, and inclusion in all domains of behavior analysis (i.e., basic, and applied research, service delivery). One aspect of equity and inclusion that has received minimal attention is the disparity in access to high-quality ABA services for underrepresented and marginalized communities in the U.S. A recent publication by Drahota and colleagues (2020) describe the concept of 'service deserts' and presents information for ABA practitioners to consider how they can implement and promote dissemination of ABA services to disadvantaged neighborhoods in the U.S. The purpose of this panel discussion is to highlight the work of three Latina BCBA business owners who are paving the way for service delivery in racially and ethnically diverse communities in both rural and urban cities in California and Massachusetts. The panelists will describe the disparities in ABA services that inspired them to start their respective companies (e.g., their perspective on 'service deserts'), share stories of challenges and success in delivering services to these communities, provide recommendations for current and aspiring service providers, and discuss changes to public policy that will help to advance work in this area.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

The target audience includes current BCBA practitioners, aspiring BCBAs, academics involved in graduate and undergraduate training programs in applied behavior analysis, and the ABAI leadership team. To gain the maximum benefit from this panel discussion, audience members should have a basic understanding of the complexities of ABA service provision (e.g., how services are reimbursed, how staff are hired and trained, etc.); and basic knowledge of the health disparities that are prevalent in the U.S. outside of the context of behavior analytic service delivery.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define service deserts and describe the disparities that exist in accessing ABA services in marginalized communities in the U.S., (2) describe some of the challenges and successes experienced by the panelists in providing services to marginalized communities, and (3) identify recommendations for changes to service delivery and public policy that can help to address disparities in access to ABA services.
Keyword(s): autism, marginalized communities, service delivery, service deserts
 
 
Symposium #436
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis: How Closely Aligned Are We?
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kerri L. Milyko (CentralReach)
CE Instructor: Timothy C. Fuller, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Instructional Design and Behavior Analysis have a common intellectual through-line. The three papers presented herein explore this through-line and highlight areas of connection and divergence. Particular attention is paid to historical efforts to contribute to instructional design, current practices within behavior analysis to create instructional materials for clinicians working with children diagnosed with Autism and draw attention to possibilities to advance our disciplines' offerings. The first paper highlights efforts made by behavior analytic thinkers that have contributed considerably to behavior analytic efforts in instructional design. The second paper explores a common approach to instructional design with attention paid to the positive and concerning implications of staying the course. The final paper showcases a coherent way forward by behavior analysts to resourcefully embed instructional design into their efforts to make meaningful differences in the lives of the people they serve.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This symposium is intended for practicing certified/licensed behavior analysts.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentations, participants will be able to: (1) articulate the basic tenets of instructional design; (2) describe the historical and contemporary efforts by behavior analysts to contribute to the discipline of instructional design and; (3) describe ways of incorporating measurement and training systems into ABA practices to better serve their clients.
 

Designing Instructional Materials for Behavior Analysts: A Report on Progress Made and Opportunities Yet Fulfilled

KERRI L. MILYKO (CentralReach), Kristin Smith Smith (CentralReach), Timothy C. Fuller (Central Reach)
Abstract:

When venturing out into the world, the words “instructional design” or “instructional designer” land differently to members within the verbal communities of business, industry, and education in comparison to those of behavior analysis. When seeking out advanced degrees in instructional design, works by known behavior analytic instructional design giants such as Susan Markel, T.V. Joe Layng, and Kent Johnson are unfortunately ignored. Works by Robert Gagne, Cathay Moore, and M. David Merrill, just to name a few, are much more prevalent. The current paper addresses how instructional design is used in different disciplines by these more cognitive authors and researchers. Models such as ADDIE, Agile, and Action Mapping are discussed with respect to their contributions and limitations to instructional design in multiple contexts and audiences. Further, implications are drawn on how these models can impact behavior analysts in the work they engage in, whether it be in academia, parent training, staff training, curriculum design, as well as providing a general framework for instruction with any learners.

 

Iterative Processes and Instructional Programming Versus Instructional Design

TIMOTHY C. FULLER (Central Reach), Kerri L. Milyko (CentralReach), Kristin Smith Smith (CentralReach)
Abstract:

The history of instructional design is long with several disciplines contributing to the knowledge base. Though B.F. Skinner’s programmed instruction is credited as an important contribution to instructional design history; the broader role operant theory plays in contemporary instructional design is limited. Within behavior analysis, the design of instructional programming often can tell you more about the instructional preferences of the behavior analyst than the needs of the learner. This paper explores both the history of instructional design as well as what behavior analysts can consider when creating programming for their learners. Particular attention is paid to the notion of an iterative process and how best to consider incorporating it in a broader system of programming. Within an iterative framework the topics of teaching strategy and measurement practice will be addressed.

 

Empowering Applied Behavior Analysis Providers With Validated Instructional Design

KRISTIN SMITH SMITH (CentralReach), Kerri L. Milyko (CentralReach), Timothy C. Fuller (Central Reach)
Abstract:

It can be daunting for clinicians to design individualized programming for each learner on their caseload. Often, thorough instructional design practices are not consistently practiced by clinicians due to a lack of resources, the experience of the clinician, or the availability of instructional design training. Additionally, the validity of instruction designed for a learner is often not evaluated. When design fails or does not produce the magnitude of change expected, it often becomes a “learner problem” rather than a “teaching problem”. This paper presents a way to realign with instructional design best practices so that clinicians and organizations can resourcefully embed instructional design into their day-to-day clinician practice, ensuring that each skill in a client’s programing is individually designed and effective. Additionally, this paper proposes measurement systems, time saving design practices, and training strategies that will empower practitioners to maintain the integrity of instructional design and maximize their available resources. Further recommendations for establishing and maintaining an iterative design process will be discussed.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #437
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Organizational Behavior Management: Where Systems Meet Culture
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: OBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Nicole Gravina (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Ingunn Sandaker, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet)
Abstract:

Systems may be formal or a result of self-organized selection of behaviors. We often talk about for instance a school system referring to the formal, planned and intentionally organized teaching and support services. A system may, however, as well arise without any formal structure, planning or intentionality. OBM, or the science of how to facilitate optimal contingencies for behaviors that serves the goals of the company, have to deal with both formal and informal functions, structures, and processes. These structures, whether visualized by an organization chart or a snapshot of network interactions, must also take culture into consideration. This presentation will show how the transmission of cultural practices over time influence both formal and informal systems.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Everyone interested in how organizations work, whether businesses or public sector.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) distinguish between a formal and an informal system; (2) to identify contingencies maintaining cultural practices in an organization; (3) analyze the functional relation between an organization, the processes maintaining the function, and the structure facilitating the processes.
 
INGUNN SANDAKER (Oslo Metropolitan University/ OsloMet)
Ingunn Sandaker, professor in the Department of Behavioral Science at Oslo Metropolitan University (OsloMet) in Norway, received her Ph.D. in organizational psychology from the University of Oslo in 1997. She has served in numerous roles, including as dean of studies for social work and special education at Oslo College, and as head of planning and development at Oslo HVPU (division of state services for those with developmental disabilities). She was project manager at OsloMet and instrumental in establishing its master’s and Ph.D. programs in behavior analysis; she has since been director of those programs. Combining expertise in both behavior analysis and systems design/analysis (behavior systems), she served as a consultant and advisor to major corporations, including Norway’s huge oil sector and the Norwegian Olympic Committee, where, as leadership training project director, she played a significant role in enhancing participation and awards for women athletes. Her efforts have helped secure behavior analysis as an established discipline in Norway. In addition, Professor Sandaker has been a leader in international dissemination, serving as the international representative to ABAI’s Executive Council. She is also on the editorial board of the Norwegian Journal of Behavior Analysis and associate editor of Perspectives on Behavior Science.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #439
CE Offered: BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Consent, Disability, and Applied Behavior Analysis: What We Can Learn from Fries, Tea, and Pizza
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: PRA; Domain: Service Delivery
BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Barbara Gross, M.A.
Chair: Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Presenting Authors: : BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Abstract:

The word "consent" may mean different things, depending on context and audience. Conceptualizations of sexual consent are often delivered in metaphor or acronym by sexuality educators and abuse prevention specialists. It is possible to use these frameworks to explain other consent-based behaviors. Additionally, it is our responsibility to think critically about how some of our practices may violate consent/assent without due care. This conversation will explore consensual behavior as a consideration when supporting clients, as well as our role in teaching others how to engage in consent behaviors.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) extend popular models of affirmative sexual consent to non-sexual consent; (2) identify practices within the field of applied behavior analysis which impact development of consent repertoires; (3) develop steps to build capacity to consent to sexual and non-sexual activities for learners with intellectual and developmental disabilities.
 
BARBARA GROSS (Missouri Behavior Consulting; Sex Ed Continuing Ed)
Barbara Gross, MA, MEd, BCBA, LBA, CSE, (she/her/hers), is a Board Certified Behavior Analyst and AASECT Certified Sexuality Educator. She specializes in staff and caregiver training and development of sexual behavior intervention plans for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities (ID/DD). She also works to coordinate with special educators and sexuality educators to promote equity in access to comprehensive sexuality education for youth with disabilities. Other areas of practice and research interests include pornography literacy, abuse prevention for children and adults with disabilities, and dissemination of behavior analysis and the potential it offers to promote healthy sexuality for people of all abilities. Barb is the current president of the Sexual Behavior Research and Practice Special Interest Group (SBRPSIG) of ABAI.
 
 
Symposium #440
CE Offered: BACB
Current Issues in Autism Spectrum Disorder Intervention: Assent and Social Validity
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–9:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Peter F. Gerhardt (The EPIC School)
CE Instructor: Peter F. Gerhardt, Ed.D.
Abstract:

Meaningful skill development is one overarching purpose for applied work in behavior analysis. During this symposium, a literature review highlighting the tools for meaningful goal setting, a progressive approach to rapport building with clients, and a survey about safety experiences of professionals working directly with clients will be presented. The themes of assent, social validity, and meaningful curriculum are exemplified by the data reported in each project. A focus of this symposium is the guidance for future research in practice in these areas in addition to the findings in each area.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): assent, rapport, safety, Social validity
Target Audience:

This symposium is intended for behavior analysts with more than five years of experience working with individuals with different disability labels across a variety of environments and situations. The goal is to provide background training on three of the more complex issues facing practitioners today.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Discuss the difference between developmental and functional curricula, examples of each type, and how to objectively make decisions on which type to choose for a given client; (2) Identify the important need to use curricula and/or assessments as guides and not roadmaps to select meaningful goals; (3) Offer definitions of rapport, and identify why a need for a definition based on observable behavior is important, and how rapport is related to assent; (4) Describe a progressive approach to rapport building, and how this can be taught to staff working with clients with autism; (5) Discuss the importance of assessing social validity to indirect consumers; (6) Identify 2-3 key considerations for the balance of safety and habilitation in residential settings.
 

Examining Ways to Improve Outcomes for Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorder: A Review of the Literature and Available Assessments and Curricula

SHANNA BAHRY (Endicott College)
Abstract:

In order to promote best outcomes across the lifespan and thereby improve overall quality of life for individuals on the autism spectrum, it is critical that goals written and interventions prescribed prior to the transition to adulthood are meaningful and highly socially valid. This presentation will provide an overview of available assessment and curriculum tools commonly used in the field of applied behavior analysis to guide goal development. An analysis of skills contained within each tool across various important skill domains will be reviewed. Implications and recommendations will be discussed.

 

A Progressive Approach to Staff Training to Increase Rapport With Clients With Autism

JESSICA J. CAUCHI (Endicott College; Atlas Behaviour Consultation)
Abstract:

Rapport is an important component of ABA programs, but has historically been defined with great subjectivity and variability. The presenter will discuss rapport as a measure of assent, why this is especially important for practitioners today, and present preliminary findings of a study training staff to build rapport with children with autism using a progressive approach to rapport-building. Future directions for studies of assent, rapport, and training will be discussed.

 

Reports of Safety Experiences From Direct Support Comparison: A Social Validity Survey

NATALIE M. DRISCOLL (Seven Hills Foundation & Endicott College)
Abstract:

The direct support professionals (DSP) working in group homes in adult services are important consumers of behavior analytic services. They often have the opportunity to express their acceptance and adherence to interventions during team meetings and their experience guides decision making for important support strategies around the balance of safety and dignity of the individuals they support. A survey was conducted across multiple group homes in adult services in Massachusetts to gain an understanding of the past experiences of safety concerns by DSPs. The data show varying levels of experience with concerns such as opinions around pedestrian safety, carrying cash, and wearing appropriate personal protective equipment (PPE). Analysis and discussion of these data will be presented. The findings of this survey are relevant to seeking information to better inform interventions and for ongoing consideration of the least restrictive environment.

 
 
Symposium #441
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
Assessment and Treatment of Face Touching During the COVID-19 Pandemic
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid)
Discussant: Raymond Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Javier Virues Ortega, Ph.D.
Abstract:

While airborne respiratory aerosols are currently thought to be the main transmission pathway for the SARS-CoV-2, fomite-mediated transmission remains an important risk during the current pandemic. Fomites are inanimate object surfaces where viral particles can remain viable for hours or days. Community-based epidemiological studies cannot readily establish the relative contribution to infection risk of several transmission pathways when they operate simultaneously and most transmission models have focused on human-to-human transmission of the SARS-CoV-2. However, recent studies indicate that transmission due to contact with contaminated surfaces may play an important role, particularly in the early stages of an outbreak and in closed environments such as child daycare services, schools, nursing homes, and offices. Hand contact with contaminated surfaces poses a risk of infection when subsequently engaging in hand-to-face contact with the mouth, nasopharynx, or eyes. Therefore, face-touching is a risk behavior of significant public health interest. In the current series of studies we will explore various treatment approaches to reducing face touching in both typically developed adults and children with autism spectrum disorder. We will also present various strategies for detecting and recording face touching including automated systems. The studies will be discussed by Dr. Ray G. Miltenberger, a world-renowned expert in the assessment and treatment of habitual behaviors.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): COVID-19, face touching, habit reversal, video analysis
Target Audience:

Students, practitioners and applied researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Understand the behavioral processes involved in face touching and its importance as a health risk behavior; (2) Understand various methodological approaches to monitor face touching in typically developed adults and people with autism spectrum disorder; (3) Understand various approaches to reducing face touching including awareness training, habit reversal, and differential reinforcement of other behavior.
 

Decreasing Face Touching for Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

MARY HALBUR (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University), Marisa E. McKee (Marquette University), Jessi Reidy (Marquette University), Elizabeth J. Preas (UNMC), Regina A. Carroll (University of Nebraska Medical Center Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Face touching is a prevalent behavior for individuals of all ages. However, frequent face touching has potential negative side effects such as the transmission of viruses, bacterial infections, and skin infections. The present investigation extended previous research by evaluating a reinforcement-based intervention package on the reduction of face touching for children with autism spectrum disorder who tolerated wearing face coverings (i.e., face masks, face shields). The treatment package included an unsignaled, momentary differential reinforcement of other behavior procedure with prompts. Results indicated that rates of face touching decreased from baseline levels for children during 5-min treatment sessions. Furthermore, low levels of face touching were observed during follow-up sessions that were longer in duration (i.e., 15 min) across participants. Minor procedural modifications across participants will be described. Overall, results support the utility of behavioral interventions on the reduction of potentially unsafe behaviors related to medical routines for children with autism.

 
A Habit Reversal Intervention for Face Touching
EMMA AUTEN (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carole M. Van Camp (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
Abstract: The Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC) reports that touching one’s own face with unwashed hands can transmit infections, and previous literature has reported the average rate of face touching for neurotypical adults to be 17.8-23 times per hour (Kwok et al., 2015; Morita et al., 2011). Habit reversal is a multicomponent intervention developed by Azrin and Nunn (1973) that has been successful for a variety of behaviors including hair pulling, nail biting, speech disfluencies, and motor or vocal tics (Azrin & Nunn, 1973; Nunn & Azrin, 1976; Pawlik and Perrin, 2019; Rapp et al., 1998; Twohig & Woods, 2001). The purpose of the current study was to apply a simplified habit reversal intervention to face touching behavior evaluated in a multiple baseline design. Participants were students at a university, and they were blind to the purpose of the study during baseline. Simplified habit reversal consisted of a sequential application of awareness training and competing response training. For some participants, debriefing on the purpose of the study reduced face touching. For other participants, at least one component of habit reversal (i.e., awareness training or competing response training) was necessary to significantly reduce face touching.
 
Automated Detection of Face Touching as an Aid to Face Touching Reduction Studies
AIDA TARIFA RODRIGUEZ (ABA España, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Peter A. Krause (University of California, Santa Cruz California State University, Channel Islands ), Javier Virues Ortega (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Agustin Gonzalo Perez-Bustamante Pereira (Hospital Universitario Ramón y Cajal)
Abstract: In the current study we evaluated an automated face-touching detection system. Face touching was detected automatically for the two participants wearing head-mounted camera. Five hours of naturalistic footage was obtained from each participant. A custom Python script divided each video recording into 10 s segments and each of these segments was then processed by the OpenFace 2.0 face-tracking software. OpenFace detects the most prominent face within a digital video, compares it to a normalized facial model using 128 key parameters, and estimates the three-dimensional position of each parameter frame by frame. We identified modal parameter displacement patterns that were suggestive of face-touching events by using parallel behavioral observation data. We integrated the parameter displacement patterns into a face-touching detection algorithm. We then conducted signal detection analyses to evaluate the precision of the detection algorithm when applied to novel samples of video both within and across individuals. We will discuss the potential of using this system in applied research
 

Reducing Face-Touching through Motion Sensing and Vibrotactile Cueing During the COVID-19 Pandemic: Treatment Effects and Disruptor Descriptive Analysis

JAVIER VIRUES ORTEGA (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Agustin Gonzalo Perez-Bustamante Pereira (Hospital Universitario Ramón y Cajal), Neil Timothy Martin (Behavior Analyst Certification Board), Mariola Moeyaert (University at Albany, SUNY), Peter A. Krause (University of California, Santa Cruz California State University, Channel Islands ), Aida Tarifa Rodriguez (ABA España, Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Carolina Trujilo-Sánchez (Universidad Autónoma de Madrid), Maithri Sivaraman (Ghent University, Belgium)
Abstract:

Fomite-mediated self-infection via face-touching is a potentially important and understudied transmission pathway for COVID-19. In the current study we evaluated the effect of a computer-mediated vibrotactile cues (presented through experimental bracelets located on one or both hands of the subject) on the frequency of face-touching among eight healthy adults living in the community. We conducted a treatment evaluation totaling over 25,000 minutes of observation. The treatment was evaluated through a multiple treatment design and a hierarchical linear model indicated that all participants engaged in significant levels of face-touching prior to the intervention. On average, the one-bracelet intervention did not produce significantly lower levels of face-touching, whereas the two-bracelet intervention did result in significantly lower levels. The effect increased over repeated presentations of the two-bracelet intervention with the second implementation producing 31 fewer face-touching events, on average, relative to baseline levels. The intervention effect was robust to potential face touching disruptors including wearing a mask, speech, moving around, or being outdoors. Dependent on the dynamics of fomite-mediated self-infection via face-touching, treatment effects could be of public health significance. The implications for research and practice are discussed.

 
 
Paper Session #443
CE Offered: BACB
Stimulus Equivalence With Mixed-Compound Consequences: A Translational Analysis With Theoretical and Applied Implications
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:30 AM–9:55 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: EAB
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Richelle Elizabeth Hurtado (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Richelle Elizabeth Hurtado, Ph.D.
 

Stimulus Equivalence With Mixed-Compound Consequences: A Translational Analysis With Theoretical and Applied Implications

Domain: Basic Research
RICHELLE ELIZABETH HURTADO (University of North Carolina Wilmington), Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
 
Abstract:

In this translational study, three integrated experiments analyzed the impact of mixed-compound-consequences on equivalence-class formation. Experiment 1 compared simple-discrimination training with class-specific-compound-consequences (CSCC; A/B1→R1r1, A/B2→R2r2, A/B3→R3r3) and with mixed-compound-consequences (MCC; one class-specific element and one common across discriminations; A/B4→R0r4, A/B5→R0r5, A/B6→R0r6) with nine 6-8-year-old children. Conditional discrimination probes assessed emergent relations between A/B/R/r stimuli. When CSCC training occurred first, equivalence-class formation was demonstrated in both conditions. However, when MCC training occurred first, participants either demonstrated chance responding or emergent stimulus-reinforcer relations, without AB/BA relations. Equivalence classes were evidenced in the subsequent CSCC condition, but not always when the MCC condition was repeated. In Experiment 2, six college participants demonstrated class formation after either CSCC or MCC training. In Experiment 3, nine college students received CSCC or MCC training, but only emergent AB/BA relations were tested. Half of the participants trained first with MCCs demonstrated no emergence for any condition. These results demonstrate that a common element within a compound stimulus can hinder emergence, perhaps paralleling some instructive feedback applications. Findings also suggest that specific training and testing arrangements facilitate independent control by the separate elements of compound consequences, promoting class formation and extending both theoretical analyses and applications of equivalence.

 
Target Audience:

Current graduate students, practitioners in applied settings, and those who have a basic understanding of the mathematical properties of stimulus equivalence.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify a mixed-compound consequence; (2) provide an example regarding how instructive feedback procedures are related to mixed-compound consequences; (3) explain how initial training with mixed-compound consequences impacts performance on emergent relations.
 
 
Paper Session #444
CE Offered: BACB
Don't Dis Kids: Embracing Normal Variation in Educational Systems
Monday, May 30, 2022
9:30 AM–9:55 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH
Instruction Level: Intermediate
CE Instructor: Criss Wilhite, M.A.
 
Abstract:

Don’t Dis Kids: Embracing Normal Variation in Educational Systems Variation is a feature of all life forms and the source of change at the five levels of selection by consequences. Limiting or branding variation as abnormal leads to problems of adaptation. This paper will cover the inadequacies found in most educational systems in the United States relative to variations in what are called ‘learning styles’ of children. The rates of these variations are about the same across cultures, indicating they have been preciously selected at the genetic and epigenetic levels, but cultural environments can steer children’s lives in widely differing ways. Some variations may not work well for a child in any environment, but branding all variants as disorders (dyslexia, dysgraphia, ADD, sensory processing disorders, etc.) can result in focusing on medical conditions instead of behavior- environment interactions. This may lead to a lifetime of failure for some children, and many unnecessary costs to society. We are a social species and these variations allow for multiple skill sets within groups. Group survival can be enhanced by them. Mediation through teaching methodologies and changing the culture of colleges of education will be a main focus.

 
Target Audience:

Attendees should have a basic understanding of selection by consequences and the application of theoretical issues to societal problems.

Learning Objectives: 1. Use principles of selection to analyze a cultural-level problem. 2. Understand the harm and costs due to making common and widespread variations in learning ("dyslexia", "dysgraphia", "ADD," etc.) disorders. 3. Solutions to the these educational approaches in terms of methodologies of teaching and of changing the cultures of some colleges of education.
 
 
Paper Session #445
CE Offered: BACB
A Clinician’s Perspective on the Impact of Private Equity on Delivering Quality Applied Behavior Analysis Services
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Chanie Rubin (Proud Moments ABA)
CE Instructor: Bobby Newman, Ph.D.
 

A Clinician's Perspective on the Impact of Private Equity on Delivering Quality Applied Behavior Analysis Services

Domain: Service Delivery
CHANIE RUBIN (Proud Moments ABA), Bobby Newman (Proud Moments ABA)
 
Abstract:

Private equity firms have been making investments in ABA companies. This development has made many nervous that quality concerns will become secondary to quality treatment concerns. In this paper, we will address factors related to private equity and what one must do to ensure quality of services within the model.

 
Target Audience:

Individual who have worked in the field and have decision-making responsibilities within the organization as regards clinical and staffing decisions.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define what Private Equity is. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define the areas one needs to address in order to ensure that a partnership with Private Equity does not lead to a decrease in program quality. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define the advantages and disadvantages to working with Private Equity within their organizations.
 
 
Paper Session #447
CE Offered: BACB
Nonlinear Contingency Analysis: On the Distinction Between Topical and Systemic Intervention
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:25 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: T. V. Joe Layng (Generategy, LLC)
CE Instructor: T. V. Joe Layng, Ph.D.
 
Nonlinear Contingency Analysis: On the Distinction Between Topical and Systemic Intervention
Domain: Service Delivery
T. V. JOE LAYNG (Generategy, LLC)
 
Abstract: Typically, behavioral interventions have as their focus some form of presenting complaint. The pattern is in someway considered disturbing, either to the individual, the immediate community, or both. Where the disturbing behavior is the focus of the intervention we can refer to such interventions as topical. A variety of procedures may be employed which include DRA, DRO, or extinction, among others. Certain cognitive strategies considered topical include, thought stopping, reframing, diffusion, and acceptance. Nonlinear Contingency Analysis opens the door to interventions whereby the presenting complaint can be found to be a function of contingency relations other than those in which the presenting complaint participates. Targeting those relations, and not the disturbing pattern, often can resolve the issues and provide meaningful change for the client or community. This talk will briefly describe four cases in which the ultimate solution involved systemic intervention. Cases include individuals diagnosed with autism and a range of other so-called disorders, including depression, anxiety, and schizophrenia. They will also show that, in some cases, topical and systemic intervention may be used together and are not necessarily mutually exclusive.
 
Target Audience:

Those behavior analysts looking to advance their skills beyond a simple ABC analysis, and clinicians working with complex cases.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Distinguish between topical and systemic interventions; (2) Describe nonlinear analysis; (3) Recognize the implications of (1) and (2) for behavior analysis.
 
 
Paper Session #448
CE Offered: BACB
Instructional Strategies for Teaching Mathematics to Students With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Jared R Morris (Brigham Young University)
CE Instructor: Jared R Morris, Ph.D.
 
Instructional Strategies for Teaching Mathematics to Students with Autism
Domain: Theory
JARED R MORRIS (Brigham Young University), Ryan Kellems (Brigham Young University), Cade T. Charlton (Brigham Young University), Patsy Gibbs (Brigham Young University)
 
Abstract: Individuals with disabilities consistently perform below their neurotypical on national assessments of mathematics (NAEP, 2015, 2017). Further, it is estimated that around one fourth of students with autism have a mathematics learning disability (Williams et al. 2008) which directly impacts their academic performance. Effective and efficient methods and strategies for teaching mathematics to students with autism are critical for preparing them to increase their post-secondary educational and employment opportunities. Multiple reviews have evaluated interventions and instructional approaches for teaching mathematics to individuals with autism (Barnet & Cleary, 2015; Bouck et al., 2013; Gevarter et al., 2016). This review aims to evaluate the instructional components of interventions, technology, resources (i.e., number lines), virtual resources, and manipulatives researchers have used to improve the mathematical outcomes of students with autism. It is anticipated that the results of this review will be applicable to teachers of students with autism and will provide evidence-based strategies for teaching mathematics. It is also anticipated that this review will provide direction for future research.
 
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students. 

Learning Objectives: The participants will be able to: evaluate the instructional components of mathematics interventions; design and plan for instruction that uses evidence-based practices with intention; describe how to meaningfully incorporate effective mathematics interventions in their own schools and classrooms.
 
 
Symposium #449
CE Offered: BACB
Using Outcomes of Systematic Literature Reviews to Guide Clinical Practice and Future Research
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Natalie Mandel (May Institute)
CE Instructor: Natalie Mandel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Systematic literature reviews aim to answer specific research questions by identifying and synthesizing the literature basis related to a particular topic using clearly defined search procedures and inclusion and exclusion criteria. This symposium includes three systematic reviews of the literature synthesizing research related to skill acquisition. The first paper focused on the acquisition of mands for information, particularly studies that manipulated motivating operations. This paper identified a shortage of research investigating the autoclitic frame “why.” The second paper includes empirical studies assessing the emergence of intraverbal repertoires. Across the studies reviewed by this paper, intraverbal responding was the most common specific operant directly trained. The final paper comprises of studies that evaluated the impact of differential reinforcement on acquisition of a variety of skills. The paper identified numerous procedurals variations related to the reinforcer parameters manipulated and the onset of differential reinforcement. These papers will discuss results of the studies included in their reviews, procedural variations, recommendations for clinical practice, and/or recommendations for future research.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Entry level/any

Learning Objectives: 1) Understand procedures commonly used to teach mands for information 2) Understand procedures commonly used to teach intraverbal responding 3) Differentiate between various iterations of differential reinforcement
 
A Systematic Review of the Mands for Information Literature
MIRELA CENGHER (UMBC), Matthew David Bowman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Lesley A. Shawler (Southern Illinois University), Meghan Ceribo-Singh (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Abstract: This talk will describe a systematic review of studies that manipulated motivating operations to teach mands for information. We used a combination of keywords to search for articles through PsycINFO® and then conducted reference and citation searches for all articles that met our inclusion criteria. In total, we identified 27 studies. The most commonly investigated autoclitic frames when teaching mands for information were “where” and “who,” and the least investigated was “why.” Over half of the studies included an evocative scenario that served as a test condition, but did not include a control condition; however, there was an overall increasing trend toward including both conditions starting in 2007. In most studies, the experimenter taught the participants vocal responses, with a few recent examples targeting a combination of modalities (e.g., vocal and sign language) and communication devices. We discuss recommendations for clinical practice, limitations of existing research, and directions for future research.
 
A Systematic Review of Empirical Research on Emergent Intraverbals
DANIEL E CONINE (Georgia State University), Sarah Frampton (Simmons College/May Institute, Inc.), Kyrsten Buote (Georgia State University)
Abstract: For decades, Skinner’s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior has been applied in a variety of contexts. One critically important topic in this area is the extent to which some verbal operants may be learned indirectly, as a result of learning other verbal operants. This phenomenon is often referred to as emergent verbal behavior, and is critical to our understanding of how language is learned in a generative fashion across the lifespan. Emergence is especially important to understanding how intraverbal repertoires are established, as responses under intraverbal control may constitute a majority of responses in a fully-formed verbal repertoire. Recent literature reviews have highlighted that there are many published empirical studies on emergent intraverbals, but no systematic literature review has yet been conducted to unify this specific literature base. The current study is a systematic literature review, which identified 74 total experiments on emergent intraverbals contained in 57 total articles. Results will be presented in terms of populations and independent variables studied, procedural variations, and recommendations for future basic research, applied research, and practice in the area of emergent intraverbal behavior.
 
Review of the Use of Differential Reinforcement in Skill Acquisition
CYNTHIA P. LIVINGSTON (University of Nebraska Medical Center), Hannah Efaw (University of South Florida), Catia Cividini-Motta Cividini (University of South Florida)
Abstract: The purpose of this paper was to review and summarize the literature investigating the impact of differential reinforcement on skill acquisition. Researchers synthesized data from 13 articles for the following categories: (a) participant characteristics (b) target behavior information, (c) pre-evaluation assessments (d) teaching procedures, (e) reinforcer parameters manipulated and class of reinforcers (f) reinforcement conditions, (g) outcomes, and (h) social validity and generalization measures. Results indicated the majority of the participants were male, had an ASD diagnosis, and communicated vocally. The differential reinforcement condition in which reinforcement favored independent responses resulted in the quickest acquisition for the majority of participants. When compared across reinforcer parameters, skill acquisition was quicker when the quality of the reinforcer was manipulated within the differential reinforcement procedure relative to other reinforcer parameters. Limitations of the previous research, recommendation for future research, and implications for clinical practice are discussed.
 
 
Symposium #451
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis in the Cyber World
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Area: DEV; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jessica Naomi Cadette Dunn (Orlando Health)
Discussant: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres (Florida Atlantic University)
CE Instructor: Elisa M. Cruz-Torres, Ed.D.
Abstract:

As every behavior analyst in well aware, we as individuals exist in a world where our interaction with the environment shape who we are and how we behave. Professionals utilizing principles of behavior analysis exist in a wide array of fields outside of the traditional areas typically found at Behavior Analysis conferences, and typically call themselves something other than Behavior Analysts. The field of Cyber is one of those fields for which a large component revolves around analyzing human behavior with the goal of behavior change and education. This symposium is set out to lay the groundwork of educating attendees on what the Cyber world is, how we operate, and some areas for which Behavior Analysis is 100% in action. Furthermore, presenters will specifically discuss the use of manipulation for information gathering (Social Engineering), exploiting vulnerabilities in networks, web apps, and user security (Pentesting), and information gathering within digital media (Open Source Intelligence).

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Cyber, Social Engineering
Target Audience:

Target audience for this presentation are individuals who are curious about the application of behavior analysis in the cyber field. No prerequisite knowledge required.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the the field of cyber and how behavior analysis is utilized in various techniques; (2) Define Social Engineering, Open-Source Intelligence, and Pentesting; (3) Understand various vectors within Social Engineering are crafted
 

Where Do We Exist in the Cyber World?

(Service Delivery)
ELISEO D. JIMENEZ (Scientific Research Corporation)
Abstract:

The field of Cyber or Cybersecurity began in 1972, long before the age of personal computers and smart phones. Since then, the field has grown significantly due to the increase in users, platforms, software, and hardware. More importantly, organizations heavily rely on digital resources and security in order to perform duties ranging from Human Resources to service delivery. To test the reliably of an internal network or security protocols, organizations hire outside companies to conduct a Penetration Test (Pentest) in order to assess the company systems with the goal of helping the hiring organization to fix internal issues. How the process of Pentesting works is highly dependent on tools, we as Behavior Analysts, utilize on a daily basis in our respective jobs. The goal of this presentation is to review the field of Cyber, and to build a parallel between Behavior Analysis and Cyber. Within the presentation, the presenter will also discuss ways to gather and use Intelligence gathered in digital media in order to assist Pentesters.

 
Human Hacking and Behavior Analysis
(Service Delivery)
Eliseo D. Jimenez (Scientific Research Corporation), EDWARD JUSTIN PAGE (University of Pittsburgh)
Abstract: Ever find yourself in a position saying “I should not have gave them my ___________ information,” or “Why did I click on that link?” If you can recall a time in your past when that has occurred, then you were social engineered. The art of Social Engineering (SE) focuses on the direct manipulation of humans in order to collect targeted information which can be used to access a digital network or physical structure. As Behavior Analysts develop function-based interventions and Individualized treatment plants, social engineers craft vectors specific to their target in order to accomplish their mission. Techniques utilized in SE are founded in principles of behavior analysis, and has been shown to be highly effective at gaining access to secured areas, physical and/or digital. During this presentation, we will provide an overview of Social Engineering, SE techniques, and the BA foundations which allow social engineers to be successful. Additionally, attendees will develop an understanding of how SE works and the signals to look out for if they feel they are being social engineered.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #453
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
A Social Justice Framework for Intervention
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: EDC; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Renee Hawkins (University of Cincinnati)
CE Instructor: Tai Collins, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: TAI COLLINS (University of Cincinnati)
Abstract:

As the school-age population continues to diversify, it is now more important than ever that we provide services with a social justice focus that recognizes and values individuals’ unique identities and dismantles systems of oppression and marginalization. With a particular focus on school-based intervention, we will discuss a social justice approach to service delivery. Implications for integrating an ecological-behavioral framework with a social justice approach informed by critical race theory, intersectionality, and dis/ability critical race studies will be discussed. We will discuss the adaptation of evidence-based interventions to fit various contexts, as well as the development of novel interventions built specifically for minoritized populations. We will also examine peer-mediated interventions as a promising suite of culturally relevant strategies.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students; faculty members
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) ? define social justice and articulate a social justice framework for intervention; (2) integrate the ecological-behavioral model with a social justice framework; (3) discuss the importance of theoretical foundations (e.g., critical race theory; intersectionality; dis/ability critical race studies) in the social justice framework; (4) identify methods of adapting evidence-based interventions to fit various populations; (5) identify interventions developed for specific populations.
 
TAI COLLINS (University of Cincinnati)
Tai A. Collins received his Ph.D. from Louisiana State University in 2013. Dr. Collins is primarily interested in the development of time- and resource-efficient behavioral interventions to support Black students in urban schools with limited resources.  Dr. Collins has focused on developing peer-mediated interventions to improve the academic, behavioral, social, and emotional functioning of students within multi-tiered systems of support.  Dr. Collins is also interested in applications of a social justice framework in school psychology research, practice, and training. He currently teaches graduate courses including the Applied Behavior Analysis sequence, Advanced Behavioral Research Methods, and Working with Cultural and Linguistic Diversity in Schools. 
 
 
Symposium #455
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Behavior Analysis Skills to Staff and Graduate Students: Advances and Future Directions
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
CE Instructor: Tina Sidener, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium will include three data-based presentations on teaching behavior analysis skills to staff and graduate students. All trainings were implemented remotely. The first study evaluated the effects of training teachers using video modeling with voiceover instruction to use a data collection procedure called PLACHECK in a simulated virtual classroom. Results demonstrated that the intervention was effective, efficient, and socially valid. The second study evaluated the effects of remote, asynchronous training of a clinical decision-making model on accurate visual analysis of graphs in special education staff who implement behavior change protocols. Participants were taught to continue intervention, discontinue intervention, modify intervention, and decide intervention was complete, and correct responding on training and generalization quizzes increased over pretest levels for all participants. The third study replicated and extended previous research by evaluating positive-corrective-positive (sandwich) and corrective-positive-positive feedback sequences on acquisition of data collection and reliability calculations of paraprofessionals and graduate students. Both feedback sequences increased performance across tasks for all participants; these levels continued during maintenance probes. Preference for sequences varied across participants.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): data collection, remote, staff training, visual analysis
Target Audience: BCBAs
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe how to train teachers remotely to use PLACHECK. (2) Describe how to train special education staff to visually analyze graphs using asynchronous, remote procedures. (3) Describe how different feedback sequences can be used to train behavior analysis skills.
 

The Effects of Video Modeling With Voiceover Instruction Delivered Remotely on Teaching Educators to Use PLACHECK Data Collection Procedures

BETH KLEMP POLLATZ (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group &The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Amanda C. Philp (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

Continuing education is an ongoing requirement for many professions, including teachers and educators. Remote trainings are a convenient avenue for filling this requirement. However, more research is needed to understand the effectiveness of remote training on skill acquisition of data collection procedures by educators working with children with special needs. Video modeling with voiceover instruction has been used successfully to train staff to deliver discrete trial instruction, most-to-least prompting, and perform stimulus preference assessments, and it may be cost-effective for schools to use. The present study evaluated the effects of training teachers by using video modeling with voiceover instruction delivered remotely to use a data collection procedure called PLACHECK in a simulated virtual classroom. Results demonstrated that the intervention was a training modality that allowed for efficient use of teacher’s time and suggested that video modeling with voiceover instruction through a remote learning platform is a modality teachers find enjoyable and applicable to their learning needs.

 
Remote Teaching of School Staff to Conduct Visual Analysis of Graphs Using a Clinical Decision-Making Model: A Replication and Extension Study
SANDRA ODOHERTY (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Jaime DeQuinzio (Alpine Learning Group &The Chicago School of Professional Psychology), Kelly K McElrath (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract: Visual analysis of graphical data is the foundation of behavioral practice and the basis to making data-driven decisions. While education workers routinely implement behavioral interventions, they are not often trained to interpret data. The study used a delayed multiple-probe design across participants to evaluate the effects of remote, asynchronous training of a clinical decision-making model on accurate visual analysis of graphs in special education staff who implement behavior change protocols. Participants were taught to make intervention decisions (i.e., continue intervention, discontinue intervention, modify intervention, and intervention is complete) by visual analysis of graphs. Percentage of correct responding on quizzes testing accurate decision making was measured. Correct responding on the training and generalization quizzes increased over pretest levels for all participants. The effectiveness of the clinical decision-making model and its implications are discussed.
 

A Comparison of Feedback Sequences to Teach Behavior Analytic Skills Remotely

Marissa Chizmadia (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University), Allison Parker (Caldwell University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), RACHEL THOMAS (Caldwell University), Toni Rose Agana (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

A common way to provide feedback is the feedback sandwich. While there are multiple studies that have investigated the effectiveness of the feedback sandwich there is still skepticism about the effects of feedback upon actual work performance. Previous research has sometimes found a corrective-positive-positive feedback sequence to be more effective (i.e., Henley & DiGennaro Reed, 2015) and more preferred by participants (e.g., Slowaski & Lakowake, 2017) than positive-corrective-positive sequence. The current study replicated and extended previous research by comparing the effects of these feedback sequences on teaching paraprofessionals and graduate students data collection and reliability calculation procedures. Both feedback sequences increased performance across tasks for all participants; these levels continued during maintenance probes. Preference for sequences varied across participants.

 
 
Symposium #456
CE Offered: BACB
Convergent Multiple Control and the Role of Verbal Behavior in Recall
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–10:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/EAB; Domain: Translational
Chair: Juliana Sequeira Cesar de Oliveira (Texas Christian University)
CE Instructor: Juliana Sequeira Cesar de Oliveira, M.S.
Abstract:

The concept of multiple control plays a central role in Skinner’s (1957) Verbal Behavior. It is a powerful concept that can be used to account for complex linguistic and cognitive phenomena, such as novel utterances (as in the famous “no black scorpion” example), humor, problem-solving, and recall. This symposium reports the results of two laboratory studies on convergent multiple control, and a study on improving recall of past events for children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Juliana Oliveira presents a demonstration of convergent multiple control following the establishment of divergent multiple control over tacting in a laboratory task with college students. Adrienne Jennings presents another study with college students that examined prerequisites for convergent multiple control over intraverbal responses. Finally, Stephanie Keesey-Phelan presents a study on the effects of reinforcing verbal behavior during an activity or event on later recall of the activity or event.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): multiple control, recall, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

BCBAs, graduate students, researchers. Need to have basic familiarity with Skinner's analysis of verbal behavior.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) define divergent and convergent stimulus control (2) state the four prerequisite skills necessary for convergent intraverbals to emerge (3) describe the effects of verbal behavior emission on later recall
 
Laboratory Demonstration of Convergent Control in Verbal Behavior
(Basic Research)
JULIANA SEQUEIRA CESAR DE OLIVEIRA (Texas Christian University), Reagan Elaine Cox (Texas Christian University), Anna I. Petursdottir (Texas Christian University)
Abstract: Skinner‘s (1957) analysis of verbal behavior relied heavily on the concept of multiple control. Convergent multiple control (Michael et al., 2011) exists when two or more stimuli contribute strength to a particular response form. Although such summation of stimulus control is a well-established phenomenon, we are not aware of any demonstrations in the context of the complexities of human verbal behavior, where the two stimuli that contribute strength to the target response may also control numerous other responses (divergent control; Michael et al., 2011). The purpose of the present experiments was to demonstrate convergent stimulus control in a laboratory task with college students. First, divergent tact control was established by each of five elemental graphic stimuli over either two vocal responses or selection of two textual syllables in a match-to-sample task. Thus, each stimulus came to control two response forms or selections, and each response form or syllable selection was also controlled by two different stimuli. A subsequent test under extinction sought to demonstrate convergent control by combining stimulus elements into compounds. Pilot data indicated that in the selection-based version of the task trials with compound stimuli primarily occasioned selection of syllables related to both elements of each compound.
 
An Evaluation of Prerequisite Skills to Establish Multiply Controlled Responses
(Basic Research)
ADRIENNE JENNINGS (Caldwell University), Jason C. Vladescu (Caldwell University), Caio F. Miguel (California State University, Sacramento), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University), Tina Sidener (Caldwell University)
Abstract: Researchers studying acquisition of verbal behavior have begun to investigate skills that may serve as prerequisites for multiply controlled verbal behavior. These investigations often involve intraverbals. Recently, DeSouza et al. (2019) created a training sequence of potential prerequisite skills to facilitate emergent convergent intraverbals in 4 children with autism spectrum disorder. This sequence consisted of multiple tact, multiple listener, intraverbal categorization, and listener compound discrimination. Emergent convergent intraverbals were only observed after participants demonstrated mastery of listener compound discrimination. More research is needed to determine whether training of each skill is necessary. The purpose of Experiment 1 was to systematically replicate the procedures used by DeSouza et al. with adult participants using a multiple probe design. Results support the efficacy of the procedures, yet the amount of training required varied across participants. In Experiment 2, probes for all skills were conducted following convergent intraverbal probes to determine whether prerequisite skills were absent when convergent intraverbal failures occurred and present when they emerged. Preliminary results show convergent intraverbals only emerge when proficiency of each prerequisite skill is demonstrated.
 

The Effects of Reinforcing Tacting on the Recall of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorders

(Applied Research)
STEPHANIE KEESEY-PHELAN (The Dog Behavior Institute), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract:

Children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) exhibit deficits in social communication and conversation skills, including recalling past events. We evaluated the impact of reinforcing verbal behavior during a session on the recall of events from that session. In Experiment 1, in a multielement design, 5 participants with ASD viewed PowerPoint slides with black and white stick figures engaging in actions. While viewing the pictures, the three conditions were: (1) no requirements (i.e., looking quietly), (2) reinforcement of tacting each picture, and (3) reinforcement of repeating auditorily presented letters and numbers (i.e., a blocking procedure). When asked to recall the pictures 10 min later, 4 out of 5 participants emitted the most statements in the tacting condition; 2 of the participants needed added reinforcement of tacts for this outcome. In Experiment 2, in a multiple probe design across participants, tacts and intraverbals were reinforced with 3 participants with ASD during 5-min activities (e.g., board game). When asked to recall events from the activity 50 min later, 2 out of 3 participants emitted more statements compared to baseline. For the third participant, we identified reinforcement conditions affecting responding. These results suggest that reinforcing verbal behavior during an activity may facilitate recall.

 
 
Symposium #457
CE Offered: BACB
I See Therefore I Learn: Recent Advances in Observational Learning
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Andrew Pierce Blowers (Kadiant)
Discussant: Bridget A. Taylor (Alpine Learning Group)
CE Instructor: Andrew Pierce Blowers, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will focus on recent research and advances in observational learning in children with autism and related disabilities. The first paper evaluated the effects of teaching children with autism to leverage differential observing responses on observational learning across multiple types of contingencies. The second paper focused on observational learning through the selectionist perspective. In this study, the effects of establishing preverbal cusps in the form of observing responses on subsequent observational learning cusps and child-initiated social interactions was evaluated. The third paper evaluated the effects of three systematic variations of observational learning interventions on observational performance, acquiring novel behaviors, and establishing new reinforcers under denial conditions. The fourth paper evaluated the effects of the observational conditioning-by-denial intervention over changes in reinforcing value of previously neutral stimuli in children with and without developmental disabilities.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Conditioned Reinforcer, Observational Learning, Observing Response, Social Learning
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic understanding of applied behavior analysis and the behavior analytic interpretation of learning through observation.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this symposium, participants will be able to: (1) describe how observational learning differs from imitation; (2) identify the experimentally and conceptually identified prerequisite skills considered essential to observational learning; (3) describe the procedures presented on for increasing observational learning.
 
Effects of Differential Observing Responses on Observational Learning Across Multiple Contingencies
ANDREW PIERCE BLOWERS (Kadiant), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Ciobha A. McKeown (University of Florida)
Abstract: Whether a child with autism spectrum disorder will exhibit observational learning may depend on their attention to and the stimulus modalities of the observed contingency. We used multiple-probe and repeated-acquisition designs to test observational learning across a diverse set of contingencies, which included hidden edible, hidden toy, hidden video, tact, receptive identification, and intraverbal contingencies. During preteaching, 2 children with autism spectrum disorder showed observational learning with some contingencies. After learning to engage in differential observing responses for observed behaviors and consequences with the hidden-video contingency, 1 child showed generalization of observational learning with receptive identification and intraverbals. Neither child showed generalization with the tact contingency. Thus, teaching was initiated with the tact contingency, which led to generalization of observational learning with tacts. The efficacy of teaching differential observing responses over observational learning was demonstrated. Inconsistent observational learning across contingencies suggests scientist practitioners should assess observational learning across a variety of contingencies.
 
Learning to Observe to Learn by Observation
JENNIFER LONGANO (Fred S. Keller School)
Abstract: From a behavioral selectionist perspective, it is stimuli that select out responding. In the case of Observational Learning, responding must come under the relevant stimulus control of stimuli associated with people in the observer’s environment. In many cases these stimuli develop as conditioned reinforcers naturally without the need for any intervention. In other cases, these stimuli need to be deliberately and specifically conditioned until they come to exert the necessary stimulus control. This paper will describe the foundational observing responses, or preverbal cusps, necessary for children to come under observational stimulus control in order to learn by observation.
 
Interventions to Establish Observational Learning Cusps
JESSICA SINGER-DUDEK (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Researchers have identified several behavioral developmental cusps associated with Observational Learning (OL). These cusps allow individuals to 1) demonstrate changes in responses that were previously in their repertoire, 2) acquire new operants, and 3) establish reinforcement properties across different stimuli by observing others receiving those items under denial conditions. Researchers have also developed different interventions to establish one or more of these OL cusps for students with and without disabilities. This paper will present three of those interventions, as well as systematic variations of each, demonstrating compelling evidence of the success of these procedures in furthering participants’ social learning.
 
A Systematic Review of Observational Conditioning-by-Denial Interventions
HUNG CHANG (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: A majority of studies have examined the effects of observational learning on various performance and learning behaviors; however, few studies have focused on how observational learning changes the reinforcement value of neutral stimuli for children when they were denied access to the stimuli. Researchers conceptualized this conditioning process as observational conditioning-by-denial intervention (OCDI). Researchers have tested the effects of OCDI on establishing reinforcing properties across various educationally significant stimuli (e.g., books, adults’ praise) over the past decade. This paper will present and analyze a number of different components of the OCDI that affect the effectiveness of the OCDI in establishing new conditioned reinforcers for children with and without disabilities.
 
 
Symposium #458
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Supervision
Intelligent Digital Technology to Advance Treatment, Procedural Fidelity, and Employment for Neurodiverse Individuals and Caregivers
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254A
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
Discussant: Donald A. Hantula (Temple University)
CE Instructor: Donald A. Hantula, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Rapid advances in intelligent agent technology and artificial intelligence technology present new challenges and new opportunities for neurodiverse individuals, their caregivers, and the professionals who work with them. The COVID-19 pandemic became a strong motivating operation for integrating these technologies into work with neurodiverse individuals and their caregivers. This symposium shares groundbreaking new work on applications of intelligent agent technology and artificial intelligence technology with neurodiverse individuals from pre-K to adulthood. Drawn from research conducted by a NIH and NSF funded network of academic and private sector researchers across several states, four illustrative examples show how these digital technologies have been incorporated into work with neurodiverse individuals. One presentation shows how an intelligent agent platform can enable families to access expert guidance in implementing home-based behavioral treatment for children with ASD. A second demonstrates how a similar platform can be used to instruct school age children with ASD. The third presentation evaluates how an intelligent agent based tool increases caregiver treatment fidelity when teaching children basic living skills. The final presentation discusses design considerations for developing a platform that will enable neurodiverse adults to work as data annotators in the IT industry. Although all presentations will review data, there is an equal focus on issues of usability, acceptability and reaction from caregivers and employees using the intelligent agent technology. The overarching theme for this symposium is that forward-thinking applied behavior analysts can help create and leverage innovative technologies to assist the neurodiverse individuals, their families, and the professionals who work with them succeed.

Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Cargiver support, Intelligent agent, Neurodiverse emoployees, Treatment fidelity
Target Audience:

Advanced: prerequisite skill/competency would include experience in supervising work with children with ASD and/or the work of neurodiverse employees; some basic educated lay person familiarity with AI, experience with efforts to improve program fidelity

Learning Objectives: Learning objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss how an intelligent agent can improve caregiver provided ABA therapy; (2) identify how an intelligent agent can be used to improve instruction with school age children and its supervision; (3) describe the concerns of neurodiverse employees working in data annotation jobs.
 

Supporting Caregiver-Delivered Behavioral Intervention for Children With Autism With an Intelligent Agent Platform

ALIYA YAGAFAROVA (Auburn U), Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University), Cecelia Drummond (Auburn U), Emily A Phaup (Auburn U), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies)
Abstract:

Caregiver involvement is an integral component of behavioral interventions for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) to ensure generalization and maintenance of skills. Coaching and supporting caregivers in the implementation of behavioral interventions often requires closely working with behavior analysts, which can be resource intensive and may not be feasible in some settings (e.g., rural communities). Further, ensuring sustained treatment fidelity may require additional monitoring and re-coaching. An intelligent agent platform that coaches and guides caregivers in the implementation of behavioral interventions may be useful for minimizing resources required to support caregivers and may aid in maintaining high, long-term treatment fidelity. Caregivers of children with ASD receiving services at a university-based clinic were recruited to deliver behavioral interventions in the home under the direction of written instructions or an intelligent agent platform. Treatment implementation fidelity, percentage of correct responses by the child, and acceptability of each support system served as the main dependent measures. Caregiver acceptability of the intelligent agent technology is discussed.

 

Evaluating Intelligent Agent Technology for Acquisition and Instruction of Hand-Washing in Children With Autism

ELIZABETH R. LORAH (University of Arkansas), Brenna R Griffen (University of Arkansas), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies)
Abstract:

Intelligent agent technology can help improve procedural fidelity and maintain high levels of performance by ABA therapists and the clients that they serve. However, this nascent technology has only very recently been introduced to ABA therapy. Much remains to be learned about intelligent agent technology and its effects on ABA therapists, including social validity and acceptability This study evaluated the use of an intelligent agent and data collection system for ABA therapist use while teaching handwashing to three school aged children with a diagnosis of autism. Using a multiple baseline design data were collected on therapists’ fidelity of implementation, as well as child acquisition of handwashing. Data were collected until the child participants mastered the ability to independently demonstrate washing hands. Following this, therapists were given the option to either continue with the app or use a traditional paper based protocol and data collection method for the purposes of handwashing instruction as a test of acceptability. The results of therapist reactions, as well as implications for digital technology and intelligent agent use will be discussed.

 

Intelligent Agent Technology for Caregiver Treatment Fidelity and Life Skills of Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

KAORI G. NEPO (NeurAbilities), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), John T Nosek (Guiding Technologies)
Abstract:

Behavior Analysis provides effective interventions for individuals with ASD and other developmental disabilities. However, the shortage of qualified and trained professionals to implement such interventions has been an ongoing problem nationally and internationally over the past decades. This study evaluated the effect of an innovative intelligent agent technology (GAINS) as a new tool for the caregivers of children with ASD to teach them important life skills such as dressing, feeding, hand washing, or packing a snack. Children with ASD (ages between 3-8) who receive services from a regional behavioral health organization and their caregivers participated. A single subjects design across participant dyads was used to evaluate independent completion of the task analyzed target life skill of the child and treatment fidelity data of caregivers following the cues from the intelligent agent technology. Both behavioral data and participant reaction and satisfaction with the intelligent agent technology were assessed. Recommendations for designing intelligent agent technology for use with this population are discussed.

 
Design Considerations for Building a Platform to Enable Neurodiverse Employees to Work in Data Annotation
ELIZABETH GARRISON (Temple University), Slobodan Vucetic (Temple University), Eduard Dragut (Temple University), Matthew Tincani (Temple University), Donald A. Hantula (Temple University), Ray Hong (George Mason University)
Abstract: Neurodiverse individuals often struggle to obtain employment. With the surge of large-scale data-driven innovation in Artificial Intelligence, data annotation tasks found in Amazon’s MTurk and similar platforms have presented significant employment opportunities for neurodiverse individuals. We recruited nine neurodiverse and ten neurotypical participants between the ages of 18-30 and built an interactive web-based training platform to determine when, how and why the annotation performance and their perception of images and text tasks vary between the two groups of participants. After we collected data using our platform, we conducted additional semi-structured interviews with neurodiverse participants to gain a deeper understanding of the reasoning for their particular responses. Our approach (1) highlights differences between neurodiverse and neurotypical workers in data annotation, (2) identifies which characteristics result in differences between neurodiverse and neurotypical data annotation responses, and (3) explains possible reasons for those responses. We suggest design considerations for building future neurodiverse-centered data annotation user interfaces.
 
 
Symposium #460
CE Offered: BACB
Token Economies: Recent Advances in Applied Research and Implications for Practice
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
Discussant: Nadrat Nuhu (Marcus Autism Center and Emory University School of Medicine)
CE Instructor: Yanerys Leon, Ph.D.
Abstract: Tokens are among the most commonly used reinforcers for individuals with autism spectrum disorders (ASD) and other intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD) across intervention contexts (Graff & Karsten, 2012). Despite the robust body of basic research on basic parameters of token reinforcement, and the ubiquitous use of tokens in practice, there is little applied research on best practice for conditioning and arranging tokens as reinforcers for individuals with ASD and IDD. This symposium will present a range of topics related to a) common practices in token economy implementation, b) conditioning procedures to establish tokens as reinforcers for individuals with limited language, and c) functional effects of structural differences in token economies (e.g., manipulable vs non-manipulable tokens; interest-based vs novel tokens). Practical considerations for clinicians utilizing token economies in practice will be highlighted and suggestions for future research on best practice in arranging token economies will be discussed.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): conditioned reinforcement, school-based applications, token economy, tokens
Target Audience: Participants should have basic background of reinforcement systems for learners with ASD or IDD.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: a) Describe common practices in implementation of token economies for individuals with ASD / IDD. b) Describe best practice for conditioning tokens as reinforcers for individuals with limited language c) Describe the impact of token manipulation and use of interest-based tokens on token efficacy
 

The Evolution of Token Economies From Research to Practice: A Survey of Common Strategies Used in Clinical and Educational Settings

NATHALIE FERNANDEZ (Kenndey Krieger), Tracy Argueta (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Token economies are among the most widely used procedures in behavior analysis and research on token economies has spanned over 80 years. Some textbooks have outlined the essential components of token economies and suggested how they could be trained and implemented in practice (Cooper et al. 2020; Miltenberger, 2015). Hackenberg (2018) outlined a plethora of translational and applied research on token systems and suggested there is still much more work to be done. However, procedures evaluated in applied research can vary from how those procedures are implemented in clinical practice. It may be the case that the way in which token economies are implemented in clinical settings do not resemble the procedures described in research and behavior analytic textbooks. We surveyed certified clinicians about their commonly used practices when training and implementing token economies with individuals with autism and other neurodevelopmental disorders. Results suggest that token economies in practice often bear little resemblance to how they are described in the literature. Suggestions for future research will be discussed.

 

Descriptive Assessment of Token Economy Structure in School-Based Settings

CHRISTINA RODRIGUEZ (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Alexandra Ramirez (University of Miami), Elisa Alonso Duque (University of Miami), Ashley Ramos (University of Miami)
Abstract:

We conducted a descriptive assessment of token economy structure and implementation in two ABA-based schools serving individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and other intellectual or developmental disabilities (IDD). We collected data on several aspects of the token economy structure including: a) type of token, b) token characteristics, c) accumulation strategy, d) exchange strategy, e) type and cost of backup reinforcer, f) context of token use, and g) proportion of students using a token economy. We discuss the results in light of findings from the basic and applied research on token economies and provide practical considerations for clinicians arranging token economies for learners with ASD and IDD in school contexts. Finally, we provide suggestions for future researchers to examine common practice-based variations of token economies that have not yet been empirically examined in the applied or basic research base.

 

A Comparison of Procedures to Establish Tokens as Conditioned Reinforcers

TRACY ARGUETA (University of Florida), Iser Guillermo DeLeon (University of Florida), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Nathalie Fernandez (Kenndey Krieger)
Abstract:

Tokens are among the most common consequences delivered by behavior analysts who work with individuals with developmental disabilities (Graff & Karsten, 2012). However, recommendations for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers vary and many questions remain about best practices. In this study, children with intellectual and developmental disabilities completed preference and reinforcer assessments, from which we identified two to three backup reinforcers. We then evaluated four procedures for establishing tokens as conditioned reinforcers, usually followed by extinction tests to determine if the token had assumed any independent value. We began with stimulus-stimulus (SS) pairing of tokens with the backup reinforcers. If SS pairing did not establish tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we evaluated response-stimulus (RS) pairing and/or noncontingent token-exchange training, in which participants exchanged noncontingently delivered tokens for backup reinforcers. If neither of these procedures established tokens as conditioned reinforcers, we assessed response-contingent token-exchange training. Results suggest that (1) exchange plays a critical role in supporting reinforcer effectiveness, and (2) the conditions under which we evaluate the effects of token training might influence our results and conclusions.

 
Effects of Token Manipulation on Token Reinforcement Efficacy
BREANNA R ROBERTS (University of Kansas), Kathryn A Gorycki (The University of Kansas), Ashley Romero (University of Kansas), Lisa Marie Ambrosek (The University of Kansas), Pamela L. Neidert (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Researchers have shown that numerous factors may influence the effectiveness of token reinforcement arrangements (Hackenberg, 2018). Sleiman et al. (2020) evaluated the effects of one potentially influential factor – token manipulation – for three young children with ASD. Results showed higher rates of target responding during no token-manipulation conditions for one participant and no difference for the other two participants. The current study replicates and extends Sleiman et al. (2020) by evaluating the relative effects of token manipulation for children with and without developmental disabilities and by examining the extent to which physically manipulating tokens is associated with handling costs (e.g., engagement in behavior incompatible with the target response, delays to task reorientation after receiving a token, etc.). Preliminary results for 1 child diagnosed with autism show higher levels of task completion in both token conditions as compared to baseline. Further, near-zero levels of inappropriate token manipulation occurred and delays to reorienting to the task were short. Results will be discussed in terms of relative efficacy and preference of token manipulation, implications of allowing token manipulation, and potential child demographics correlated with differential efficacy of allowing token manipulation.
 
 
Symposium #462
CE Offered: BACB
Equivalence Class Formation: Variables, Measurements, and Supplemental Analyses
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB/VBC; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Erik Arntzen (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Discussant: Deisy De Souza (Universidade Federal de São Carlos)
CE Instructor: Deisy De Souza, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The first paper by Arntzen includes an experiment with college students focusing on yields (number of participants who form equivalence classes) as function of training trials. The main finding was that yields increase as function of number training trials in a linear series training structure combined with a simultaneous training and testing protocol. The second paper by Fields, Wakim, and Foxe studied event-related potential (ERP) in college students who formed 2-node 4-member classes. Some of findings were that the baseline in contrast derived relations generated activation 400 ms after target onset. The third paper by dos Santos, Carvalho, and de Rose includes an experiment in which they have used a game, labyrinth, to investigate equivalence class formation and also with the use of remote data collection. The main findings were that the game was a viable option to conduct remote data collection, and that the nature and magnitude of consequences can influence formation and maintenance of equivalence classes. The last paper by Vaidya discusses a review of the Stroop literature to ask if the main findings in that literature are interpretable in terms of stimulus equivalence and the notions of class cohesion and class conflict.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Basic knowledge about emergent relations

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify important variables influencing equivalence class formation (2) how reaction time vary in Stroop experiments (3) how ERPs were influenced by including test trials for emergent relations
 
Number of Training Trials and Formation of Equivalence Classes
ERIK ARNTZEN (Oslo Metropolitan University)
Abstract: Linear series (LS) training structure combined with a simultaneous (SIM) training and test protocol have shown to produce relatively higher yields (number of participants who form equivalence classes) compared to combinations of other training structures and training and test protocols. Therefore, we use the LS and SIM to study the effect of number of training trials on the formation of equivalence classes. The present study included 30 adult participants who were trained on 6 conditional discriminations with LS (ABC) and SIM. All stimuli were abstract shapes. The participants were assigned to three different groups, 10 in each group. Group 1 had 18 trials (each trial type presented 3 times) in a block, Group 2 had 36 trials (each trial type presented 6 times) in a block, and Group 3 had 54 trials (each trial type presented 9 times) in a block. The result showed that the yields increased as number of trials (see Figure 1).
 

Investigation of Magnitude of Reinforcement and Punishment on Equivalence Class Formation Using a Virtual Game

Alceu R. dos Santos (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), Filipe César Carvalho (Universidade Federal de São Carlos), JULIO C. DE ROSE (Universidade Federal de Sao Carlos)
Abstract:

We developed a game to investigate equivalence class formation with remote data collection. The game simulates a labyrinth, with “sample rooms” with a picture (sample) on the only exit room, leading to “comparison rooms”, with pictures on three exit doors (comparisons). The player found diamonds after correct choices, and fell into a pit, losing diamonds, after incorrect choices. 56 adults played the game at home, with remote access to the experimenter’s computer. Group More-Reinforcement (MR) won four diamonds when correct and lost one when incorrect. Group Balanced (B) won one diamond when correct and lost one when incorrect. Group More-Punishment (MP) won one diamond when correct and lost four when incorrect. Participants learned conditional relations which could lead to three equivalence classes, each comprising three abstract pictures. Data collection ended after 10 participants formed equivalence in each group. Group MP showed higher attrition rate and poorer performance in a maintenance test, a week later. Results indicate that the game is a viable option to conduct remote data collection, and that the nature and magnitude of consequences can influence formation and maintenance of equivalence classes.

 

The Relation Between Equivalence Classes and the Stroop Effect

MANISH VAIDYA (University of North Texas), Russell Silguero (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

The original demonstration of the Stroop Effect found, in part, that participants’ reaction times to name a color (e.g., GREEN) were slower when the color of the ink and the name of the color were incongruent than when they were congruent. The robust effect has been documented numerous times across many laboratories since its original demonstration. Our lab has recently presented some data showing that compounds consisting of elements from different equivalence classes were reacted to more slowly than compounds consisting of elements from the same equivalence classes. These data suggest that the congruent and incongruent compound stimuli might be fruitfully interpreted in terms of class-based conflict or class-based cohesion. In this presentation, we present a brief review of the Stroop literature to ask if the main findings in that literature are interpretable in terms of stimulus equivalence and the notions of class cohesion and class conflict.

 
 
Symposium #463
CE Offered: BACB
Using Individual Preferences, Reinforcement Systems, and Technology to Increase Engagement in Health and Hygiene Routines
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/CBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Dorothea C. Lerman (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
CE Instructor: Elizabeth Joy Houck, M.Ed.
Abstract: The importance of interventions to teach and maintain hygiene routines has been especially important during the Covid-19 pandemic. Children and people with intellectual disabilities (ID) often demonstrate limited tolerance with, engagement with, and independence in hygiene routines, including toothbrushing, mask wearing and hand washing. Limited active participation in these routines places individuals at risk of adverse health outcomes. During the Covid-19 pandemic, limited participation in these routines could also place others at greater risk of adverse health outcomes. This symposium will present data on novel uses of preference assessments, reinforcement systems, and technology to improve engagement in hygiene routines with typically developing children and adults with intellectual disabilities. Outcomes from these studies demonstrate how adapting widely used procedures can be an effective method to improve many socially significant problems, including currently critical health and hygiene routines.
Instruction Level: Advanced
Keyword(s): Hand-washing, Hygiene, Mask Wearing, Toothbrushing
Target Audience: Audiences should have basic familiarity with common preference assessments, reinforcement schedules and standard measurement practices.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation participants will be able to: 1) Describe common strategies used to increase engagement in hygiene routines for typically developing children and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. 2) Describe the importance of increasing independence and engagement in hygiene tasks for typically developing children and adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. 3) Describe the effects of noncontingent reinforcement without extinction on tooth brushing duration in one study with two participants. 4) Describe how preference assessments can be used to select the least aversive unfamiliar stimulus to improve compliance with hygiene interventions (specifically mask wearing). 5) Describe how preference assessment data can be used to select appropriate starting reinforcement schedules. 6) Describe how a person’s typical environment can be used to determine socially valid terminal reinforcement schedules. 7) Describe methods for thinning reinforcement schedules to align with terminal reinforcement schedule goals. 8) Describe the generalization effects of two different interventions to increase mask wearing. 9) Describe how image analysis software can be used to assess effectiveness of handwashing interventions. 10) Describe the benefits of utilizing technology to assess accuracy of skills in areas such as handwashing.
 

Effects of the Podcast Chompers® on Toothbrushing Duration by Children

CATHERINE LEWIS (Texana Center), Jennifer N. Fritz (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Samantha Jean Boyle (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Victoria Fletcher (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract:

It is important to establish proper dental hygiene routines in children to prevent cavities and other dental issues. The effects of noncontingent reinforcement (NCR) without extinction was used to increase compliance with tooth brushing for two elementary-aged siblings. Specifically, a podcast called Chompers® produced by Gimlet Media was played during treatment. The results showed that the podcast was ineffective in maintaining increased tooth brushing durations for both participants. The addition of a new instruction was also not effective for one of the participants, and the addition of sibling interaction did not lead to a consistent increase in the toothbrushing duration of both participants.

 

Adapting Preference Assessments and Reinforcement Schedules for Increasing Mask-Wearing With Adults With Intellectual Disabilities

ELIZABETH JOY HOUCK (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Danielle Pelletier (University of North Texas), Melanie Bauer (University of North Texas), Aaron Joseph Sanchez (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

People with intellectual and developmental disabilities (IDD) and autism spectrum disorders (ASD) often have difficulty in tolerating new or infrequently contacted stimuli (e.g., Fisher et al., 2019; Woodcock & Humphreys, 2009). Limited tolerance for health-related behavior, such as nail cutting, haircuts, and dental cleanings can cause distress for these individuals and their families (e.g., Cavalri et al., 2013). During the Covid 19 pandemic, face masks are a new stimulus that may cause distress for many people, especially those who may not understand the need for a mask. The inability to tolerate face masks could limit safe access to public locations for people with IDD and ASD. Therefore, we evaluated preference for different types of face masks with five adults with IDD and limited verbal communication skills. Using a multielement design, we assessed the duration each participant wore five different face masks and subsequently used reinforcement schedule manipulations to increase mask wearing for all five participants. For all five individuals initial preference assessments proved helpful in determining appropriate, individualized treatment steps for increasing cooperation with wearing a face mask.

 

Using Synchronous Reinforcement to Increase Mask-Wearing in Young Children and Individuals With Developmental Disabilities

CATHERINE MCHUGH (University of Kansas), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Sara Camille Diaz de Villegas (University of Kansas), Nicole Kanaman (University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas), Ky Clifton Kanaman (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The Centers for Disease Control (CDC) provided the public with recommendations to slow the spread of Covid-19 in 2020, which including wearing a mask in the community. In Study 1, experimenters coached direct-care group home staff via telehealth to use synchronous schedules of reinforcement (SSR; Diaz de Villegas, 2020; Rovee-Collier & Gekoski, 1979) to increase mask wearing for 4 adults with intellectual and developmental disabilities. In Study 2, experimenters directly implemented SSR to increase mask wearing for four young children with and without disabilities. Results across both studies showed SSR effectively increased mask wearing (i.e., participants tolerated wearing their mask for increased durations up to 30 min). Additionally, some participants demonstrated generalization to the everyday environment (e.g., in the classroom with their teachers, in community locations). Furthermore, procedural integrity data in Study 1 suggested staff could be coached via telehealth to implement the intervention, and staff surveys suggested the procedures and coaching were socially valid.

 
Utility of an Image Analysis Method as a Handwashing Measurement Tool
RACHEL JESS (GoodLife Innovations), Claudia L. Dozier (The University of Kansas), Stacha Leslie (University of Kansas), Marissa E. Kamlowsky (The University of Kansas)
Abstract: Hands are the most common mode of transmission of infection from pathogens. Washing hands with soap and water is the most effective method for decreasing transmission of infection; however, research suggests children do not routinely wash their hands using best-practice methods. Researchers have evaluated various strategies to address appropriate handwashing in children. More research is needed, however, regarding the efficacy and efficiency of teaching and measuring handwashing accuracy and quality in children. One method for assessing handwashing quality is comparing pre- and post-handwashing levels of proxy contamination using image analysis software. Further evaluation of the correlation between handwashing accuracy and hand cleanliness using proxy contamination should be conducted to determine the validity of this analysis method. The purposes of this study were to (a) conduct a retrospective data analysis from a series of studies with children on handwashing errors and handwashing quality using an index of hand cleanliness and (b) examine the utility of an image analysis method as a measurement tool for hand cleanliness. Overall results suggest the most important components of handwashing for increasing hand cleanliness include use of soap, amount of vigor, scrubbing the tops and palms of hands, and duration of scrubbing.
 
 
Symposium #464
CE Offered: BACB
Being Prepared for the Unexpected: The Role System Variables Play in Autism Intervention Programs
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM/AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
Discussant: Binyamin Birkan (Biruni University)
CE Instructor: Binyamin Birkan, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Autism intervention programs have a number of responsibilities; however, the most important responsibility is to provide effective intervention to the individuals served to produce meaningful outcomes for them and their families. Programs that operate from the science of behavior analysis, and consistently implement systems that ensure the organization operates successfully at every level, are far more effective in producing positive outcomes under varied conditions. The pandemic, that we all faced over the last two years, provided an opportunity to test and analyze the efficacy, and strength, of the systems proposed by McClannahan and Krantz (1993). The papers in this symposium will focus on system variables that promoted continued student skill acquisition, staff development, and parent support and mentorship through a number of unexpected and unusual conditions. Each presenter will share relevant data that have been collected across a number of agencies, nationally and internationally, to support the value of systems and their role in ensuring generalized outcomes under novel conditions. The data obtained during the pandemic period provide us with an opportunity to analyze those system variables and promote the continued use of organizational systems in autism intervention programs.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Autism Intervention, Program Administration, System Variables
Target Audience:

This symposium is intended for individuals who are responsible for the development and implementation of behavior analytic programs for individuals with autism. Attendees should have a minimum of a MA level education in behavior analysis and experience developing administrative systems for the effective implementation of intervention programs for those diagnosed with autism.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, individuals will be able to: (1) Develop programming goals, implement teaching plans, and measure relevant outcomes to ensure effective intervention to individuals with autism under a variety of conditions including virtual and in-person instruction; (2) Implement staff training and evaluation protocols, as a system variable, to develop new skills in staff delivering intervention services to individuals with autism under a multitude of conditions; (3) Implement effective parent support and mentorship programs as part of an effective intervention program and measure relevant outcomes supporting the effectiveness of the training program under highly individualized conditions.
 

Ensuring Student Progress During the Pandemic

Alison Gillis (The Graduate Center/CUNY, New York Child Learning Institute)
Abstract:

Ensuring continued student progress under a wide variety of, and unexpected, conditions is a critical guarantee that any intervention program should provide for students who they serve. The pandemic left many programs scrambling to define and develop methods of ensuring continued student progress and advancement of critical goals and objectives when teachers were no longer able to provide in-person instruction. This presentation will focus on the critical role systems played in ensuring a seamless transition from in-person instruction to virtual instruction. Data on student progress and skill acquisition, collected across sites both nationally and internationally, will be presented for periods of both in-person and virtual instruction to support the value of systems in ensuring effective intervention to individuals with autism under any set of conditions. In addition, the presenters will discuss how virtual instruction led to the development of additional systems and teaching strategies that will be incorporated into the programs in the future.

 
Staff Training and Evaluation During the Pandemic: Important Lessons Learned
KEVIN J. BROTHERS (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Paul Shreiber (Somerset Hills Learning Institute), Emily Gallant (Somerset Hills Learning Institute)
Abstract: Developing skillful, creative, and flexible professionals is critically important in ensuring effective educational programming for individuals with autism, as well as the advancement of such programming. Member programs in ASAI are collectively committed to ensuring that staff members have both the professional and clinical skills needed to educate students under whatever conditions present themselves. The shutdown of programs during the pandemic tested those systems that our programs consistently use, which are based on the pioneering work of Krantz and McClannahan. This presentation will share information on how the training and evaluation systems ensured the success of our staff members when educating individuals with autism under new and highly variable conditions. Data from our collective programs, both nationally and internationally, on staff skill acquisition will be presented to highlight the importance of professional development systems, which include critical training and evaluation variables, in dealing with the unusual and unexpected. The information obtained during this period, in addition, has also been used to revise and advance our staff development systems for the future.
 

Parent Support and Mentorship Under Highly Variable Conditions

CHRISTINE FRY (Princeton Child Development Institute), Amanda Sawma Freeman (Princeton Child Development Institute), Gregory S. MacDuff (Princeton Child Development Institute)
Abstract:

The pandemic left parents of individuals with autism in a highly vulnerable position. Within days, parents found themselves at home with their children all day long, in the absence of the highly structured teaching conditions that typically surrounded their children, and that they depended on. During this time, the important role that parents play on the intervention team was highlighted more than ever. Evidence quickly mounted during this period that emphasize the very important role that parent support, mentorship, and training play in ensuring effective home programming efforts and preparing parents for situations in which the support system they rely on is not available. During this presentation, data will be shared on the home programming efforts of educational programs, both here in the US and abroad, during the pandemic and the critical effect that they had on ensuring continued effective outcomes for students with autism. In addition, the presentation will discuss the importance of modifying parent support programs, and the system variables associated with such, to ensure an individualized and effective experience for all.

 
Lessons Learned About System Implementation Under Unplanned and Unique Conditions
ERIC ROZENBLAT (Institute for Educational Achievement), Donna De Feo (Institute for Educational Achievement), Dawn B. Townsend (Alliance for Scientific Autism Intervention)
Abstract: Although the pandemic presented a whole host of conditions that educational programs, professionals, parents, and students had to adjust to, programs with well-defined and highly developed systems of program operation, staff training, and parent support fared far better than any of us would have expected. This period presented an opportunity for generalization to be assessed for staff, student, and administrative performance across a number of varied conditions. In this presentation, we will highlight the importance of systems both for practicing during the pandemic conditions and returning to in-person instruction thereafter. Data, collected from a number of national and international programs, will be shared on key measures that demonstrate the effectiveness of our systems and how we used the data obtained during this period to feed back into the system and prompt future changes in our practices. System variables must be defined, implemented, and consistently re-evaluated in light of annual data collected on their effectiveness. The presentation will conclude with details on the critical role system implementation plays in ensuring this.
 
 
Symposium #465
CE Offered: BACB
Brain Injury Rehabilitation and Applied Behavior Analysis: Recent Research on Delay Discounting, Language Assessment, Staff Training, and Program Evaluation
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Seth W. Whiting (Louisiana State University Shreveport)
Discussant: Christina M. Peters (Brock University)
CE Instructor: Karl Fannar Gunnarsson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Applied Behavior Analysis has played an important role in the history of brain injury rehabilitation and its development of today´s neurobehavioral services. The first neurobehavioral rehabilitation programs in the United States, Canada and United Kingdom were developed or co-developed by behavior analysts. Despite this rich history and the role of behavior analysis in the development of brain injury rehabilitation less than one percent of all board-certified behavior analysts work within the brain injury rehabilitation field. With this symposium we hope to facilitate an increased interest in this subfield of Applied Behavior Analysis and want to show interested clinicians and researchers that brain injury rehabilitation is a venue for international collaboration and knowledge share. This symposium will present research on topics such as staff training within neurobehavioral rehabilitation programs, program evaluation of Applied Behavior Analysis best practice within neurobehavioral rehabilitation centers, delay discounting and links to challenging behavior in a sample of men with brain injuries, and, verbal behavior assessment of people with brain injuries.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Brain-injury, delay-discounting, OBM, verbal-behavior
Target Audience:

Appropriate for all BCBA and BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify ABA best practice guidelines within neurobehavioral rehabilitation (2) Broadly outline how verbal assessments can be used to assess language deficits in people with brain injuries (3) Understand the implications that challenging behavior has on the rehabilitation process and outcomes of people with brain injuries and how broadly ABA can be used to reduce adverse effects
 

Program Evaluation of Evidence-Based Applied Behavior Analytic Practice Within Neurobehavioral Rehabilitation Units for Adults With Acquired Brain Injury and Challenging Behavior

NAZURAH KHOKHAR (Brock University), Alison Cox (Brock University), Madeline Pontone (Brock University), Karl Fannar Gunnarsson (The National University Hospital of Iceland)
Abstract:

As acquired brain injury rates continue to increase, the ongoing need for efficient and effective treatment within neurobehavioral rehabilitation settings is clear. Some evidence suggests certain treatment components may be very important to incorporate into service delivery models (e.g., multidisciplinary). However, program evaluation literature and the uptake of complimentary intervention strategies, like applied behavior analysis (ABA), in existing neurobehavioral settings remains largely unexplored. The purpose of this project was to: (1) develop and implement a simple, systematic program evaluation informed by best-practices (i.e., research) to assess service delivery models of several neurobehavioral rehabilitation settings, and (2) survey the current use of ABA by participating neurobehavioral agencies. The program evaluation tool was applied to the charts of randomly selected past and current clients (referred to as participants). A secondary research assistant independently reviewed the charts to conduct interobserver agreement across 29% of the charts. Interobserver agreement was 80% (range, 53%-100%). Average program evaluation total percentage score was 33% (range, 4% - 63%), and program evaluation items describing ABA-uptake suggested the incorporation of ABA was low. We discuss service model areas of strengths and areas for improvement as specified by tool outcomes, as well as in relation to quality improvement implications.

 

Using Behaviour Skills Training Model to Train Acquired Brain Injury Staff to Use Applied Behavior Analysis

NATHALIE LYNN BROWN (West Park Healthcare Centre), Edith Ng (Toronto Rehabilitation Institute, University Health Network)
Abstract:

Policies and training have traditionally focused on crisis management to respond to challenging behaviors and to decrease incidents of Workplace Violence. However, behaviour is a continuum that progresses from calm, to agitation, to escalation, to de-escalation, to recovery. A focus on crisis management can result in missed opportunities and does not directly lower incidences of behaviour escalation. Hospital units where staff are trained in Acquired Brain Injury (ABI) rehabilitation often have incidents where patients escalate to abuse and/or aggression to staff resulting in staff injury. Use of a preventative approach is well supported in the literature. When taught theory behind Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) preventative strategies, staff still had difficulty in implementing the skills to reduce incidences of workplace violence and aggression from patients. Systemically assisting ABI staff in 2 Greater Toronto Area (GTA) hospitals to respond to challenging behavior in ABI inpatient settings using a BST model of ABA strategies increased interdisciplinary staff’s confidence and ability to respond to challenging behaviors and decrease incidents of Workplace Violence in the ABI Inpatient Rehabilitation Services while building a robust support system of staff who deliver training using the same methodology to incorporate sustainability.

 

Delay Discounting and Brain Injury: Investigating Stability Across Time, Correlations to Socially Significant Problem Behavior

KARL FANNAR GUNNARSSON (The National University Hospital of Iceland), Ryan N. Redner (Southern Illinois University, Carbondale)
Abstract:

People with brain injuries often experience deficits of self-control and some engage in challenging behavior. Delay discounting research and brain injury rehabilitation have received limited attention from behavior analysts. Additionally, no investigations have focused on discounting parameters and their association with challenging behavior to date. This study investigated the stability of responses of the Monetary Choice Questioner (MCQ) over time in a large sample of men with brain injuries and compared discounting parameters with the participants´ assessment outcomes on the Questions About Behavior Functions (QABF) and Comprehensive Executive Functioning Inventory Adult (CEFI-A). Results demonstrated that responses on the MCQ were stable over time, that MCQ and assessment scores on QABF were tentatively linked, yet executive functioning was not linked significantly to discounting parameters on the MCQ. Implications of these results are discussed with regards to potential clinical interventions and how future research can improve our understanding of the link between self-control and challenging behavior within brain injury rehabilitation.

 

Piloting a Function-Based Language Assessment for Adults With Neurocognitive Disorder

CHRISTOPHER HUY LE (California State University, Sacramento), Dani Leigh Buckley (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Jonathan C. Baker (Western Michigan University), Shelby Marie Bryeans (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Language deficits are common following neurocognitive disorder (NCD), yet behavior analysts serving this growing population do not have a validated, function-based assessment to guide language programming. Gross, Fuqua, and Merritt (2013) developed and piloted the Verbal Behavior Assessment Battery (VBAB) to evaluate language deficits for older adults with dementia, but researchers have yet to replicate this study or evaluate this tool for adults following acquired brain injury (ABI). We expanded the VBAB to better capture the complex changes that may occur following ABI. We conducted the revised assessment with five adults with severe ABI and matched control participants and found 1) varying deficits across ABI participants, 2) significant differences between the performance of ABI and control participants, 3) acceptable test-retest reliability, and 4) evidence for both functional independence and interdependence of verbal operants. Our discussion will focus on methodological considerations and potential refinement of the assessment for future clinical use.

 
 
Symposium #466
CE Offered: BACB
Some Recent Developments Related to Behavior Analyst Licensure: Some Recent Adventures of the ABAI Licensing Committee
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: PCH/DEV; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Discussant: Michael F. Dorsey (Amego Inc.)
CE Instructor: Gordon Bourland, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The presentation of this symposium pertain to some of the issues addressed recently by the Association for Behavior Analysis International Licensing Committee. The Licensing Committee consults with chapter leaders, upon request, regarding issues pertaining to behavior analyst licensure and credentialing as well as provides resources related to those issues. Issues to be addressed include: features of a profession, status of behavior analysis as a profession, types of behavior analyst certification organizations, comparison of certifications currently available, influence of insurance requirements on provision of behavior analytic services, and opposition to behavior analyst certification with suggestions related to addressing them.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

1. Mastery of basic behavior analysis principles and procedures 2. Basic knowledge of behavior analyst credentialing procedures 3. Basic knowledge of common procedures for establishment of behavior analyst licensure (or comparable) 4. Basic knowledge of public policy advocacy practices

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, particiapnts should be able to: 1. state 3 typical features of a profession, 2. address whether behavior analysis is a profession, 3. state 3 typical expectations of a behavior analyst certifying entity, 4. state 3 typical features of a profession, 5. state 2 common problems related to insurance coverage of ABA service plans, 6. state 3 common points of opposition to behavior analyst licensure, and 7. state tactics for effectively addressing 3 common points of opposition to behavior analyst licensure.
 

What is a Profession and is Behavior Analysis One?

SHERRY L. SERDIKOFF (Savannah State University), John M. Guercio (Benchmark Human Services), Gordon Bourland (Trinity Behavioral Associates)
Abstract:

An ongoing topic of discussion among some people and recognized professions is whether behavior analysis is a profession, particular one independent of other existing professions (e.g., psychology, counseling, education). The answer to that discussion is relevant to decisions regarding establishment of licensure of behavior analysts. The essential features commonly identified with existence of a profession will be reviewed. An overview of historical tends in development of professions will be provided. Those trends include professions evolving and splitting from the from the profession in which it originated or existed very early (such as surgery in England initially being done by barbers, psychology growing out of philosophy which has ancient routes in theology and religion). Another trend has been for some professions to emerge from schisms within their memberships that drifted based upon the practitioner/scientist designations. Whether behavior analysis currently exhibits all or a critical mass of the identified features of a profession will be explored. That exploration will consider whether all components of behavior analysis (i.e., conceptual/theoretical, experimental, applied components) or just the applied component. Implications for regulation and licensing of behavior of the exploration of whether behavior analysis- or at least the applied component- should be considered a profession in its own right analysts will be discussed.

 
Who’s Certifying Whom?
GORDON BOURLAND (Trinity Behavioral Associates), Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
Abstract: In the last 5 years, several nongovernmental organizations, such as Qualified Applied Behavior Analysts® and International Behavior Analysis Organization™, have joined the Behavior Analyst Certification Board© in awarding various credentials, typically called certification, to individual behavior analysts. A review of readily available information indicates considerable variation on the requirements and nature of the credentials. Given the proliferation of behavior analysis credentials, multiple credentials available in some locations, and a change in international certifications pending 2023, a direct comparison of these credentials would be helpful for persons considering which credential(s) to review both within and outside the United States. In addition, such a review could be helpful to governmental entities (e.g., licensing boards) in considering which credential(s) might be an acceptable foundation for licensing behavior analysts. A systematic analysis of information available online regarding the identifying organizations issuing behavior analyst certification, revealed differences between nature (e.g., some nonprofit, some apparently for profit) and governance of organizations. Additionally, differences were found in the knowledge of behavior analysis expected of certificants, educational requirements (e.g., some requiring masters-level training, some not, for certification as a behavior analyst, per se), supervised experience requirements, nature and specifics of candidate testing, geographical availability of certification, as well as certification costs
 

Riddle Me This: When is Your Medically Necessary Behavior Goal NOT Your Behavior Goal (Negotiating Insurance Company Requirements for Creating Treatment Plans)

BOBBY NEWMAN (Proud Moments), Chanie Rubin (Proud Moments ABA), Aliza Yadlovker (Proud Moments ABA), Aline Kovacs (Proud Moments ABA)
Abstract:

As third party (insurance) payments have become more common in the field of Applied Behavior Analysis, behavior analysts have had to learn a new language and paradigm for writing goals. Some insurance companies specify that they will cover only the "core deficits" of Autism Spectrum Disorders, for example. This leads to common goals, such as Activities of Daily Living, seeming to be outside the realm of coverage. This talk will address some of these issues and discuss means of making sure that all goals required by the individual being taught are addressed.

 
Opposition to Licensure of Behavior Analysts: Who Objects and Why?
JOHN WALTER SCIBAK (Retired Massachusetts State Representative and ABAI Licensing Committee)
Abstract: Licensure protects the public by enforcing standards that restrict practice to individuals who have met specific qualifications in education, work experience, and examination. As a result, the prevalence of occupation licenses has increased dramatically over the past 50 years, with estimates suggesting over 1,000 occupations are regulated in at least 1 state. Given these data, and the fact that licensure has been widely accepted for fields as diverse as physicians, barbers, electricians, and florists, why have people objected to licensure for behavior analysts? Who has been most vociferous in their opposition, what is the basis for their objections, what differentiates behavior analysis from other clinical disciplines, and why have some individuals gone beyond licensure and oppose the practice of behavior analysis altogether? This presentation will review the current state of opposition and suggest strategies to counter these objections.
 
 
Symposium #467
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Recent Trends in the Development of Professional Skills and Diversity, Equity, and Inclusion Practices for Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA/OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Landon Cowan (Marquette University)
Discussant: Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Landon Cowan, M.A.
Abstract:

The new Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020) requires all BCBAs to engage in professional skills and culturally responsive practices which maximize the effectiveness of their services while treating others with compassion, dignity, and respect; however, resources to guide the training and incorporation of these practices remains limited. This symposium will describe four studies examining practices and future directions for the training of these skills. The first presentation describes a survey which evaluated the strengths and deficits of various professional skills for BCBAs. The second presentation will review potential barriers to effective supervision skills and present data on the utility of an assessment tool to guide BCBAs in their supervision practices and professional development. The third presentation will describe a study evaluating the use of behavioral skills training to teach culturally responsive practices to graduate students. Finally, the fourth presentation will describe a study evaluating procedures to increase the inclusion of content on diversity and culturally responsive practices in behavior analysis courses. To end, the discussant will review the findings in each presentation and consider areas for future research.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): culturally responsive, diversity, professional skills, supervision
Target Audience:

The target audience for this symposium will be students, researchers, and practitioners that are interested in the study and teaching of professional skills and DEI practices. Given that this symposium will offer supervision CEs, we anticipate a large number of attendees (i.e., 100+).

Learning Objectives: At the end of this symposium, participants will be able to (1) describe the clinical and social significance of teaching professional skills and DEI practices, (2) identify at least one key professional skill and culturally responsive practice relevant to ABA service delivery, and (3) describe at least one research-based strategy for teaching professional skills and DEI practices to trainees.
 
Diversity submission Professional Skills for Behavior Analysts: A Survey on the Proficiency and Importance of Hard and Soft Skills
LANDON COWAN (Marquette University), Tiffany Kodak (Marquette University)
Abstract: Individuals seeking certification as Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs) require training in both hard and soft skills. Trainees seeking certification complete coursework and a BCBA exam that assess mastery of hard skills. However, training and mastery of soft skills is not as concrete. BCBAs are also expected to maintain these skills throughout their career. Previous research has shown that soft skills are (a) viewed as important by clients and their families but (b) are not consistently demonstrated from those providing services. Research also suggests that BCBA trainees may not consistently receive training on these skills. The current study presents the results of a survey distributed to individuals who supervise BCBAs on the proficiency of hard and soft skills demonstrated by their supervisees. The results suggest future directions for the research and training of professional skills for current and future BCBAs.
 
Diversity submission 

Improving the Future of Applied Behavior Analysis With the Assessment and Training of Supervisory Skills

KIMBERLY MADAR (May Institute), Noor Younus Syed (SUNY Empire State College; Anderson Center International; Endicott College)
Abstract:

The rapidly increasing demand and increased number of BACB certificants in recent years results in many new BCBAs moving into the role of supervisor without the necessary skills and supports. In 2018 the BACB reported that the “most common actionable ethical violation is improper or inadequate supervision or delegation of responsibilities”. It is essential to the sustainability of ABA that we are meeting the needs of all individuals, families, trainees and practitioners. In this presentation we will discuss some of the barriers to ensuring quality supervision and attempts to address them will be reviewed. We will introduce the Supervisory Skills Assessment Tool (SSAT). The SSAT evaluates professional skills such as bidirectionality, perspective-taking and problem-solving. This allows mentors to create individualized competency criteria to ensure scaffolded support and training is provided to new BCBAs prior to independent supervision. Lessons learned from the initial stages of the pilot and next steps will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission An Evaluation of Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Culturally Responsive Clinical Service Provision in Behavior Analysis Graduate Students
KENYA MYLES (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Sarah A. Lechago (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Amanda King (Endeavor Behavioral Institute, LLC), Ellie Hardesty (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
Abstract: With the expanding provision of ABA services, it behooves us as a field to evaluate procedures for providing culturally and linguistically responsive services. In the first experiment we evaluated the effects of Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and two types of feedback on teaching four graduate students in a Behavior Analysis master’s program to identify five culturally significant domains from hypothetical intake materials. In the second experiment we evaluated the effects of BST, in-vivo probes, and delayed feedback on teaching the same graduate students to respond to caregiver challenges to some feature of the treatment plan. The data show that BST training and feedback are effective in teaching both skill sets. This has important clinical implications in that the training is simple, efficient, and familiar to most trainers and supervisors.
 
Diversity submission A Pilot Evaluation of a Supplemental Curriculum on Diversity Content in Graduate Course Syllabi
STEPHANIE ORTIZ (Caldwell University), Melissa Ashley Joseph (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Recent data indicate that there is a lack of BACB certificants from diverse backgrounds (BACB, 2020) and many practitioners do not receive training in culturally responsive service delivery (CSRD). Applied behavior analysis (ABA) graduate programs would therefore benefit from incorporating training on diversity and CSRD. In this study, a pre-post design was used to evaluate the effects of providing ABA faculty members with diversity course objectives and resources tailored to their courses on the presence of diversity and CRSD content in their course syllabi. Six faculty members, who were collectively responsible for teaching courses assigned to control and intervention groups, participated in this study. All participants were provided with a general list of resources related to diversity and CRSD in ABA. Tailored diversity course objectives and supporting resources were only provided for courses assigned to the intervention group. Results indicated that increases in diversity course objectives and resources in syllabi were only observed for courses in the intervention group. Implications for graduate training programs in ABA and future work in this area are discussed.
 
 
Paper Session #468
CE Offered: BACB
Disparities and Inequities in Early Identification and Treatment for Black Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:30 AM–10:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Jack Scott (Florida Atlantic University)
CE Instructor: Jack Scott, Ph.D.
 

Disparities and Inequities in Early Identification and Treatment for Black Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder

Domain: Service Delivery
JACK SCOTT (Florida Atlantic University), Torica L Exume (Florida Atlantic University Center for Autism and Related Disabilities)
 
Abstract:

Racial disparities in autism spectrum disorder (ASD) diagnoses and services exist (Mandell et al., 2007). Black children are diagnosed later, misdiagnosed, and identified with more severe ASD than White children (Jarquin et al., 2011); therefore complicating access to behavior analytic services for Black children. Black children are diagnosed with autism 1.6 years later than White children and are more likely to be misdiagnosed; contributing to reducing the likelihood of beginning behavioral early intervention. Such delay may result in Black children receiving problem behavior intervention rather than behavioral early intervention for autism. In this study, we’ll report findings from focus groups, surveys, and 1:1 interviews from black parents and professionals describing their perspectives on the identification process for Black children. We’ll report data for six Florida school districts on the participation of Black children in ASD programs and describe key impediments for their identification. We conclude with recommendations to assist behavior analysts and those concerned with equitable treatment for Black children in the early identification process. Understanding the identification of Black children through the ASD identification process will inform behavior analysts and professionals in developing culturally sensitive and effective practices to support Black parents through the ASD identification process.

 
Target Audience:

Targeted audience: Intermediate- experience working with individuals with ASD in the home, school, or community setting; experience supervising and conducting screenings, assessments, and evaluations; experience in working in public or private school systems.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Learning Outcome (1): To state three key barriers to the identification of Black children with ASD. Learning Outcome (2) Identify parent-identified barriers to the assessment of a Black child and differentiate them from professionally identified barriers for such assessment. Learning Outcome (3) State three inequities that may accrue to Black children as a result of delayed or incorrect ASD assessment and eligibility determination.
 
 
Paper Session #470
CE Offered: BACB
Ensuring Best Practices in Group Educational Settings: Review of the Literature and Ongoing Applications to China
Monday, May 30, 2022
10:30 AM–10:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205C
Area: EDC
Chair: Helen McCabe (Daemen University)
CE Instructor: Helen McCabe, Ph.D.
 
Ensuring Best Practices in Group Educational Settings: Review of the Literature and Ongoing Applications to China
Domain: Service Delivery
HELEN MCCABE (Daemen University), Tian Jiang (University of Rochester)
 
Abstract: This presentation focuses on application of ABA-based intervention methods for children with autism in China, specifically in group settings. A review of the literature demonstrates that ABA--based practices have been shown to be effective in small group settings, and there is a need to further infuse these best practices into settings such as classrooms for children with autism, including in China. The literature review is presented as a foundation and context, and is followed by presentation of two ongoing research studies examining the application of ABA to the Chinese educational context, in general education inclusive classrooms and in specialized programs that serve children with autism and their parents.
 
Target Audience:

Practitioners, researchers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe two important strategies to use when implementing ABA-based group instruction for children with autism; (2) list two important components of ABA-based group instruction in two diverse settings; (3) compare intervention in clinical and research settings with implementation in the natural environment, such as preschools and schools, including at least one similarity and two differences.
 
 
Paper Session #471
CE Offered: BACB
The Process Teaches You: Using Information Gained from the Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment to Reach Meaningful Outcomes for Adolescents and Adults With Autism
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Mara Vanderzell (Upstate Cerebral Palsy)
CE Instructor: Mara Vanderzell, Ph.D.
 

The Process Teaches You: Using Information Gained From the Practical Functional Assessment and Skill-Based Treatment to Reach Meaningful Outcomes for Adolescents and Adults With Autism

Domain: Service Delivery
MARA VANDERZELL (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Brianna Elsasser (State of Michigan), Kelly Marie Gallagher (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Jon Horn (Upstate Cerebral Palsy), Erik Jacobson (Upstate Cerebral Palsy)
 
Abstract:

Many researchers have replicated Practical Functional Assessment (PFA) and Skills-Based Treatment (SBT) procedures with individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder; however, this has typically involved younger children, often who are language able. Currently, there is a gap in the literature involving adolescents and adults with severe disabilities attending residential programs. This presentation aims to discuss the lessons learned from the process of conducting PFA and implementing SBT with adolescents and adults with long and complex learning histories and how the practice has changed based on client performance. In addition, this presentation will also highlight a cultural shift of a school and residential program from its long history of using a caregiving approach with this population to a nationally-recognized program using evidence-based practices focused on safety, dignity, and rapport, to alter the life trajectories of the individuals that it serves. Participants will have the opportunity to view videos of program participants in their analysis and meaningful skill acquisition process as well discuss problems and solutions discovered along the way.

 
Target Audience:

The audience should be familiar with functional assessment, synthesized contingency analysis, and skill-based treatment procedures

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will learn ways to modify skill-based treatment to meet the needs of populations less frequently represented in the literature 2. Participants will observe videos of adolescents and adults engaging in skill based treatment and learn ways to improve instruction and achieve meaningful outcomes 3. Participants will learn about global outcome indicators that are impacted when skill-based treatment is implemented across a division and agency
 
 
Paper Session #472
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Health and Fitness During A Pandemic: Lesson Learned From The Field
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:25 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Advanced
Chair: Nicholas Green (BehaviorFit)
CE Instructor: Nicholas Green, Ph.D.
 

Addressing Health and Fitness During a Pandemic: Lesson Learned from the Field

Domain: Service Delivery
NICHOLAS GREEN (BehaviorFit)
 
Abstract:

The pandemic presented us with a unique environmental challenge to health and fitness behavior change. This event created – and continues to present – new barriers for those individuals who desire improved health outcomes. However, as any health outcome requires meaningful behavior change, applied behavior analysis is well-suited to address common wellness needs. This presentation describes how a telehealth model can provide a means to effective applied practice. A series of case studies will highlight the importance of pinpointing behavior and results, addressing personal bias and ethical concerns, and lessons learned while working with typical adults in an unprecedented time.

 
Target Audience:

Fluency in behavioral interventions, various consulting models, experience with typically developing individuals

Learning Objectives: Describe one lesson learned from practicing during the pandemic. Describe the difference between a health and fitness leading indicator versus lagging indicator. Describe how mentalisms are often embedded into client goals for health and fitness. Describe why sedentary behavior is problematic for health outcomes.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #474
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Video Modelling to Teach Social and Play Skills to Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yanerys Leon (University of Miami)
CE Instructor: Christos Nikopoulos, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CHRISTOS NIKOPOULOS (Autism Consultancy Services, London)
Abstract:

Peer relations serve many important functions in children’s development. Social reciprocity or reciprocal peer interactions occur when children engage in social interactions with one another or when their actions support each other in their relationships. In autism spectrum disorder (ASD), however, reciprocity of social exchange is missing and is manifest as a lack of both social responses and initiations to other people. Over the years, various behavioral strategies have been developed to promote social interactions between children with ASD and their peers for a successful integration in inclusion settings. Video modelling, as one of them, is not only an effective and evidence-based method for developing many social and play skills, but it can also be a practical and efficient tool that is well-suited to the school environment. In this presentation, pertinent video modeling methodologies will be explored and specific suggestions on the effective use of video modeling will be provided.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Graduate students; RBTs; board certified behavior analysts (BCBA); board certified assistant behavior analysts (BCaBA); psychologists; therapists and special educators working in a variety of applied and experimental settings as well as educational and social science settings who are interested in the promotion of social and play skills in children with ASD.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, the attendee will be able to: (1) name the salient features of video modeling procedures as guided by findings from the literature (e.g., with what ages video modeling can be effective, what intervention goals can be addressed by the implementation of video modeling, in which settings video modeling can be effectively used, etc.); (2) describe different types of video modeling and the advantages and disadvantages of each type when targeting social and play skills in children with ASD; (3) demonstrate step by step different types of video modeling (e.g., video modeling, self-modeling, priming modeling, point of view modeling) that could be designed and implemented.
 
CHRISTOS NIKOPOULOS (Autism Consultancy Services, London)
Dr. Christos Nikopoulos is a Board Certified Behaviour Analyst (Doctoral Level; BCBA-D), former member of the Board of Directors of the BACB and of the European Association of Behaviour Analysis (EABA). He has served as a clinician, a University lecturer, an educator, a consultant, a researcher, and an author in the areas of autism spectrum disorder (ASD), intellectual and other developmental disabilities, as well as neurological and behavioural interventions in special education for more than 23 years. He is currently the founder and CEO of Autism Consultancy Services in London (UK) and Riyadh (KSA). He has obtained international experience in working with children with autism and other developmental disabilities--from 18 months old until adults--as well as their families and has published widely on the topic. Dr. Nikopoulos has co-authored two books and a few book chapters that have become key reference texts on subject of video modelling and autism and he has been chosen to deliver keynote speeches at international conferences quite frequently (more than 90 presentations at international conferences worldwide). Dr. Nikopoulos has also obtained substantial experience in the administration of a number of assessments tools as well as employing a variety of different behavioural procedures/methods, running home- and school-based intervention programmes in many European and Middle East countries. He is also either the Course Leader or the Lecturer of five BACB Verified Course Sequences (VCS) in Europe. Finally, due to his research activities and expertise in the area of autism, he has gained the award of Chartered Scientist from the Science Council, he is the scientific advisor for the Research Autism charity, an EU expert reviewer, as well as a reviewer for a number of international journals and governmental agencies.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #474A
CE Offered: BACB
Comprehensive Nutritional Interventions for Children and Adults with Autism
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Erin B. Rasmussen (Idaho State University)
CE Instructor: Jim Adams, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: JIM ADAMS (Arizona State University)
Abstract:

Children and adults with ASD often have multiple nutritional and metabolic problems, including nutritional deficiencies, food intolerances, oxidative stress, decreased methylation, and impaired mitochondrial function. Many of these problems can be addressed by nutritional supplements and healthy allergen-free diets. A 12 month comprehensive nutritional intervention study was conducted to investigate the effect of combining 6 different nutritional interventions. The study found many benefits, including a 7 point gain in non-verbal IQ (compared to zero in the control group) and an 18 month gain in developmental age (vs 4 months in the control group). This suggests that many individuals with ASD can benefit from a comprehensive nutritional intervention to address underlying nutritional and metabolic problems.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBA’s and other professionals who work with children with ASD.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) learn the common nutritional and metabolic problems in children and adults with ASD; (2) understand the effect of comprehensive nutritional intervention on ASD symptoms; (3) learn which nutritional interventions were most important.
 
JIM ADAMS (Arizona State University)
James B. Adams, Ph.D., is the Director of the Autism/Asperger's Research Program at Arizona State University. His research focuses on the medical causes of autism and how to treat and prevent it including the areas of nutrition (vitamins/minerals, essential fatty acids, carnitine, digestive enzymes, special diets), oxidative stress, gut problems, gut bacteria, toxic metals, and seizures. He has published over 150 peer-reviewed scientific articles, including over 50 related to autism. He is also the President of the Autism Society of Greater Phoenix, the President of the Autism Nutrition Research Center, the co-leader of the Scientific Advisory Committee of the Autism Research Institute, and chair of the Scientific Advisory Board of the Neurological Health Foundation. He has an adult daughter with autism.
 
 
Panel #475
CE Offered: BACB
Working Together Effectively Through Interdisciplinary Collaboration
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Fumi Horner, Ph.D.
Chair: Fumi Horner (Bierman ABA Autism Center)
CHRISSY BAROSKY (Bierman ABA Autism Center)
MAEVE LONDON (Bierman ABA Autism Center)
SIMONE PALMER (Simmons University and Bierman Autism Centers)
Abstract:

Despite many fundamental differences across disciplines and limited validation from empirical research, more and more companies have started offering an “autism treatment package” with ABA, Speech and OT services. In addition, insurance funders and the Ethics Code for Behavior Analysts require coordination of care and collaboration with other service providers. However, there are many BCBAs who have never been explicitly taught how to collaborate with other professionals and organizations that do not provide adequate training to foster the collaborative relationship. This panel discussion will first highlight the scope of competence for BCBAs and when to seek other professional’s opinions by outlining the appropriate collaboration processes. The panelists will then analyze the common conflicts between BCBAs and other professionals, identify where the gaps are, and propose some solutions. Attendees will be invited to participate in the discussion to analyze the conflicts and given opportunities to practice solutions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

BCBAs who practice ABA in schools or multidisciplinary therapeutic environments for individuals with autism.

Learning Objectives: Attendees will identify the scope of competence for BCBAs. Attendees will identify the steps of the appropriate collaboration process. Attendees will Identify examples and non-examples of interdisciplinary collaboration. Attendees will discuss the common barriers and feedback for BCBAs. Attendees will propose some solutions to address the barriers.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #476
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Motivation and Self-Regulation and Health Behavior Promotion
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Vivian F Ibanez (University of Florida)
CE Instructor: Paula Magalhaes, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: PAULA MAGALHAES (Universidade do Minho, Portugal)
Abstract:

Health behavior promotion in childhood has been dominated by knowledge-centered paradigms. However, research shows that beliefs about what is healthy have a stronger influence on behavior than factual knowledge. Motivation and self-regulation frameworks highlight the agent role of the individual in controlling the personal, behavioral, and environmental influences that impact one’s behavior. Although individuals may be influenced and regulated by external factors and agents, exclusively relying on external regulation does not allow the individual to develop adaptive competences and skills, such as choosing a healthy snack. The aim of this presentation is to describe how healthy habits in childhood can be promoted, including diet and sleep, through the modelling of self-regulation skills via story-tools/narrative-based programs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Anyone interested in motivation and self-regulation, and health behavior promotion

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify motivational components of health behavior; (2) describe the core components of empirically supported story-tools/ narrative-based programs to model and promote Self-regulation skills for health; (3) discuss what and how children learn the self-regulation competences for health behavior.
 
PAULA MAGALHAES (Universidade do Minho, Portugal)
Paula Magalhães is a researcher at the Psychology Research Center, Universidade do Minho, Portugal. She earned her PhD in Psychology in 2014, focused on the experimental analysis of behavior, with animal models, at the University of Otago, New Zealand, under the supervision of Professor K. Geoffrey White. Since then, she has directed her efforts into an applied psychology research path. In 2014, she was invited to an Assistant Professor position, at Universidade do Minho, and, later on, received Post-Doctoral training at the same university focusing on developing and implementing intervention programs aiming at promoting self-regulation skills via the use of story-tools/ narratives. Her current research focuses on health behavior promotion through self-regulation (e.g., healthy eating, sleep, exercise). She is also interested in the use of Gamification to engage individuals in health behavior interventions. She has already been awarded a research grant as a PI on these topics “In-person and Online Healthy Eating Promotion through Self-regulation: Assessing the Efficacy of a Narrative-based Intervention.”
 
 
Symposium #477
CE Offered: BACB
Continuous Assessment of Learner Behavior: Performance Monitoring Tools
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Area: DEV/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Ji Young Kim (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Ji Young Kim, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Performance monitoring tools can be used to track and enhance the performance of staff and recipients of behavior analytic services. One important dimension of performance monitoring is analyzing the interlocking three-term contingencies between an instructor and a learner which can be achieved using the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy measure (or the TPRA). Another important dimension of performance monitoring is measuring when sufficient learning has occurred, i.e., the use of mastery criteria. Lastly, a decision-tree protocol, which includes but is not limited to, mastery criteria, can be used for making moment-to-moment decisions regarding learner behavior based on continuous data analysis. In this talk, we review data demonstrating how these three performance monitoring tools can aid instructors in making clinical decisions regarding the performance of their learners. These decisions can enhance educational outcomes for both the instructor and the learner and lead to more efficient rates of acquisition across objectives.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): data analysis, mastery criteria, performance monitoring, treatment integrity
Target Audience:

Audience should have basic knowledge of three-term contingencies and the necessary components to an effective learning environment. Basic knowledge of taking data, monitoring performance, and data analysis skills would aid in understanding the material presented herein.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) monitor learner performance using the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy scale and apply the scale within a learning environment as a treatment integrity tool, 2) monitor learner performance using mastery criteria to signal whether sufficient learning on a given objective has occurred, and 3) use a decision-tree protocol to make moment-to-moment decisions and monitor learner performance through continuous data analysis.
 
Addressing the Feasibility of the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy Scale as a Treatment Integrity Tool
KIEVA SOFIA HRANCHUK (St. Lawrence College), Michael James Williams (Maltby Centre)
Abstract: We implemented a multiple probe across participants design to analyze the effects of behavioral skills training (BST) on teaching assistants’ effective delivery of instruction as measured through their performance on the Teacher Performance Rate and Accuracy (TPRA) scale. Effective instruction is defined as instruction that is both accurate and fluent. Three adult teaching assistants, newly hired at a kindergarten readiness program that employed the principles of applied behavior analysis, were selected to participate. The participants had no previous experience implementing three-term contingency trials. Dependent variables included two components of the TPRA scale measured pre- and post-intervention: 1) percent of correctly delivered trials, and 2) rate of trial delivery. Results indicated that BST increased the accurate delivery of correct three-term contingency trials by teaching assistants as measured through TPRA scale observations. The intervention also successfully increased the teaching assistants’ rate of trials delivered per minute.
 
Mastery Criteria as a Performance Monitoring Tool in Educational Settings
DANIEL MARK FIENUP (Teachers College, Columbia University), Kristina Wong (Columbia University), Sarah M. Richling (Auburn University)
Abstract: Performance monitoring tools can be used to track and enhance the performance of staff and recipients of behavior analytic services. One important metric are rules for instructors to determine when sufficient learning has occurred that signal the instructor to change or terminate instruction and move on to teaching new behavior. These performance criteria for “mastery”, in fact, have implications for the future behavior of students we serve. In this talk, we review data demonstrating how different performance criteria produce different educational outcomes (e.g., maintenance) and propose a model for using these data to address a fuller range of educational outcomes.
 
A Decision Protocol for Teachers: A Strategic Science Application to Teacher Training and Performance Outcomes
Dolleen-Day Keohane (Nicholls State University, Touchstone), JO ANN PEREIRA DELGADO (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Training teachers to make effective instructional decisions utilizing procedures rooted in the strategic science of teaching is paramount to accelerating student learning. In this presentation, we will cover the CABAS® decision tree protocol (Greer and Keohane, 2005), which has been applied and expanded upon in CABAS® Model schools for over two decades. Teachers first learn to utilize a set of rules based on the visual inspection of the graphs to signal a decision opportunity to either continue a phase or cease a phase and select a new objective. When instructional problems are encountered, teachers are taught to make higher-level decisions by learning to follow verbally governed algorithms, which involves an analysis of the curriculum and the context for learning. A comprehensive dynamic training package comprised of research-based performance management components (i.e., graph and curriculum checks, decision logs, decision graphs, and verbally governed supervisor learn units) allows for differentiated teacher instruction and the acquisition of contingency shaped and verbally mediated teacher competencies.
 
 
Panel #478
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/NASP — 
Ethics
Diversity submission School-Based Behavior Analysts: Responsive Supports Throughout the COVID-19 Era
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
CE Instructor: Heather Volchko, M.Ed.
Chair: Heather Volchko (Old Dominion University; Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group)
TAMLA LEE (Bard College)
SHEILA WILLIAMSON (Mississippi State University - TK Martin Center; Behavior, Attention, and Developmental Disabilities Consultants, LLC.)
ELENA GARCIA-ALBEA (EGA Consulting, LLC)
Abstract:

In early 2020, schools across the entire world transitioned from traditional school settings to crisis teaching in virtual spaces due to the global pandemic, coronavirus or COVID-19. During this time, equity gaps in digital resources and access to education became increasingly apparent as socioeconomic status and geographical location strongly influenced whether families were able to support remote access to learning opportunities. Yet, students with emotional and behavior disorders (EBD) tend to experience higher rates of peer victimization, struggle to obtain and maintain positive interpersonal relationships, and battle more mental health problems than other special education students. Students who had already been identified as having splintered skills or gaps in their learning history did not have access to interventions provided in the traditional classroom at the same time that all students were expected to engage in much higher forms of executive functioning skills than previously expected. This panel of school-based consultants will share their own experiences working in the schools throughout the pandemic in terms of challenges, steps for addressing challenges, and resources necessary for doing so.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This session is appropriate for professionals who interface directly with the highly applied school setting. Basic understandings of behavior analysis and varied applications of principles will be assumed as part of this conversation.

Learning Objectives: 1) Participants will learn about different forms of education consultation positioned in diverse (e.g., socioeconomic, linguistic, racial) contexts. 2) Participants will learn how behavior analysis is applied individually, class-wide, and at the systems level of school settings based on the presented needs. 3) Participants will learn how Covid impacted the schools and the rising need for multidisciplinary expertise in the schools.
Keyword(s): behavioral disorders, Covid, education consulting, emotional disorders
 
 
Symposium #479
CE Offered: BACB
Addressing Social Issues as Behavior Analysts: Avoiding the Anti-Science Trap
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles)
CE Instructor: Michele D. Wallace, Ph.D.
Abstract:

I think we could all agree it is an exciting time to be a behavior analysts, especially as we broaden our reach beyond just addressing behavioral deficits and excesses in dependent populations. However, as we expand our science in application not just theoretical accounts, we must continue to define and utilize our science and scientific methodology. Doing so may be challenging, but this in the symposium we seek to model and provide examples of doing just that. In the first presentation, we will discuss some of the current challenges facing the field of behavior analysis and provide a way forward. In the second presentation, we will provide a functional analysis of the term discrimination and provide some direction for how to address variables that may contribute to discrimination. The third presentation, will tackle not only the term risk as it applied to our practice of behavior analysis, but also what it means for our practice.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Context, Discrimination, Risk
Target Audience:

Intermediate: participants should understand how to conduct a functional analysis with respect to concepts and terms

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to operationally define challenges facing the field of behavior analysis and to look at those challenges from a scientific view point. Participants will be able to take a functional analytic viewpoint when discussing sociological terms such as discrimination. Participants will be assess risk with respect to service provision and how to approach risk from a behavior analytic point of view.
 
Context Matters, Especially During Time of Potential Conflict
RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Richard Colombo (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Amanda C. Nicolson (Center for ABA), Benjamin Thomas Heimann (CABA), Elizabeth Ashton Benedickt (The Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Heidi Eilers (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract: The purpose of the current presentation is three-fold: 1) discuss some of the current primary challenges facing the field of behavior analysis, 2) propose a framework to help protect against a potential divide between science and practice, and 3) provide practical resources designed to decrease the likelihood for identified challenges to escalate towards unnecessary conflict. Numerous practice-oriented examples are provided and discussed with respect to a) societal-level stressors (e.g., the pandemic, social injustice, and related implications for ABA practitioners), and b) field-specific stressors (e.g., a recent increase in public opposition to ABA and related potential misconceptions). This presentation will emphasize the importance of relying on the science of human behavior across all professional interactions, especially under conditions of elevated stress. An additional aim of this article is to discuss the importance of ensuring a mutually agreed upon understanding for that which defines “science”. Related practical resources are also included, each designed to mitigate conflict regarding current stressors and related challenges.
 

Sociological Terms: How Behavior Analysts can remain Scientific When Dealing With Unclear Terms and Data

RICHARD COLOMBO (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis), Michele D. Wallace (California State University, Los Angeles Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Treating psychological terms as verbal behavior and analyzing them with respect to environmental determiners was novel in 1945 when Skinner first presented his idea of a functional analysis of verbal behavior (Skinner, 1945). Seventy-six years later, this approach has yet to be fully appreciated even within behavior analysis (Schlinger, 2013). In recent years, terms such as diversity and equity have become increasingly popular, not only in sociology and psychology, but in behavior analysis as well. Analyzing these terms as instances of verbal behavior, could open new lines of research and opportunities for discussion—minimizing the potential for disciplinary redundancy and offering unique data to other disciplines (Kantor, 1953). The purpose of this presentation is to provide a functional analysis of the term discrimination, discuss recent studies on the term

 

A Behavior Analytic Perspective on Risk

David Legaspi (Center For Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Risk is typically thought of as exposure to dangerous stimuli or loss. It is assumed that we collectively agree on what constitutes risk, but accurately identifying dangerous stimuli and loss appears to be increasingly complex. There are several questions that need to be considered to accurately identify risk as it relates to risk assessment and intervention. Is it possible to have an objective viewpoint that clearly points to what constitutes risk? What are the conditions under which risk occur? What are the conditions under which risk should be avoided? Is it possible to identify behaviors that successfully avoid risk? Is avoiding risk always the best option? Is it our moral and ethical responsibility to engineer conditions that result in humans avoiding risk? These questions will be analyzed and discussed from a behavior analytic perspective.

 
 
Symposium #480
CE Offered: BACB
New Directions for Animal Labs in Teaching and Research in Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/AAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Christina A. Alligood (Chicago School of Professional Psychology; Disney’s Animals, Science, and Environment)
CE Instructor: Andrew Bulla, Ph.D.
Abstract: Animal models have benefited behavior analysis for many years by providing controlled research opportunities and by offering students hands-on learning experiences. While the traditional pigeon and rat models are excellent standards, nontraditional models also offer benefits. First, practical considerations related to the cost and housing requirements of pigeon and rat laboratories can sometimes be prohibitive, while novel species may provide a pragmatic alternative. Second, unique models also offer unique learning opportunities for students, both in teaching exercises and in research experiments, that may foster their ability to solve a larger range of behavioral problems. In this symposium, presenters will discuss their experiences with animal laboratories in behavior analysis, with a focus on less common species, education, and student involvement in research. Presentations will discuss coursework, classroom exercises, and student-driven experiments in a diverse variety of taxa, from cockroaches to goldfish to wolves.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): animal, student, teaching, undergraduate
Target Audience: Instructors of behavior analysis courses.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) incorporate animal exercises into their behavior analysis instruction; (2) understand how student driven research in behavior analysis can be used as a way to integrate teaching and research.; (3) understand challenges and benefits related to working with different species, and how learning to solve those challenges relates to solving challenges working with individuals in applied settings.
 
Cockroaches as Model Organisms for Behavior Analysis
CHRISTOPHER ALLEN VARNON (Converse University)
Abstract: This presentation discusses the use of the orange head cockroach (Eublaberus posticus), a large, flightless, tropical insect, as a model organism for research and teaching in behavior analysis. Insects and other invertebrates are inexpensive, practical organisms that many behavior analysts have considered as alternatives to pigeons and rats when cost and laboratory space requirements become prohibitive. Among invertebrate models, cockroaches offer several benefits. Most notably, they can be easily maintained in controlled laboratory conditions year-round. The generalist nature of cockroaches may also facilitate the development of robust behavioral procedures. Research from my laboratory has shown that the orange head cockroach may be a particularly useful species and has involved several experiments in habituation and respondent conditioning. Variations of these experiments have also been conducted as classroom demonstrations. Additional work on alcohol consumption, intoxication, and the subsequent effect on baseline responses and habituation indicate that this species could also be useful for work in behavioral pharmacology. This presentation will discuss this work, as well as methodological considerations when working with an insect species that, while very capable, is vastly different from organisms traditionally used in behavior analysis.
 

Lions, and Tigers, and Bears?! How about Rats, and Sea Turtles, and Grey Wolves?! Providing Learning Opportunities Using Animal Models to Teach Behavior Analysis

Andrew Bulla (Georgia Southern University - Armstrong)
Abstract:

This presentation highlights the use of animal models in Georgia Southern University’s behavior analysis programs. The presentation will cover two major areas: (1) specific coursework and animal labs at both the undergraduate and graduate level and (2) research endeavors with external partners using unique animal models. In addition, the presentation will highlight a recent project featuring methods to establish concept learning in grey wolves in which student researchers traveled on site to implement multiple aspects of the project. The presenter will share strategies and lessons learned from using animal models as part of educational activities and the benefits of such models.

 
Toward an Aquatic Animal Learning Lab: Goldfish as a Model for Teaching Basic Learning Principles
LINDSAY MEHRKAM (Monmouth University)
Abstract: Classic learning research has shown that goldfish are able to successfully demonstrate basic learning processes in strict laboratory settings; however, despite their cost-effectiveness and relevance as a common companion animal, it is unknown whether the goldfish’s success as animal models of learning would generalize to classroom or educational settings. This study assessed whether goldfish were a successful animal model to demonstrate basic learning principles in an undergraduate Psychology of Learning course across two consecutive semesters. Naive goldfish (N = 16) of various breeds served as subjects for this study. Students in each cohort (N = 32 total) met IACUC-approved training requirements and participated in 10 weekly laboratory exercises focused on various learning procedures with their goldfish and collected behavioral data on goldfish. All goldfish demonstrated successful habituation, counterconditioning, preference and reinforcer assessment and shaping by the end of the 14-week course, with individual-level variability observed in time to reach criterion. These findings demonstrate that learning concepts can be applied to goldfish to provide undergraduate students with hands-on educational activities in the classroom. Future research is needed on quantifying student learning outcomes with animal models as well as evaluating the welfare of goldfish used as animal models of teaching.
 
 
Symposium #481
CE Offered: BACB
Syntheses of Verbal Behavior Research
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kristina Wong (Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Carli M Heiman, M.A.
Abstract:

Research on verbal behavior covers a wide array of topics, thus systematic reviews of the literature are critical to synthesizing and summarizing the current state of our field. We can use these syntheses to guide future research. The first talk will describe theories used to explain identify component skills for perspective taking. The second talk will review assessments of and interventions to establish the Incidental Naming cusp and discuss the mechanisms underlying these interventions. The third talk will discusses the variety of interventions to increase the emission of vocal mands and collateral effects of the interventions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): bidirectional naming, mands, perspective taking, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts with a basic background in verbal behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of this presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe the components of perspective taking interventions, (2) understand the mechanisms underlying interventions to establish Incidental Naming, and (3) summarize the various types of interventions to increase the emission of vocal mands.
 

Perspective-Taking: Breaking it All Down

ALEXIS SHARON VANCE (Hunter College), April N. Kisamore (Hunter College), Anna Portnoy (Hunter College), Lauren K. Schnell (Hunter College), Danielle LaFrance (Elemy Autism Care; Hunter College - City University of New York)
Abstract:

Perspective taking skills are generally considered to underlie more complex social skills and are critical for successful social interactions, such as making and sustaining friendships, pretending, empathy, sharing, conversation skills, detecting deceptive statements, and lying. Traditionally, cognitive explanations have been used to explain deficits in perspective taking. As such, behaviors involved in perspective taking are not clearly operationally defined, making it difficult to identify necessary component skills. From a behavior analytic perspective, perspective taking is like any other behavior; it is learned and amenable to change. Some behavior analysts have attempted to define and identify the behaviors associated with perspective taking; however, despite the strengths of these approaches, the identification of component skills is often lacking. Dependent on the specific theory (e.g., applied perspective taking, stimulus equivalence, relational frame theory) within a behavior analytic orientation, different associated behaviors have been identified as necessary (e.g., deictic frames, false belief, functional social skills). This presentation briefly describes some of the theories used to explain perspective taking, identifies component skills identified in each, and concludes with recommendations for both research and practice.

 
A Systematic Review of Assessments of and Interventions to Establish Incidental Naming
CARLI M HEIMAN (Teachers College Columbia University), Aparna Naresh (Teachers College Columbia University), joseph m peysin (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Incidental Naming is the capability to learn the names of things from models and has been shown to lead children to exhibit a rapid expansion in vocabulary. This is because children with Incidental Naming can now learn language from environmental antecedents and engage in both listener (e.g. by pointing) and speaker (e.g. by tacting) behavior in the absence of direct consequences. This presentation will describe how we compiled data on assessments of and interventions to establish Incidental Naming. The review identified 15 total studies. Across studies, we identified 4 different types of assessments as well as variations in whether the experimenters tested the same or multiple sets of stimuli pre- and post-intervention. Regarding interventions, nine studies tested the effectiveness of multiple exemplar instruction and 6 tested other intervention procedures. We identified four overarching types of interventions: rotation of listener/speaker responses, establishing a prerequisite developmental cusp, establishment of new reinforcers, and repeated exposure to the models of object-name relations. We conclude by discussing the intersection of the development of Incidental Naming with other areas that have focused on the conditions under which derived relations occur.
 
A Systematic Review of Mand Interventions
APARNA NARESH (Teachers College Columbia University), Enhea Oh (Teachers College Columbia University), Carli M Heiman (Teachers College Columbia University), Daniel Mark Fienup (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Students with developmental or language disabilities often lack the ability to emit spontaneous speaker behavior. Therefore, explicit instruction is required to increase the emission of verbal behavior. Mands are often the initial vocal verbal operant that is acquired and is important for the development of other verbal operants and social skills. A search on empirical studies was conducted across 2 databases to identify articles related to mand training. Based on specific inclusion and exclusion criteria set, a total of 70 articles were included for analysis. The following systematic review discusses various mand interventions employed to increase the emission vocal mands, general characteristics across the studies reported, specific and collateral effects of the interventions included, and future directions for research.
 
 
Special Event #482
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Women in Behavior Science: Observations of Life Inside and Outside of the Academy: Thriving
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Traci M. Cihon (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Traci Cihon, Ph.D.
Panelists: EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette), LISE RENAT ROLL-PETTERSSON (Stockholm University), ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University), TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Women behavior scientists advance relevant and valuable perspectives on behavior analysis as a science and practice, perspectives that facilitate high quality training, mentoring, and civic engagement. Many scientists balance their pursuits of academic success with their roles and responsibilities as mothers and family members. However, cultural-level contingencies have not always recognized the contributions of women academicians, particularly when compared to their male colleagues. Yet the discipline has historically benefited from the contributions of many female scholars over the course of the decades. The purpose of this panel is to showcase the perspectives of prominent female behavior scientists who have held successful careers in academia and are contributors to the forthcoming ABAI book: Women in Behavior Science: Observations of Life Inside and Outside of the Academy. This panel is the third of three, focused on the later phases of one’s academic career and addressing topics such as life partners, values, expanding interests, and loss and grief.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior scientists (and particularly) women working in or working toward positions in academic settings.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe some of the challenges and successes experienced by the panelists, (2) describe at least one way in which these experiences have affected the panelists’ professional and personal development, and (3) identify one way in which the panelists have contributed to reframing cultural-level recognition regarding the contributions of female behavior scientists to behavior science and/or academia
EMILY KENNISON SANDOZ (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
LISE RENAT ROLL-PETTERSSON (Stockholm University)
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University)
TRACI CIHON (University of North Texas)
 
 
Symposium #490
CE Offered: BACB
Expanding Applied Behavior Analysis Research and Practice to Brain Injury Rehabilitation
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:00 AM–11:50 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Anneka Hofschneider (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Discussant: Michael P. Mozzoni (Mozzoni & Associates LLC - Applied NeuroBehavioral Services)
CE Instructor: Anneka Hofschneider, M.A.
Abstract:

Acquired brain injury rehabilitation is a practice area in great need of behavior analysts. According to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the incidence of brain injury continues to increase, yet less than 1% of board certified behavior analysts report working in brain injury rehabilitation (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, n.d.). This symposium is intended to address this need and will feature three investigations from the experimental and applied realms of behavior analysis related to neurorehabilitation. In the first study, findings from a translational study on equivalence-based instruction via telehealth to re-teach name-face relations will be presented. The second evaluation will focus on staff turnover and accuracy of data collection in two residences for individuals with acquired brain injury. The final presentation will focus on the rapid changeover to telehealth rehabilitation services during the COVID-19 pandemic as well as refusal behavior with telehealth sessions. Discussion of the utility and implications of these evaluations will be presented as a demonstration of the effectiveness of behavior analysis for treatment of individuals with acquired brain injuries.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Equivalence-Based Instruction, Neurorehabilitation, Staff Training, Telehealth
Target Audience:

BCBAs

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the parameters of equivalence-based instruction that need to be further evaluated before using the procedure with acquired brain injury survivors; (2) describe the preliminary relationship between staff turnover and data collection accuracy in neurorehabilition settings; (3) describe at least three factors associated with the success of telehealth for acquired brain injury survivors.
 

Re-Teaching Name-Face Relations Following Acquired Brain Injury: A Pilot Study With Neurotypical College Students

Christopher Huy Le (California State University, Sacramento), SOFIA ZAMORA DELGADO (California State University, Sacramento), Megan R. Heinicke (California State University, Sacramento), Lucia Orozco (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Deficits in name-face relations are common following an acquired brain injury and can increase secondary consequences of the injury such as depression. Within the behavior analytic literature, equivalence-based instruction has been successful in teaching stimulus-stimulus relations for various populations including individuals with differing disabilities. However, it has been nearly 30 years since researchers have evaluated an equivalence-based instruction procedure to address name-face deficits with brain injury survivors. This pilot study aimed to evaluate a revised stimulus equivalence protocol with five neurotypical college students to allow refinement of our procedural parameters prior to conducting a clinical evaluation with brain injury survivors. Our protocol included multiple exemplar training and errorless learning within a computerized simultaneous matching-to-sample procedure. All participants demonstrated equivalence among name-face relations, passed generalization probes, and maintained skills at a two-week follow-up without the need for remedial training. However, one participant required a few procedural modifications, and an error analysis as well as post-session survey results indicate that researchers should continue refining the parameters of equivalence-based instruction with college students before implementing the procedure with brain injury survivors. Additional modifications for both college students and acquired brain injury survivors are discussed.

 

Brain Injury and Telehealth: Factors Associated With Success and Lessons Learned

ANNEKA HOFSCHNEIDER (Centre for Neuro Skills), Chris Persel (Centre for Neuro Skills)
Abstract:

Given the abruptness and uncertainty of the COVID-19 pandemic, many organizations pivoted to virtual service delivery. This presentation will briefly review the process of how telerehabilitation was implemented with behavioral patients at a post-acute brain injury rehabilitation facility over a period of nine months. In addition, attendees will be presented with case profiles, behavioral concerns and programming, and factors attributed to success and lessons learned (i.e., differences in function). Data, including participation and refusals with telehealth sessions, will be reviewed.

 
 
Paper Session #483
CE Offered: BACB
Current Trends in the Assessment and Treatment of Repetitive and Restricted Behaviors
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:30 AM–11:55 AM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Kathleen Ann Quill (Autism Institute)
CE Instructor: Kathleen Ann Quill, Ed.D.
 
Current Trends in the Assessment and Treatment of Repetitive and Restricted Behaviors
Domain: Service Delivery
KATHLEEN ANN QUILL (Autism Institute)
 
Abstract: Repetitive and restricted behaviors (RRB) are grouped into two general categories: “lower order” and “higher order”. Lower order behaviors are characterized by repeated movements (i.e., stereotyped body movements, repetitive object use, and repetitive self-injury); and higher order behaviors are characterized by cognitive rigidity (i.e., rituals and routines, insistence on sameness, and restricted interests).1 Most behavioral intervention research has focused on the lower order RRB. Studies show that RRBs maintained by automatic reinforcement respond to the use of DRL and self-monitoring systems to decrease behavior. 2 Treatment studies of higher order repetitive behaviors focus on the effectiveness of antecedent-based strategies paired with FCT on the frequency of repetitive behaviors.3 In contrast, there is a paucity of treatment studies targeting behavioral flexibility and adaptability as an outcome measure. The purpose of this presentation is to summarize current trends in our understanding and treatment of RRB and recommend an expanded functional analysis protocol that could begin to fill a gap in evidence-based treatment.
 
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts within their first 5 years of practice, including practitioners, supervisors, etc. o Currently enrolled in or recently completed graduate-level work

Learning Objectives: 1. Participants will identify evidence-based treatments for lower-order repetitive and restricted behavior in autism spectrum disorder 2. Participants will identify evidence-based treatments for higher-order repetitive and restricted behavior in autism spectrum disorder 3. Participants will list 5 additional steps to include in a functional analysis of repetitive and restricted behavior in autism spectrum disorder
 
 
Paper Session #484
CE Offered: BACB
A Behaviorist on Mars: Lessons Learned from an Interdisciplinary Study on Stress Measurement
Monday, May 30, 2022
11:30 AM–11:55 AM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Laura L. Dudley (Northeastern University)
CE Instructor: Maeve G. Donnelly, Ph.D.
 
A Behaviorist on Mars: Lessons Learned from an Interdisciplinary Study on Stress Measurement
Domain: Applied Research
LAURA L. DUDLEY (Northeastern University), Maeve G. Donnelly (Northeastern University), Nicole M. Davis (Northeastern University), Hui Wang (Northeastern University), Xuan Li (Northeastern University), Felicia Waldron (Northeastern University), Andrew Dolman (Northeastern University), Holly Jimison (Northeastern University)
 
Abstract: Recent research has suggested that elevated stress levels can have adverse mental and physical health effects (McEwen, 2008). However, stress can be difficult to study, as the related responses are often covert. The reduction of stress-related responses is an applied endeavor that may be addressed by behavior analysts. Previous studies have relied on the use of self-report or the measurement of physiological responses to study stress. However, self-report may not be entirely reliable, and no single physiological indicator of stress has been identified to date. The current interdisciplinary study investigated the utility of direct measurement of electrodermal activity using wearable technology and self-report among eight participants following stress exposure tests. Results showed that, in general, physiological responses correlated with exposure to stressful situations. In cases with low correlation, self-report provided key information about idiosyncratic characteristics or experiences that may have impacted individual responses. Future directions are discussed regarding both the measurement of stress-related behaviors and the behavior analyst’s role on an interdisciplinary team investigating private events.
 
Target Audience:

Participants should demonstrate mastery of basic principles of applied behavior analysis including principles and terminology. It is also recommended that participants have experience applying the science of behavior to solve socially significant problems in any setting.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. List two methods previously used in the literature to measure stress 2. Describe the challenges in measuring stress-related responses 3. Describe one area in the measurement of stress-related responses that future research might explore
 
 
Paper Session #485
CE Offered: BACB
A Review of Training Applications Via Telehealth to Teach Individuals Implementation of Behavior-Analytic Procedures
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:25 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile)
CE Instructor: Estefania Carla Alarcon Moya, M.A.
 
A Review of Training Applications Via Telehealth to Teach Individuals Implementation of Behavior-Analytic Procedures
Domain: Service Delivery
ESTEFANIA CARLA ALARCON MOYA (Florida Institute of Technology; CeABA Chile), Rachael Tilka (Florida Institute of Technology), Lauren Elizabeth Rivera (Florida Institute of Technology), Candace R Fay (Florida Institute of Technology; Acorn Health)
 
Abstract: The literature on telehealth-mediated ABA service delivery is proliferating to support practitioners in mitigating the adverse effects associated with the sudden need to suspend face-to-face services due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Nonetheless, since the pre-pandemic era, many have argued telehealth may be a cost-effective solution to the shortage of ABA practitioners in rural areas of the United States and internationally. The telehealth model is here to stay, and efforts to inform on best practices are an immediate and ongoing necessity. Thus, this presentation will review the current telehealth literature and compare the effects of different remote training components (e.g., antecedent and consequence-based) and transmission mechanisms (e.g., synchronous and asynchronous) to identify effective and efficient telehealth applications. Findings are intended to inform on best practices associated with telehealth to maximize its effects and best serve individuals in areas with limited access to ABA practitioners. Suggestions for future research will also be provided.
 
Target Audience:

ABA practitioners interested in the Telehealth Service Delivery Model

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the populations and behavior-analytic interventions in which telehealth applications currently have the largest body of evidence of being effective (2) Determine training components and delivery mechanisms commonly used in telehealth applications during consultation and training with caregivers (i.e., professional and non-professional). (3) Identify areas in the ABA service delivery model via telehealth that need further research to expand its reach to populations from various geographical, cultural, and economic backgrounds.
 
 
Panel #487
CE Offered: BACB
Project DATA: Providing Meaningful Education and Support to Families of Young Children with Autism
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Katherine Bateman, Ph.D.
Chair: Rose Nevill (University of Virginia)
KATHERINE BATEMAN (University of Washington)
ILENE S. SCHWARTZ (University of Washington)
BONNIE J. MCBRIDE (University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Center)
Abstract:

Parents are key stakeholders of intervention and play a critical role in the success of early intervention. This has been particularly true during shutdowns and service delivery disruptions resulting from the COVID-19 pandemic. To ensure parents are confident and competent in intervening with their child, parent education and support are essential. Project DATA (Developmentally Appropriate Treatment for Autism), a school-based behavioral intervention model, addresses the need for family support through one of its foundational components- technical and social support for families. This support is provided through Family Support Nights hosted by Project DATA teachers, Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBAs), related service staff, and parent/family advocates. This presentation will discuss family outcomes from a completed multi-site randomized control trial (RCT) of the Project DATA model and discuss our recent approach to providing families with support and education through Family Support Nights using the Project ECHO (Extension for Community Healthcare Outcomes) service delivery model. This model uses a virtual, case-based learning platform to share knowledge, provide support, and create a sense of community membership and belonging. Outcomes and implications of implementation of this model will be explored, as well as a panel discussion focused on areas for future research and intervention.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

This presentation is an intermediate instructional level. Thus, attendees should have basic knowledge behavioral strategies and delivery of parent education and support models.

Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to 1) identify the need for effective parent education and support for families of children with autism; 2) discuss issues of sustainability of parent education models; 3) engage in meaningful discussion of further implementations of the Project ECHO service delivery model.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #491
CE Offered: PSY/BACB — 
Ethics
Diversity submission The Ethical Debate in the Proposition of Cultural Design
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: CSS; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kathryn M. Roose (University of Nevada, Reno)
CE Instructor: Camila Muchon De Melo, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CAMILA MUCHON DE MELO (Universidade Estadual de Londrina (Londrina State University))
Abstract: Culturo-behavior science has been especially dedicated in the last decades to proposing conceptual tools to subsidize interventions that can produce broader impacts on cultures. Since Skinner (e.g., 1948; 1971) there has been a concern that the planning of cultural practices, or of a culture as a whole, should seek a balance between individual goods and cultural goods. Forward-thinking cultures should consider their strengthening as a value, or as the objective of a planning. However, working with cultural practices poses challenges to behavior analysts. This is because cultural practices involve behaviors of many people, interlocking behaviors, often under the control of very different variables. In the field of ethics, it is discussed that social control is largely exercised by control agencies. Agencies, in turn, when handling cultural contingencies generate strengthening consequences for the institution itself, that is, they often operate only for their own benefit. These are some of the elements of the ethical debate that permeate the tension between the descriptive and prescriptive aspects of radical behaviorism. Therefore, this lecture will have the following objectives: (1) to present the possibility of an ethical system based on the philosophical commitments of radical behaviorism; (2) conceptualize the cultural designs and present the challenges of the designs in its technological and ethical aspects; (3) present a community extension project carried out in a Brazilian city, by volunteer behavior analysts, to face the COVID-19 pandemic--an example of cultural intervention driven by values consistent with a radical behavioristic ethics.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience: Behavior analysts interested in an ethical issues based on radical behaviorism and interested in cultural designs.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify ethical aspects in radical behaviorism; (2) identify and describe the values present in the Skinnerian ethical system; (3) conceptualize what cultural designs are; (4) identify values that may guide cultural interventions.
 
CAMILA MUCHON DE MELO (Universidade Estadual de Londrina (Londrina State University))
Camila Muchon de Melo is a psychologist with a degree from the State University of Londrina/UEL/Brazil (2000). She holds a master's degree (2004) and a Ph.D. (2008) in Philosophy from the Federal University of São Carlos/UFSCar/Brazil. She participated in a split-site doctoral program (2007) at the University of South Australia, under the supervision of Dr. Bernard Guerin. She conducted her postdoctoral research at the National Institute of Science and Technology on Behavior, Cognition and Learning between 2009-2012 (INCT- ECCE/UFSCar) while working with Dr. Julio de Rose. She was formerly an associate editor of Acta Comportamentalia (2015-2019) and is currently an associate editor of the Brazilian Journal of Behavior Analysis/REBAC (since 2016) as well as a reviewer for Behavior and Social Issues. She has been an Adjunct Professor in the Department of General Psychology and Behavior Analysis at UEL since 2012. She was the chair coordinator of the graduate program in Behavior Analysis/UEL (master’s and doctoral degree) between 2019-2021, and has been a supervisor since 2013. Since 2020 she has been a member of the Working Group 86/Theoretical Research in Behavior Analysis at the National Association for Research and Graduate Studies in Psychology (ANPEPP/Brazil). Camila carries out research in the areas of epistemology of radical behaviorism and culturo-behavior science.
 
 
Panel #492
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Servicing a Minority Cultural Group as a Black Business Owner
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 252A
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Arthur Hairston, M.Ed.
Chair: Arthur Hairston (North Florida Behavior Consultants )
SHAWN CAPELL (Covenant 15:16 LLC)
VANESSA BETHEA-MILLER (Bethea-Miller Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Black Americans have disproportionately been excluded throughout the history of the US. Being a Black business owner comes with various challenges, but when servicing a minority cultural group even more unique challenges arise. As the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) grows so does the need for services to disadvantaged communities such as the Black American community. The stigma paired to mental health within the Black American community has been a long-documented struggle. During these times of Covid-19 the need for ABA within households has increased, but there continues to be a mistrust with the science of ABA within the Black American community. Being a black business owner and servicing a minority cultural group has its pros and cons that should be detailed and offered with solutions to help better service the minority cultural group. During this panel, panelist who are all Black business owners will discuss: · Challenges that have arose when servicing a minority cultural group · Breaking down the steps for effective communication for parent training · Solutions to increasing ABA services within minority cultural groups · Challenges minority business owners face

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Target audience is for Intermediate to advance ABA practitioners who currently run, thinking of, or wanting to know more information about servicing clients who are a minority. Using the Principles of ABA and designing behavior skills programs to increase success in our individual practices will be covered.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1. Know the challenges faced as a black business owner servicing minority cultural group. 2. Know how to effectively communicate to parents during parent training. 3. Know solutions to increasing ABA services within minority cultural groups.
Keyword(s): Business Ownership, Leadership, Minority
 
 
Symposium #493
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Advances in Assessment and Intervention for Difficult-to-Treat Problem Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas)
CE Instructor: Lindsay Lloveras, Ph.D.
Abstract: Since seminal work by Iwata et al. (1982/1994), researchers and clinicians have adapted functional analyses (FA) to assess and treat a wide variety of forms of problem behavior across many populations and settings. Although treatments derived from FAs are substantially more effective than non-functional, default treatments, there remain behavior disorders that present difficulty for identifying relevant controlling variables. Without precise identification of these variables, it can be difficult to develop effective, function-based treatment. Recently, researchers have begun adapting common FA procedures, to better identify the influence of idiosyncratic variables on problem behavior (e.g., Roscoe et al., 2015). These adaptations present an opportunity to further understand forms of problem behavior for which common FA procedures are insufficient to identify all relevant variables. In this symposium, three presenters will describe experimental analyses of variables related to three difficult-to-treat forms of problem behavior: automatically maintained problem behavior, problem behavior influenced by sleep, and rumination. Each presenter will describe their unique experimental analyses and how these analyses allowed for more precise determination of the relevant controlling variables, which increases the likelihood of effective, function-based treatment.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): assessment, functional analysis, problem behavior, treatment
Target Audience: Intermediate. Attendees should have a experience with conducting in experimental analyses and treatments of severe behavior disorders.
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: 1. Describe how a function-analytic approach can be used to assess variables related to difficult-to-treat problem behavior. 2. Describe how to assess, through behavioral and physical measures, the influence of sleep on problem behavior. 3. Describe how an analysis of components of control conditions in FAs can be used to inform treatment. 4. Describe methods to analyze various parameters of food, to determine which parameters most influence rumination.
 

An Evaluation of the Relation Between Sleep and Problem Behavior in Individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder

LINDSAY LLOVERAS (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Previous research has demonstrated that children with ASD exhibit less sleep in a 24-hour period than their typically developing peers (Goodlin-Jones, 2008), and increases in problem behavior are associated with sleep deprivation (Goldman et al., 2011). However, there are few studies that evaluate this putative relation using direct measurement of both behavior and sleep. The general aim of this study is to extend the research on sleep and its relation to problem behavior. Using wearable and non-wearable sleep trackers, we collected data on various measures of sleep and compared them to in-clinic daytime problem behavior. Additionally, we conducted structured descriptive assessments (Anderson & Long, 2002) across days to evaluate if changes in sleep change how different establishing operations affect behavior. We will discuss how the social validity of well-established sleep treatments (e.g, Jin et al., 2013) would be greater if the effect of improved sleep on daytime behavior was directly evaluated.

 

An Analysis of the Play Condition in a Functional Analysis as a Basis for Treatment of Self-Injury Maintained by Automatic Reinforcement

SAVANNAH TATE (University of Florida), Timothy R. Vollmer (University of Florida)
Abstract:

Hagopian et al. (2015) delineated subtypes of self-injurious behavior maintained by automatic reinforcement partially based on occurrence of self-injury in the play condition (i.e., subtype one). They also analyzed treatment data with respect to subtypes and found that subtype one is less resistant to treatment than subtypes two and three. For one child with autism with oral-motor self-injury, we conducted a functional analysis and a more fine-grained analysis of engagement in the play condition. The functional analysis indicated that oral-motor self-injury was maintained by automatic reinforcement. However, oral-motor self-injurious behavior was reduced in the play condition. We used this information to conduct a component analysis of the play condition, and we found that combinations of stimuli reduced engagement in self-injurious behavior, with little differentiation across multiple stimuli used in this condition. We then conducted a competing stimulus assessment, both with items used in the play condition and with novel items, and found single stimuli were insufficient for reducing self-injury.

 

An Evaluation of Variables That Influence Rumination

AARON JOSEPH SANCHEZ (University of North Texas), Joseph D. Dracobly (University of North Texas), Richard G. Smith (University of North Texas), Elizabeth Joy Houck (University of North Texas)
Abstract:

Rumination, repeated regurgitation of ingested food, can be a difficult problem to assess and treat. Early research focused on punishment of rumination (e.g., Becker et al., 1978 ) whereas more recent research has focused on the food quantity (e.g., Kenzer & Wallace, 2007). However, there is limited research on the influence of food type on rumination. We analyzed effects of several dimensions of food, including food type and food category, in addition to total quantity and total calories, on rumination with an adult with intellectual disability. Initially, we equated calories across food types, which involved different quantities of food based on food type. We observed that rumination was lower when our participant consumed larger quantities of food. Subsequent analyses suggested a more dynamic interaction between food type and food quantity – at least two foods with different quantities produced low levels of rumination. We will discuss how an analysis of parameters of food could advance effective treatment of rumination.

 
 
Symposium #494
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Development of Applying Behavior Analysis Tactics to Teach Grade Level Contents in General Education Settings
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 102A
Area: DEV; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Yifei Sun (Fred S Keller School)
CE Instructor: Yifei Sun, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling (CABAS®) Accelerated Independent Learner (AIL) model focuses on teaching essential academic and self-management skills and arranging instructions that allow students to become lifelong independent learners. This symposium will present three papers focused on the arrangement of pedagogy and curriculum utilized in our upper elementary CABAS® AIL classrooms. We will discuss how we arranged instruction to maximize student learning for various grade-level topics in Mathematics and English Language Arts given limited daily instruction time. In the first paper, we compared how targeting different geometry relations (i.e., name, image, definition) in instruction affected students’ acquisition of geometrical concepts, which led to significant increase in their testing scores in the domain of geometry. In the second paper, we will discuss how we utilized matrix training to teach students novel vocabulary words in individual or group settings that allowed students to derive meanings for other vocabulary words. In the third paper, we will discuss how a conditioned seeing procedure rapidly improved reading comprehension for our struggling readers. Results of those papers indicated the importance of applying behavioral tactics to efficiently arrange instruction delivery to optimize student learning.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Conditioned Seeing, General Education, Geometry, Vocabulary
Target Audience:

School behavior analysts, general education teachers, special education teachers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Select geometrical relations to effectively teach geometrical concepts; (2) Utilize matrix training to teach advanced vocabulary words involving prefixes and suffixes; (3) Implement conditioned seeing procedure to improve reading comprehension
 
Which Ones to Teach? How Teaching Different Geometry Relations Affects Student Learning
YIFEI SUN (Fred S Keller School), Grant Gautreaux (Nicholls State University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University)
Abstract: We used a reversal design counterbalanced across participants to compare the effectiveness of equivalent-based instruction for geometry concepts. Four fifth-grade students who performed below grade level for geometry participated in the study. We taught four sets of four geometry concepts under two different experimental conditions. For each geometry concept, we outlined six relations between the name, image, and definition of the concept. The independent variables of the study were the two experimental conditions during which teachers taught a selection response (i.e., given the name of the shape, select image) and a speaker response (i.e., given image, tact shape in condition A, and given name, state definition in Condition B) to mastery. The dependent variables of the study were the number of correct responses emitted to untaught relations, and the number of instructional trials and duration required for students to demonstrate mastery of taught relations. We found that all students emitted more correct responses to untaught correspondences after receiving instruction targeting the name-definition correspondence. All students required fewer instructional trials to demonstrate mastery of target relations in a comparable amount or shorter amount of time. All participants demonstrated an increase in geometry performance after the study without receiving additional instructions in geometry.
 

The Effectiveness of Matrix Training to Teach Vocabulary With Prefixes and Suffixes

ELLIS SMITH (Teachers College Applied Behavior Analysis), Yifei Sun (Fred S Keller School), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University)
Abstract:

In 2 experiments, we used multiple probe designs across sets of words to examine the acquisition of novel vocabulary words with affixes for 4 elementary school students. In Experiment 1, we used a 3-by-3 matrix combining three prefixes and 3 suffixes into 9 novel vocabulary words. We taught the students the meaning of 3 of the 9 words formed by those prefixes and suffixes in a 1-to-1 setting. We found that upon mastery of the three words, participants also emitted correct responses to 6 untaught words during post-intervention and maintenance probes across all 3 sets of words. The participants also emitted correct responses towards other novel words combining the target prefixes and suffixes with known word parts. In Experiment 2, we systematically replicated Experiment 1 by teaching words formed by a 5-by-5 matrix in a group setting. After mastery of target words, all participants also emitted correct responses to untaught words. Findings of the current studies suggested a more efficient way of organizing and teaching vocabulary words involving prefixes and suffixes.

 
The Effects of a Conditioned Seeing Intervention on Reading Comprehension for Third Grade Students
MARY-GENEVIEVE WHITE (Teachers College, Columbia University), Jennifer Weber (Teachers College, Columbia University & Nicholls St. University), Amanda Arroyo (Teachers College, Columbia University)
Abstract: Visualization is a skill that helps students to comprehend texts more accurately. When reading, children who “see” the characters, setting, and events as they were reading the text often perform better when answering reading comprehension questions. Skinner referred to the process of seeing and hearing stimuli that are not physically present in the environment as conditioned seeing. We adapted Mercorella's (2017) dissertation protocol to create daily, technology-based conditioned seeing tasks in a general education, third-grade classroom. Participants selected matching images after reading and hearing texts provided at their independent reading level. We slowly increased the rigor of the text in which students accurately responded. Data showed increased accurate conditioned seeing responses for more rigorous texts and increased reading levels across all students who received the intervention. Results suggested a potentially efficient and effective intervention method for teachers to corporate in daily instructions.
 
 
Symposium #497
CE Offered: BACB
Collaborating With Other Professionals: A Discussion of Opportunities and Approaches
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Alan Kinsella (Endicott)
CE Instructor: Alan Kinsella, M.S.
Abstract:

Professionals working in the human services industry have various backgrounds, training, and credentials. The variation of professionals may allow for more specialized treatment in practice areas, but also may create difficulty when working to support individuals. Collaboration between professionals is an expectation for behavior analysts. The purpose of this symposium is a review of various collaboration initiatives aimed at supporting behavior analysts in being good partners with other service professionals. The presenters will describe a model for collaboration between behavior analysis and occupational therapy; a model for training pre-service behavior analysts to learn about collaboration; and the perceptions of allied health professionals toward behavior analysts.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Behavior Analysis, Collaboration, Ethics
Target Audience:

Attendees should be credentialed and have experience working with other professionals. A basic understanding of scope of practice, scope of competence, and collaboration are helpful.

Learning Objectives: Learners will state behaviors that support collaboration between professionals Learners will state perceptions of allied health professionals toward behavior analysts Learners will state suggestions for training collaboration behaviors for pre service behavior analysts.
 
A Survey of Behavior Analysts and Allied Health Professionals: Understanding Perceptions of Other Disciplines
Kristin Bowman (Endicott), Lisa Tereshko (Endicott College), KAREN ROSE (Horry County Schools/Endicott College), Kimberly Marshall (University of Oregon; Endicott College), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Effective collaboration is essential to successful interdisciplinary service provision. This is especially important in autism intervention, where the expertise of several professions is necessary for comprehensive treatment. Collaboration is a challenge in many professional contexts, and does not always proceed smoothly. Barriers include a lack of understanding about other professions, interpersonal injury and feelings of devaluation by members of some professions, and logistical challenges that make it difficult for teams to convene and to communicate. The perceptions of professionals about the conceptual foundations, scientific merit, and worldviews of other fields can impact their impressions of that field’s utility. This can ultimately affect how they value and engage in interprofessional collaboration with professionals from those fields. Within behavior analysis, it is important to both understand how we are perceived by other professionals and how we view those professionals. To learn more about how behavior analysts are perceived by member of other professions, professionals from other disciplines answered questions about their experiences with behavior analysts. In addition, behavior analysts were questioned about their experiences with members from allied professions. In this survey, both sides of the collaboration interaction were questioned, to allow for a fuller discussion of the barriers to effective collaboration across disciplines. Results indicated that collaboration often goes well between behavior analysts and members of other professions. Ideas for fostering better collaboration will be shared.
 

Bridging the Gap Between Occupational Therapy and Applied Behavior Analysis

KRISTINA GASIEWSKI (The Melmark School), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract:

Interdisciplinary collaboration is challenging, but necessary, to meet the needs of individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorder. Among the dyadic interactions in interdisciplinary teams, the relationships between Occupational Therapy practitioners and Board Certified Behavior Analysts are uniquely challenging. The disciplines define evidence based practice differently and approach intervention from different angles. Furthermore, there are fundamental differences in worldview between the disciplines. Both disciplines offer necessary treatment, and successful collaboration between these disciplines is essential for maximizing outcomes. Hence, finding ways to help bridge the gap between these professions, in particular, is essential. Common barriers to developing collaborative alliances include misperceptions of the other discipline, differences in terminology, and unprofessional behavior. This presentation reviews the history and foundational concepts of both disciplines, and the common approaches associated with each. In addition, models of collaboration are discussed, with suggestions for enhancing interdisciplinary communication and treatment. Suggestions are based on the premise that successful collaborative treatment is predicated on an understanding of the value and expertise offered by different disciplines, and requires mutual respect and professional dialogue.

 
An Example of Teaching Collaboration During Pre-Service Training
NICOLE BOVIN (The Margaret Murphy Centers for Children), Jennifer Ruane (Melmark), Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark), Jill Harper (Melmark New England), Mary Jane Weiss (Endicott College)
Abstract: Collaboration amongst professionals within an interdisciplinary practice model has received considerable attention in recent years, particularly in the field of behavior analysis. Recent publications and practical guidance have highlighted the need for formal training in the area of collaboration during the pre-service (e.g., fieldwork, intensive practicum) experience for behavior analysts. Effective interdisciplinary collaboration has been associated with improved outcomes with clients and colleagues. This presentation provides an overview of a model for teaching collaboration skills to those seeking Board Certified Behavior Analyst certification. The model focuses on teaching future behavior analysts to work effectively with professionals in the fields of speech-language pathology, occupational therapy, physical therapy, and developmental pediatrics. Specific supervision and training activities, as well as future directions for extending the model and developing additional outcome measures will be discussed.
 
 
Symposium #498
CE Offered: BACB
Write, Dance, Play: Behavior Analysis and Precision Teaching in the Arts
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Abigail B. Calkin (Calkin Consulting Center)
CE Instructor: Abigail B. Calkin, Ph.D.
Abstract: Applications of behavior analysis and precision teaching to the arts are few and far between, but not for any lack of opportunities and benefits. Our science of behavior offers practices that can help facilitate behavior change in these domains and a precision measurement approach that can detect improvements or pitfalls in elite performance. This symposium examines some innovative behavior-analytic approaches to enhancing outcomes in the realms of creativity and the performing arts. Attendees will explore the application of methods for measuring and improving the process and products of writing, the fluent footwork of dancing, and the precision-oriented practice and expressive performance habits of professional musicians. This intriguing look at the arts through a behavior-analytic lens offers research and practice implications to serve clients in this often-overlooked realm and ultimately sheds new light on the behavioral practices that shape creativity and artistic mastery.
Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): creativity, performing arts, precision teaching, standard celeration
Target Audience: Foundational knowledge of the concepts and principles of behavior analysis
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) generate a writing pinpoint to chart on the standard celeration chart; (2) state the components skills of tap dancing; (3) state the components of a behavioral program for classical concert musicians.
 
Writing on Writing
ABIGAIL B. CALKIN (Calkin Consulting Center)
Abstract: It is uncommon to find a behavior analytic or a scientific analysis of creativity or of creative behaviors of people in the arts. This talk looks at some thoughts on the processes of creativity, the use of direct instruction to teach writing to high school students, and samples of students' and one adult's writing behaviors. This presentation includes analyses of the author’s writing behaviors across three years while writing a work of creative nonfiction, behavior analysis articles, and many poems. The data analyses of writing a book include daily frequencies, celeration, and variability of behavioral and environmental events all displayed on standard celeration charts. Included are charts of one project that show the processes of writing (generating new ideas, thinking about writing) as well as the written products (words written, edits made) can be analyzed behaviorally. The presentation includes writing samples and charts of the behaviors of writing a book, articles, as well as student writing products.
 

A Component-Composite Analysis of Tap Dancing: Precision Teaching for the Performing Arts

MARISELA PALLARES (High Sierra Industries)
Abstract:

Dancing is a complex behavioral repertoire involving a myriad of gross and fine-motor skills. Repertoires that involve complexity of this sort typically develop over the course of many years. Most elite athletes and performers, for example, reach top-flight status after thousands of hours of intensive practice (Erricson & Tesch-Romer, 1993). Though there is an appreciation among dancers of the time investment necessary to become a proficient performer, it is rare to see evidence-based approaches for teaching dance. This talk will describe how a precision teaching (PT) framework was used systematically to build the skills of tap dancers to fluent levels. The study explored the possibility of building a tap-dance curriculum through a component-composite analysis, which suggests that the arrangement of skills in an instructional sequence contributes to the efficiency of learning. Using this approach may be advantageous for dancers and artists alike since it is likely that levels of proficiency may be reached more efficiently, while reducing the opportunity for building “bad habits.”

 
Practice and Performance Skills for Concert Musicians
ADAM HOCKMAN (MGH Institute of Health Professions & ABA Technologies)
Abstract: Modern concert musicians face numerous challenges as they advance in their skill level and career. Most music programs and conservatories offer insufficient training for musicians who wish to develop robust practice, performance, and professional skills that meet the demands of the competitive performing arts environment. Further, the training and support students do receive is often incomplete and only works for specific problems. This talk will review a behavior-based practice and performance skills program inside of an intensive summer institute for young classical musicians. Across the six-week program, students participate in private instrumental lessons, performance and communication classes, chamber ensembles, and public concerts. Additionally, students elect to attend workshops that teach behavior-based practice and performance skills. These sessions combine foundational behavior change concepts and procedures, precision teaching, Goldiamond’s constructional approach, and Mechner’s performance technology into a comprehensive instructional and coaching program that targets the individual performer’s needs. Programmatic data, lessons learned, and a high-level scope and sequence will be reviewed. Individual performer data on the standard celeration chart will also be shared.
 
 
Symposium #499
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Recent Research on Performance Feedback: Preference and Efficacy
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Cory Toegel (Northern Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Cory Toegel, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Performance feedback is one of the most common strategies used to improve performance within organizational settings. The present symposium arranges three recent research projects that evaluate the use of performance feedback. The first presentation will discuss laboratory research designed to evaluate the effects of and preference for numerical and narrative variations of performance feedback. The second presentation investigated preference for various feedback modalities (e.g., paper and pencil, verbal feedback). The third presentation evaluated the effects of the number and type of feedback statements provided by a supervisor on participant’s procedural integrity. The goals of this symposium are to bring interested practitioners and researchers up to date with current research involving performance feedback, highlight areas in which performance feedback research is needed, and describe the utility of feedback strategies to enhance the practice of clinical supervisors and the performance of individuals receiving feedback.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): feedback modalities, performance feedback, supervisory feedback
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCBA-Ds

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the purpose of performance feedback and its relevance to supervision; (2) describe different methods for delivering effective performance feedback to trainees; (3) describe different methods for assessing trainee preference for various forms of performance feedback.
 
A Comparison of Narrative and Numerical Feedback for Teaching Clinical Tasks
CORY TOEGEL (Northern Michigan University), Alexis Humphreys (University of Houston-Clear Lake), Claire C. St. Peter (West Virginia University)
Abstract: Across 3 experiments, we compared the effectiveness of and preference for different feedback strategies for training undergraduate participants to complete common clinical tasks. Experiments had two phases. In Phase 1 of all experiments, participants received exposure to various forms of narrative and numerical feedback while learning to implement two different types of preference assessments. By the end of Phase 1, all participants mastered the implementation of the assessments. In Phase 2, participants could choose the type of feedback they would receive from the experimenter while learning to implement discrete-trial teaching procedures. In Experiments 1 and 2, participants could choose to receive only one type of feedback: narrative or numerical feedback. Most participants preferred the numerical feedback. In Experiment 3, participants could choose any combination of the various types of narrative and numerical feedback. Although all participants preferred a specific feedback combination, the preferences were not systematic across participants. Given that all participants acquired the skills regardless of feedback type, the results may have implications for permitting choice of feedback type when training clinical skills.
 
Effects of Feedback Statements Delivered Via Telehealth on Staff Procedural Integrity
LYNETTE JOHNSON (University of Kansas), Thomas L. Zane (University of Kansas), Florence D. DiGennaro Reed (University of Kansas)
Abstract: The current study contributes to the development of more effective supervision of direct care staff. Effective supervision is an important topic due lack of information regarding the essential components of supervisor feedback. Supervisor feedback is a powerful and effective tool that can be used to increase employee performance. Staff training and staff supervision directly relates to the quality of staff intervention implementation. This study investigated the effects of the number and type of feedback statements provided by a supervisor on participant’s procedural integrity. Participants included two registered behavior technicians (RBTs) who implemented applied behavior analysis (ABA) procedures with children in the home setting. Verbal corrective-corrective (CC), corrective-corrective-corrective (CCC), positive-positive (PP), and positive-positive-positive (PPP), were provided as consequences during the implementation of a receptive identification two-dimensional (2-D) picture card program. Overall, results showed that all conditions increased procedural integrity, with the PPP conditioned producing a slightly greater influence. Research, such as the current study, is needed to identify ways of providing feedback that are most effective in changing behavior that it follows. Feedback is a powerful tool for a supervisor, but like any power, needs to be used correctly and responsibly.
 
 
Panel #500
CE Offered: BACB
Talking the Talk and the Effort to Follow Through: Using Applied Behavior Analysis and Organizational Behavior Management to Effectively Coach Employees Within a Company
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153C
Area: OBM; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Brianna Snyder, M.A.
Chair: Brianna Snyder (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC)
HEATHER FRANCISCO (Brett DiNovi)
KATELYNN WIAMER (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC)
SARAH BURBY (Brett DiNovi and Associates, LLC)
Abstract:

In a company that provides Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) services, delivery of high-quality treatment to clients should be the terminal and utmost goal. That same company goal now needs to apply to those clinicians who are delivering that treatment to its clients. In a fast pace environment that is ever-changing with policy and standards updates, it’s easy to burn out. Without proper training, employee incentives, leadership opportunities, and opportunities to refine skills through continued education, individuals who receive and depend on behavior consultation and services will ultimately suffer. According to Reed, Hirst and Howard (2013) a critical feature of evidence-based Organizational Behavior Management (OBM) practices is full implementation of empirically validated interventions. Therefore, providing staff with an abundance of opportunities to interact with and support clients is a critical investment of resources for service-delivery organizations. In this panel, panelists will briefly describe and answer audience questions related to research-based strategies for selecting staff for leadership opportunities, developing and evaluating staff training programs for implementation of evidence-based treatment, and implementing effective coaching models and follow-up techniques.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

BCBAs and BCaBAs with 1-2 years experience

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify key principles in Organizational Behavior Management (OBM); (2) implement effective coaching strategies that promote leadership and implementation of evidence-based Applied Behavior Analytic (ABA) treatments;
Keyword(s): Coaching, Leadership, Performance
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #501
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Skinnerian Themes in Psychology
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 154
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michael D. Hixson (Central Michigan University)
CE Instructor: Michael D. Hixson, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: MURRAY J. GODDARD (University of New Brunswick)
Abstract:

Selected writings of B. F. Skinner will be shown to have several, sometimes quite striking, similarities with current psychological research. This includes research supporting Skinner’s position that the environment can alter human behavior outside conscious awareness and research by Daniel Wegner and Emily Pronin supporting Skinner’s warnings that introspection is a common, but flawed, habit in folk psychology. In addition, Skinner’s writings will be shown to be compatible with the critical psychiatry movement and (perhaps surprisingly) some shared worldviews between B. F. Skinner and Noam Chomsky will be outlined.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, psychologists, graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss current research supporting Skinner’s position that the environment can alter human behavior outside conscious awareness; (2) identify similarities between Skinner’s writings with Daniel Wegner’s “illusion of conscious will” and Emily Pronin’s “introspective illusion”; (3) outline how Skinner’s emphasis on the environmental determinants of behavior is shared by the critical psychiatry movement; and (4) articulate some compatibilities in the worldviews of B. F. Skinner and Noam Chomsky.
 
MURRAY J. GODDARD (University of New Brunswick)
Murray Goddard is an Honorary Research Professor at the University of New Brunswick in Saint John, New Brunswick, Canada. He received his PhD in 1987 from McMaster University under the supervision of Herb Jenkins, a leading researcher in Pavlovian conditioning and a pioneer in the development of the autoshaping preparation. As a graduate student, Herb Jenkins had also occasionally served as B. F. Skinner’s teaching assistant at Harvard. From 1993-1994, Murray was a Research Scientist at Duke University and was the recipient of a University Merit Award in 1999 and a University Teaching Award in 2002 and 2012. His previous research explored fundamental associative processes in Pavlovian conditioning and was funded by the Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Council of Canada. His current research explores similarities between the writings of B. F. Skinner and current research in psychology, the critical psychiatry and critical psychology movements, and the writings of Noam Chomsky.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #502
CE Offered: BACB
What to Eat, When to Move: Lessons from Hunter-Gatherers
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Jeanne M. Donaldson (Louisiana State University)
CE Instructor: Jeanne M. Donaldson, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: HERMAN PONTZER (Duke University)
Abstract:

How many calories do you really burn each day? How does exercise affect yourmetabolism,and does aslowmetabolism mean you'll struggle withyour weight? What is the “natural” human diet? In this talk, we’ll discuss the surprising new research investigating our metabolism – the way we burn energy. Dr. Pontzer will discuss his work with hunter-gatherers, with our great ape cousins, and with populations around the globe, exploring the way our bodies use energy, and how our evolutionary past shapes our lives and our health today.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students 

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the impact of exercise on daily energy expenditure; (2) describe the relationship between body size and daily energy requirements; (3) identify key characteristics of hunter-gatherer diet and daily physical activity; (4) understand how activity and diet contribute to weight and obesity.
 
HERMAN PONTZER (Duke University)
Herman Pontzer, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Evolutionary Anthropology and Research Associate Professor of Global Health at Duke University, investigates how our species’ evolutionary past shapes our lives today. His team conducted the first measurements of daily energy expenditure in traditional hunter-gatherers and in non-human apes, with findings that have challenged the way we think about diet, exercise, metabolism, and health. Dr. Pontzer’s new book, Burn, published in March, 2021.
 
 
Symposium #503
CE Offered: BACB
Training Natural Change Agents to Implement Functional Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catharine Lory (Baylor University)
CE Instructor: Catharine Lory, Ph.D.
Abstract: Numerous recent advancements have been made in the variation and individualization of functional analysis (FA) protocols to ensure contextual fit with a client’s topography of challenging behavior and natural environment, time efficiency, and feasibility of implementation by natural change agents (e.g., caregivers, teachers, direct support staff). Training natural change agents to implement FA procedures not only empowers them to use behavior analytic techniques to assess and change behavior, it also promotes the sustainability of behavior analytic practices in natural settings. This symposium presents studies that examined existing practices on training natural change agents to implement FAs and investigated the use of technology to enhance the implementation of FAs in natural environments. The first paper systematically reviewed the quality of current literature and the strength of evidence on training natural change agents to implement FAs with individuals with developmental disabilities. The second paper investigated the use of a wearable technology within a modified FA protocol to explore the relationship between external, observable repetitive behavior and internal physiological responses in young children with autism and developmental disabilities. The third paper examined the use of telehealth as a service delivery model to support caregivers to implement brief FAs with children with autism at home.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): coaching, functional analysis, Telehealth, wearable technology
Target Audience: BCBAs, direct service professionals, advanced graduate students who are interested in advancing the implementation of functional analyses in natural environments. Prerequisite skills: Knowledge of functional analysis and experience with implementing functional analyses.
Learning Objectives: (1) Describe variables that are associated with effective implementation of functional analysis by natural change agents. (2) Identify factors that impact the effectiveness and acceptability of caregiver-implemented functional analysis. (3) Discuss the applicability of Telehealth as a tool for providing in-vivo coaching supports for practitioners implementing functional analysis.
 

Natural Change Agent Implemented Functional Analysis: A Systematic Review and Quality Appraisal

Emily Gregori (University of Illinois at Chicago), Christine Drew (Auburn University), Catharine Lory (Baylor University), SARAH DEANGELO (University of Illinois at Chicago)
Abstract:

Functional analysis (FA) is the most accurate method for identifying the operant function of challenging behavior. Although trained therapists typically implement FAs, previous research has shown that variables, including the assessment agent, may impact the results of a FA. Given that the assessment agent can impact FA results, there is a need to determine the impact of natural change agent training on fidelity of FA implementation. The purpose of this review was to (a) summarize the available literature on natural change agent implemented FA, (b) determine methods for training natural change agents to implement FAs, and (c) determine the effects of training on change agent implementation fidelity of FA. Thirty-seven studies were identified and evaluated against the What Works Clearinghouse Quality and Evidence standards. Most of the included studies were found to have strong methodological rigor and moderate or strong evidence of effectiveness. Common training components across studies including instructions, modeling, role play, feedback, and coaching. Results suggest these components can be effectively utilized to train parents, teachers, residential staff, and students to implement FA in a variety of applied settings. Recommendations for practitioners and directions for future research will be discussed.

 
Integrated Assessment of Repetitive Behavior and Heart Rate Variability Through Functional Analysis and Wearable Technology
CATHARINE LORY (Baylor University), Mandy J. Rispoli (Purdue University), Brandon Keehn (Purdue University), Rose A. Mason (Purdue University), Benjamin Mason (Purdue University)
Abstract: It has been established through decades of research that automatic reinforcement is the most prevalent operant function of repetitive behavior in individuals with autism. Yet there is no established method of manipulating the reinforcing variables of automatically maintained behavior as part of a functional analysis (FA). This is primarily due to barriers in accessing and measuring the automatic reinforcers produced by the behavior. The purpose of this study is to address this gap by using wearable technology to measure the internal physiological responses of children with autism who engage in repetitive vocal or motor behaviors, within a modified FA protocol. Six children with autism who engaged in frequent repetitive behavior participated in the study. Registered behavior technicians were coached via telehealth to implement the modified FA, which consisted of (1) alternating a high-stimulation condition and a low-stimulation condition to evoke different levels of repetitive behavior and (2) using a digital wristband to collect heart rate variability data during each FA session. Study results showed a positive correlation between the duration of repetitive behavior and heart rate variability, which suggests engaging in repetitive behavior produces changes in autonomic arousal.
 
An Extension of Caregiver-Implemented Brief Functional Analysis via Telehealth Technology
EMILY PAIGE EXLINE (Baylor University), Stephanie Gerow (Baylor University), Catharine Lory (Baylor University), David Cosottile (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Baylor University), Remington Swensson (Baylor University), Monse Austin (Baylor University)
Abstract: Families of children with autism may not have access to applied behavior analytic services due to a variety of barriers, such as a lack of available behavior analysts in their geographic region. Telehealth as a service delivery method can help address this barrier, which typically involves behavior analysts coaching a caregiver or direct service staff to implement interventions. While telehealth services can be an alternative solution for overcoming access barriers, delivering challenging behavior assessments and interventions via telehealth require additional considerations. Gerow et al. (2020) developed a decision-making model for implementing brief functional analyses (BFAs) for practitioners who are coaching caregivers via telehealth. This study replicated the BFA decision-making model and procedures described by Gerow et al. (2020) with 18 parent-child dyads. This study aimed to (a) systematically replicate Gerow et al. (2020), (b) identify factors that are associated with the decision to implement additional sessions of the BFA, and (c) examine the social validity of the BFA procedures through a parent survey. We will discuss implications for practice related to the operationalization of target behavior and selection of putative reinforcer in this BFA model, and the acceptability of caregiver implementation of BFAs with telehealth coaching supports.
 
 
Panel #505
CE Offered: BACB
Future Directions in Verbal Behavior Research
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 255
Area: VBC/PCH; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Andresa De Souza, Ph.D.
Chair: Andresa De Souza (University of Missouri St. Louis)
TIFFANY KODAK (Marquette University)
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
DAVID C. PALMER (Smith College)
Abstract:

In his book Verbal Behavior, Skinner (1957) presented a behavior-analytic view of language and cognition in humans. As such, he set the stage for an area of research focused on the explanation and the empirical evaluation of the conditions under which verbal behavior is emitted (Oah & Dickisnon, 1989). In 1991, Sundberg published the article 301 Research Topics from Skinner’s Book Verbal Behavior, calling for the experimental analysis of behavior processes involved in verbal behavior and suggesting a gap in the literature. The years that followed were marked by an increase in verbal behavior research across different topics and populations (De Souza et al., 2017; Sautter & LeBlanc, 2006). Despite the increasing number of verbal behavior studies, many topics are yet to be explored and several others need further investigation. In this panel, members of the ABAI Verbal Behavior Special Interest Group (VB-SIG) will highlight advancements in the empirical literature and provide directions for future research towards the understanding of verbal behavior processes from a conceptual and applied perspective.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts, Speech-Language Pathologists, Psychologists, students in behavior analysis, service providers.

Learning Objectives: Upon completion of this presentation, attendees will be able to: 1. Discuss one future direction for research in verbal behavior. 2. Discuss a second future direction for research in verbal behavior. 3. Discuss a third future direction for research in verbal behavior.
Keyword(s): Applied Research, Future Directions, Research Topics, Verbal Behavior
 
 
Invited Paper Session #506
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Rule-Governed Behavior and Responding to One’s Behavior: Where We Were, Where We Are, and Where Are We Moving Forward
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:00 PM–12:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: VBC; Domain: Theory
Chair: Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
CE Instructor: Carmen Luciano, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almeria, Spain)
Abstract: Early on, human beings learn to understand, formulate, and follow rules. This process requires learning to relate to and, consequently, derive contents about oneself, others, and the world around as well as to respond to all these contents. That is, the way we think, the emotion we feel, the rules derive and the function they have for responding in particular directions generate specific relational operants throughout multiple exemplars of responding to the own behavior, for good and for bad. This is the core of the analysis of human behavior, the analysis of suffering, and the therapy overcome it. In this context, this presentation aims to describe where behavior analysis was in the last portion of the previous century, where it is now, and where and how it is moving forward.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

All interested in behavior analysis, experimental analysis, the self, rule-governed behavior, relational frame theory, and clinical behavior analysis

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify the functional perspective on rules and rule-governed behavior; (2) describe the conditions to learn to relate; (3) describe the conditions to derive thoughts, emotions, and selfing behavior; (4) identify the two functional relational operants of responding to the one’s behavior; (5) identify experimental protocols aimed to analyze selfing behavior, as deriving thoughts and rules about oneself and responding to them; (6) describe the functional principles in moving from ineffective relational operants to effective ones.
 
CARMEN LUCIANO (University Almeria, Spain)
Carmen Luciano graduated in 1978 and received her Ph.D. in the Complutense University of Madrid in 1984. She is Professor of Psychology at the University of Almeria since 1994 and at the University of Granada from 1979 to 1993. Her research dedication began on the experimental analysis of language. Her Postdoc Fulbright research stay in Boston University and the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, in 1985-86, was centered in studying problem-solving behavior under Skinner’s supervision. This was a critical point in her career as basic researcher. She was involved in the equivalence research, rule-governed behavior and, shortly after, in research of RFT and ACT. Her research lab has been -and it is- conducting basic creative experimental-applied RFT designs for the analysis of analogies, coherence, deictic and mainly hierarchical framing in the context of identifying core components of metaphors, false memories, experiential avoidance, values, defusion, selfing behaviors as responding to the own behavior. She designs brief ACT protocols and teaches ACT focused in analyzing the conditions under which emotions, thoughts, and valued motivation are brought to the present to build flexibility responding. She is Director of the Experimental and Applied Analysis of Behavior Research Group since 1986, where she has supervised over thirty doctoral theses - some of her students are running their own labs nowadays. She is also Director of the Functional Analysis in Clinical Contexts Doctoral Program in the University of Almeria, and Director of the Master Program in Contextual Therapies in Madrid Institute of Contextual Psychology – MICPSY. Her research has been funded by international, national, and regional public funds. She has collaborated with research groups from different countries, and she has spread the functional analysis perspective in meetings, courses, research presentations, and publications. She is known for her exciting, precise, and creative style while teaching, working with clients, and doing research.
 
 
Paper Session #508
CE Offered: BACB
Integrating Principles of Behavior Change and Public Health to Change Habits and Combat the Challenges of the COVID-19 Pandemic
Monday, May 30, 2022
12:30 PM–12:55 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
CE Instructor: Richard Cook, M.D.
 

Integrating Principles of Behavior Change and Public Health to Change Habits and Combat the Challenges of the COVID-19 Pandemic

Domain: Service Delivery
RICHARD COOK (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
 
Abstract:

Moreso than in most medical problems and health crisis situations, leaders of many and diverse disciplines repeatedly cite “changes in behavior” as the mainstay of addressing the challenges of the Covid 19 pandemic. Given the lack of preventative, protective, and treatment modalities, the importance of behavior and habit change by individuals and society becomes the most prominent “tool in the box,” and allows for empowerment of individuals, families, organizations, and societies. This presentation highlights ways in which behavioral principles and techniques, especially when integrated with relevant principles of medicine and public health, can, and need to, be applied by clinicians and non clinicians to promote desired behaviors/habits including mask/PPE use (and techniques) and practicing social distancing, as well as remembering to NOT do many things we habitually do like shaking hands and holiday family gatherings. It applies as well to "private" behaviors of attitudes, opinions, knowledge (reality of the illness, safety of vaccines). The current pandemic serves as yet another opportunity for those most skilled in the principles and techniques of the management of behavior and development of habits to showcase the power of the discipline in making substantive desirable impacts on many phases of the COVID 19 pandemic, and the people affected by it.

 
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss ways to leverage compensatory behaviors of the COVID-19 pandemic into improved baseline approaches in the "post pandemic" world (2) articulate approaches to identify the "behaviors" that become habits related to the most effective measures of preventing spreading and contracting of the Sars COVID-19 virus (3) advise others making COVID-19 pandemic related policies of the approaches of habit identification and development
 
 
Paper Session #531
CE Offered: BACB
Behaviorally Based Approaches to Addressing Cell Phone Use, Misuse, Abuse, and Overuse: A Teenager's Perspective of What Works and Doesn't
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:25 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM
Instruction Level: Basic
Chair: Emily Cook (Bishop McDevitt High School Harrisburg, PA)
CE Instructor: Richard Cook, M.D.
 

Behaviorally Based Approaches to Addressing Cell Phone Use, Misuse, Abuse, and Overuse: A Teenager's Perspective of What Works and Doesn't

Domain: Service Delivery
Matthew Gross (Shippensburg University), EMILY COOK (Bishop McDevitt High School Harrisburg, PA), Richard Cook (Applied Behavior Medicine Associates of Hershey)
 
Abstract:

While cell phones have become an essential part of teenage life, even expected by teachers. They are a vehicle of wasted time, social stressors, and distraction, but are also essential for needed family communication , studying for tests, and completing homework. Standard behavioral and public health principles and techniques can be used in a methodical fashion to help the teenager develop habits to better self regulate usage. This presentation highlights use of behavioral momentum, successive approximations, differential reinforcement, token economies, the Premack principle, basic reinforcement and punishment, as well a public health fundamental that the most effective interventions are those which require the least amount of effort on the part of the targeted individual

 
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1.articulate advantages of teen cell phone use and note behaviors of site selection and patterns of usage to which the teen can develop a habit of emitting 2. articulate reasons to NOT threaten to take cell phone away from teen 3. outline key discussion points and lead a discussion with a teenager regarding development of habits cell phone use behavior that are healthy, safe, and productive, and still relevant to the reality of patterns of teenage cell phone use
 
 
Panel #532
CE Offered: BACB
The Importance of Independence and Interdependence in Adults With Autism Spectrum Disorders
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Mary Ellen McDonald, Ph.D.
Chair: Mary Ellen McDonald (Hofstra University)
ANYA K. SILVER (QSAC; Hofstra University)
PETER F. GERHARDT (The EPIC School)
ROBERT LARUE (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

One of the greatest challenges faced is promoting independence in the individuals we serve so that they can live the best quality of life possible. Independence is an essential life skill for the individuals we serve and is often an area of focus when developing goals. However, the sometimes overlooked area of interdependence may be an even more crucial skill for success in daily life. Individuals with autism may attempt to behave independently when they actually would be better served by accessing others to help them to solve a problem. Interdependence is a way in which we can achieve our goals and solve problems but includes others in the solution. This panel will focus on the importance of both independence and interdependence in adults with autism spectrum disorders. Independence and interdependence will be discussed and defined. Specific examples will be used to highlight skills of independence and interdependence. There will be a discussion regarding the assessment and observation of adults with autism in the areas of independence and interdependence.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts; Special Educators

Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to define independence vs interdependence. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify a minimum of 2 observation-based assessment tools related to independence and interdependence. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to identify goals to be implemented for behavior change in the areas of independence and interdependence.
Keyword(s): Adults, Independence, Interdependence
 
 
Symposium #534
CE Offered: BACB
Augmentative and Alternative Communication in Clinical Settings: A Discussion on Clinical Outcomes
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions)
CE Instructor: Daphne Hartzheim, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) consists of techniques that range from low-tech (e.g. picture exchange systems) to high-tech (e.g. communication devices) systems. These systems are useful in teaching non-vocal client’s functional communication skills. Although research supports the use of AAC systems in teaching verbal behavior, the implementation of high-tech devices poses a challenge to Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) due to a lack of knowledge, experience and understanding of how the devices can be implemented to reach communication goals. The purpose of this symposium is to demonstrate how the proper use of AAC devices can increase verbal behaviors, reduce challenging behavior and increase functional communication for nonvocal or minimally vocal children and adolescents with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). The first speaker will present an overview of AAC systems and common features of such systems. The speaker will also present a single case study of the implementation of an AAC device to reduce challenging behavior. The second speaker will present a single case study on increasing vocalizations with the implementation of a high-tech AAC system. The third speaker will focus on a single case study in which the participant was able to increase verbal behaviors with a change in how AAC was utilized. Implications for AAC in everyday clinical settings will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): alternative modalities, behavior reduction, FCT, verbal behavior
Target Audience:

Applied Behavior Analysts, Behavior Analytic Practitioners, Researchers, Educators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentations, participants will be able to: (1) describe the difference between at least two AAC systems; (2) list at least two benefits of implementing AAC as a method of functional communication with minimally vocal individuals; (3) explain how AAC can be implemented in a clinical setting to increase verbal behaviors in non-vocal individuals.
 

Brief Overview of Augmentative and Alternative Communication and its Impact on Reducing Maladaptive Behavior

Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Anika Hoybjerg (Endicott College; Autism and Behavioral Interventions), MIRANDA THORNLEY (Autism and Behavioral Intervention)
Abstract:

The aim of this presentation is to give the participants a brief overview of AAC systems and some of the most common programming features of high-quality systems. The features that will be discussed include grid/button sizes, button feedback, and organization. The author will also discuss rationales for getting a designated speech-generating device funded as opposed to using a device for supplemental use. The aim of the single case study was to reduce maladaptive behavior in an 8-year-old female with the use of an Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) system. Prior to implementing an AAC system, the participant was engaging in aggression towards staff, self-injurious behavior, property destruction, and public urination. She demonstrated no functional communication. She was able to imitate words but did not use words independently. Data will be presented that demonstrates the decrease in maladaptive behavior with the inception of the AAC system. Use of the system was generalized to multiple settings with multiple people. Results indicate that AAC was successful in increasing functional communication, reducing maladaptive behavior, and growing manding and tacting repertoires.

 

Use of Augmentative and Alternative Communication to Supplement Vocal Verbal Behaviors in a Minimally Functional Communicator

CASEY BARRON (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Anika Hoybjerg (Endicott College; Autism and Behavioral Interventions)
Abstract:

The aim of this single case study was to increase the use of vocal mands in a young male with autism spectrum disorder. The participant was selected for this intervention due to his inability to functionally communicate his wants and needs using vocal communication. While he did demonstrate some vocal abilities at baseline, he often required multiple prompts to mand. An augmentative and alternative communication (AAC) device was implemented as a supplemental way to mand for preferred activities and items. The AAC application, SnapCoreFirst, was loaded onto an iPad that was used while in the clinical setting. Pages with a 4x4 grid were created that included symbols of his preferred activities and items. Errorless teaching was implemented to teach navigation to those pages and buttons. Data collected from December 2020 to January 2021 shows an average of 24 spontaneous vocal mands per day and 5% accuracy using the sentence starter “I want” (January 2021). By August of 2021, the client's vocal mands stayed consistent with an average of 24 mands and sentence complexity accuracy increased to 91%. The results from this case study indicate that using an AAC system to supplement communication can have a favorable impact on vocal communication.

 

Increasing Skill Acquisition of Verbal Operants With the Use of a Communication System

BLAKE R INOUYE (Utah Valley University; Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Daphne Hartzheim (Autism and Behavioral Interventions), Anika Hoybjerg (Endicott College; Autism and Behavioral Interventions)
Abstract:

Augmentative and Alternative Communication (AAC) is a viable option for individuals with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) who do not develop vocal speech. Research indicates that about 30% of individuals with ASD remain non-vocal throughout their life. Implementing AAC properly can influence skill acquisition and the formation of relational frames of an individual. The aim of this single-subject case study was to increase rate of skill acquisition in a non-vocal adolescent who uses an AAC device. The participant was included in this study because he had a history of using AAC to communicate. However, communication was not efficient and skill acquisition occurred at a slow rate. At baseline, the participant was spelling out tacts and intraverbals to the communication partner. During Phase 1 of the intervention, the participant was taught to use symbols to tact and produce intraverbals. Phase 2 of the intervention included generalization of the use of a variety of verbal operants into a more naturalistic setting with new communication partners. Data will also be collected on potential relations that were incidentally taught during this process. The results of this study indicate that with the proper implementation of AAC, non-vocal individuals can substantially increase skill acquisition and learn relational frames in the process.

 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #535
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Behavioral Economics Approaches to Improve Care for Seriously and Critically Ill Patients
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Area: CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Michele R. Traub (St. Cloud State University)
CE Instructor: Scott Halpern, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SCOTT HALPERN (University of Pennsylvania)
Abstract:

Six decades of research on human decision making has revealed how sensitive our choices are to the ways in which options are framed. A key insight from this line of scholarship, which is typically referred to as behavioral economics, is that the influence of nudges – or intentional framings of options so as to make certain choices more likely – is greatest when people lack deep-seated or well-ordered preferences among the options. Most of us know, for example, whether we prefer vanilla or chocolate ice cream, or at least the situations in which we prefer one or the other, and so are unlikely to be nudged to choose differently. But unlike ice cream selections, seriously patients’ (and their family members’) choices about end-of-life care are made infrequently, and typically without receiving feedback about how choosing one way versus another makes us feel. For these reasons and perhaps others, research over the past decade has shown that these high-stakes, seemingly preference-sensitive decisions are in fact quite strongly influenced by the ways in which options are framed. This talk will begin by differentiating among behavior change strategies that differ in their likely effectiveness and threats to autonomous choice, and will then explore how behavioral economic concepts are being used by the speaker and others in efforts to improve the quality of serious illness care in the U.S. Examples from ongoing and recently completed randomized trials will be presented, and the ethics of consciously “nudging” certain end-of-life decisions will be considered.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience: Any clinicians who may engage with seriously ill patients
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) differentiate among behavior change strategies that differ in their likely effectiveness and threats to autonomous choice; (2) describe how behavioral economic concepts are being employed in efforts to improve serious illness care; (3) evaluate the ethics of consciously “nudging” certain end-of-life decisions.
 
SCOTT HALPERN (University of Pennsylvania)
Scott D. Halpern, MD, Ph.D. is the John M. Eisenberg Professor of Medicine, Epidemiology, and Medical Ethics and Health Policy at the University of Pennsylvania, and a practicing intensive care doctor. He is the founding Director of the Palliative and Advanced Illness Research (PAIR) Center, which generates evidence to advance policies and practices that improve the lives of all people affected by serious illness. His awards include the American Federation for Medical Research’s Outstanding Investigator Award for the best scientist in any field under the age of 45, the Association of Clinical and Translational Science’s Distinguished Investigator Award, and the Arthur K. Asbury Outstanding Faculty Mentor Award. He is an elected member of the American Society of Clinical Investigation and the Association of American Physicians, and serves on the Editorial Boards of the Annals of Internal Medicine and the American Journal of Bioethics.
 
 
Panel #536
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Diversity submission Dismantling Oppressive Practices in Clinical and Academic Supervision: How to be a Disruptor
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156B
Area: CSS; Domain: Service Delivery
CE Instructor: Anita Li, Ph.D.
Chair: Anita Li (Western Michigan University)
NATALIA BAIRES (Southern Illinois University Carbondale)
DANYELLE SHARELLE GOITIA BEAL (Loving Hands Family Support Services)
ANITA LI (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

With diversity, equity, and inclusion becoming more of a trend than a value, it is imperative that behavior analysts self-reflect and commit to actions that disrupt oppressive practices in the field. The panel will focus on how behavior analysts can mentor and supervise underrepresented supervisees and students, with a specific emphasis on empowering them and guiding them to recognize their strengths independent of the validation of those in power. The panelists will also discuss how to utilize and leverage one’s own privilege to further these efforts to dismantle oppressive mentorship and supervision. Understanding that lived experiences are data, the panelists, who identify as women of color, will discuss how their own behaviors were shaped as a result of being oppressed in these systems (i.e., educational institutes, clinical settings, mental and behavioral health) and will share strategies to disrupt such systems. Audience members will be encouraged to participate and share their own lived experiences to contribute to this important conversation.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

N/A

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define and engage in self-reflection; (2) identify behaviors that promote disruption; (3) identify behaviors that empower underrepresented clinicians and students.
Keyword(s): compassion, disruption, self-reflection, supervision
 
 
Symposium #537
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Exploring the Topic of Pay-Equity, Including the Discussion of Strategies at Micro and Macro Levels
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156A
Area: CSS/OBM; Domain: Translational
Chair: Joshua Garner (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative)
CE Instructor: Douglas A. Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Recent publications have yielded concerns of gender- and race-based pay gaps and potential pay inequities within the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA; Li et al., 2019; Vance & Saini, under review). Equipped with a unique understanding of behavior-change processes, behavioral practitioners are well-suited to challenge organizational practices that may be contributing to pay inequities. A progressive response may involve identifying interventions that help to diagnose pay equity issues, mitigate their impacts, and prevent escalation of inequities. Therefore, the purpose of the symposium is to conceptualize the topic of pay-equity as well as introduce and discuss micro and macro-level interventions. The status of such interventions within ABA will be reviewed in addition to future action items on this topic. Collectively, the authors of this symposium hope to empower its audience members, generate discussion about pay practices within the field and set the occasion for enhanced equity processes in ABA.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): "pay audit", "pay-equity", "social justice", "unionization"
Target Audience:

RBT, BCaBA, BCBA, BCBA-D

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define pay-equity; (2) identify at least 3 strategies that may promote equitable pay practices; and (3) categorize these strategies based on who should enact them (i.e., individuals, organizations, or larger systems).
 
Diversity submission Using an Organizational Behavior Management Framework to Better Understand Promotion and Compensation Practices as Part of a Strategy to Address Equity Concerns
(Theory)
DOUGLAS A. JOHNSON (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: A familiar pattern continues to play out across time and organizations, where organizational representatives and PR departments pledge to bring about diversity, equity, and inclusion in the workplace. Unfortunately, such vows are easily made and then superficially fulfilled with minor changes in policy statements. New challenges arise and attention is shifted to the next challenge, but the needs of diversity, equity, and inclusion remain unfulfilled at a more meaningful level, thus the past becomes destined to repeat in the future. To break such a cycle of social injustice, a comprehensive and lasting strategy is needed to do business differently. This is particularly important when it comes to the allocation of resources, such as hiring decisions, promotion, and pay. Although such change is difficult and painful, Organizational Behavior Management has several tools and techniques that can help guide the transformation, including pinpointing what equity actually looks like, creating executive training to lead fundamental changes, developing meaningful compensation systems, providing coaching and support for the important but neglected parts of an organization, and building feedback systems for the retention of diverse talent. This talk will outline some of the issues with typical organizational practices and provide guidance for new approaches.
 
Diversity submission Behavioral Health Practitioner Perceptions of Micro-Level Pay Equity Strategies
(Applied Research)
HANNA E. VANCE (Brock University), Valdeep Saini (Brock University), Emily Guertin (Brock University)
Abstract: In a field where behavior-change processes are highly accessible, behavior analysts are truly capable of impacting pay practices. This very idea prompted the initiation of the current study which involved defining pay-equity strategies in terms of succinct, behavioral actions, that both individuals and organizations can engage in to enhance pay-equity practices. Further, the study involved the collection of social validity data across behavioral health practitioners more broadly, on the perceived willingness to engage in these strategies, and the perceived effectiveness of each. Such survey data indicated that all presented strategies were rated favorably by all behavioral health practitioners in both willingness to participate (range of M = 5.21 to 6,01; Table 1), and anticipated effectiveness (range of M = 4.88 to 5.85; Table 2).
 
Diversity submission Unionization and Worker Cooperatives: The Power of the People
(Theory)
JOSHUA GARNER (The Behavioral Education Research Initiative)
Abstract: According to Marx (1867), achieving liberty, equality, and democracy in society requires the removal of all economically exploitative relationships. This is not easily achieved, as it is difficult to foster system-level changes while acting as an individual. However, acting in solidarity with other members can have significant impacts on workers in the field of behavior analysis. Specifically, unions and worker cooperatives can help behavior-analytic workers experience greater degrees of freedom (Goldiamond, 1965, 1974, & 1976), while also removing inequities in the workplace. This presentation will provide an overview of unions and worker cooperatives as well as the advantages these organizational structures offer.
 
 
B. F. Skinner Lecture Series Paper Session #538
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Diversity submission Until Earth and Heaven Ring: How Academicians Can Recognize and Help Dismantle Systemic Racism in Child Health
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 256
Area: DDA; Domain: Theory
Chair: Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa)
CE Instructor: Kelly M. Schieltz, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: RAY BIGNALL (Nationwide Children’s Hospital)
Abstract:

Structural racism is one of the most pervasive and impactful social paradigms in American life, and often works in tandem with systems of inequality to drive social factors that adversely affect child health. Understanding the influence of racism on these unjust systems can aid individuals in narrowing health disparities. First, individuals should acknowledge a shared definition of racism as a “system of structuring opportunity and assigning value based on the social interpretation of how one looks… that unfairly disadvantages some… unfairly advantages others, and saps the strength of the whole society through the waste of human resources.” Next, an identification of these systemic inequities should be made, with throughlines drawn connecting social adversity with poor health outcomes. Finally, intentional and evidence-based strategies should be employed to counteract these adverse influences in both health care and society, and these interventions studied to gauge efficacy and direct resources.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Healthcare providers

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) define racism, and overview its historical context and systemic nature in medicine and society in the United States; (2) briefly highlight a few of the racial/ethnic health disparities we see in pediatrics, link them to structurally racist and unjust systems that perpetuate these disparities; (3) discuss changes academicians and health care leaders can make to help dismantle systems of inequality and promote health equity and justice in medicine and society.
 
RAY BIGNALL (Nationwide Children’s Hospital)
O. N. Ray Bignall II, MD, FAAP, FASN is Director of Kidney Health Advocacy and Community Engagement in the Division of Nephrology and Hypertension at Nationwide Children's Hospital, and Assistant Professor of Pediatrics at The Ohio State University College of Medicine. A graduate of Howard University and Meharry Medical College, Dr. Bignall completed his general pediatrics residency, clinical fellowship in nephrology, and NIH post-doctoral research fellowship at Cincinnati Children’s Hospital Medical Center. As a physician-advocate, Dr. Bignall’s work addresses the social determinants of child health, kidney disease, and transplantation through community-based scholarship, engagement, and advocacy. He is an appointed Fellow of the American Society of Nephrology (ASN); the Founding Chair of the ASN’s Health Care Justice Committee; and serves as a member of the Council on Medical Legislation for the National Medical Association. Dr. Bignall is a recipient of the American Academy of Pediatrics Community Access to Child Health (CATCH) Award; a John E Lewy Fund Advocacy Scholar of the American Society of Pediatric Nephrology; and was named a 40 Under 40 Leader in Minority Health by the National Minority Quality Forum and the Congressional Black Caucus Health Braintrust. Twitter: @DrRayMD
 
 
Symposium #540
CE Offered: BACB
Training Professionals to Increase Engagement in Essential Workplace Practices
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153B
Area: OBM/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Amanda Austin (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Amanda Austin, Psy.M.
Abstract:

All professional settings require the implementation of specific practices to ensure ideal functioning of the organization, produce optimal client outcomes, and even maintain employee well-being. However, the extent to which these practices are performed in the workplace may be variable. Professionals across a variety of applied settings have expressed a desire for more extensive training, describing their initial training experiences as “inadequate” (DiGennaro Reed & Henley, 2015; Freeman et al., 2014). The use of an organizational behavior management (OBM) approach to training has been successful in enhancing staff performance across a multitude of domains and settings (e.g., table busing times, Amigo et al., 2008; EpiPen administration in schools, Whiting et al., 2014). This symposium will introduce three studies that utilized training methods to promote engagement in essential workplace practices. We will begin by presenting a study that examined the use of video modeling and experimenter feedback to train teachers to implement classroom management strategies. We will then discuss a study that used behavioral skills training (BST) to promote the recruitment of supervisor praise. Finally, we will review a study that examined the use of goal setting and graphic feedback in increasing time allocated to educational programming in ABA classrooms.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): feedback, training, video modeling
Target Audience:

Supervisors, administrators, training coordinators

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Provide examples of essential workplace practices and their potential impact on organizational, employee, and client outcomes; (2) List three training methods that can improve staff engagement in essential workplace practices (3) Describe potential benefits and drawbacks of using organizational behavior management interventions in applied settings, as demonstrated in three studies
 

Learning Classroom Management Skills With Video Models and Feedback

AVNER FRAIDLIN (Western Michigan University), Jessica E. Van Stratton (Western Michigan University)
Abstract:

Evidence-based classroom management strategies are a neglected area in teacher training programs. As a result, newly certified teachers are inadequately trained in classroom management strategies (Freeman et al., 2014) and identify this area as a major reason for leaving the profession (Ingerson et al., 2018). Stevenson et al. (2020) urged teacher training programs to provide future educators with practice opportunities and high-quality feedback on the use of behavioral classroom management strategies. This study evaluated the impact of an online video modeling (VM) and experimenter feedback (EFB) training on accuracy of implementing a classroom management strategy with nine graduate students and one undergraduate student with experience in school settings. Participants’ performance was variable across experimental phases. In the VM condition, some participants’ performance improved while others’ initially increased but did not maintain. In the EFB condition, performance improved across all participants and maintained for most. Description of the training package, advantages, and considerations for using the training to teach others classroom management strategies will be discussed.

 
Registered Behavior Technicians Recruiting Praise from Supervisors
AMANDA KAZEE (Marcus Autism Center; Children's Healthcare of Atlanta), Susan Wilczynski (Ball State University)
Abstract: Burnout is prevalent among direct care staff serving autistic clients. This study examined if registered behavior technicians (RBTs) can effectively recruit praise from their supervisors, with collateral impacts of increased supervisor delivered praise statements received during treatment sessions as well as increased treatment fidelity during discrete trial training (DTT) sessions. A multiple baseline design across three participant dyads (i.e., supervisor and RBT) was used to evaluate the impact of behavioral skills training (BST) targeting RBT praise recruitment on relevant dependent variables related to praise (i.e., RBT recruitment of praise, supervisor response to recruited praise and corrective statements, overall total praise). Pre- and post-intervention assessment of dependent variables included: treatment fidelity, the Maslach Burnout Inventory (MBI-HSS) and Job Satisfaction Survey (JSS). Based on visual analysis of praise-related dependent variables, RBTs trained to recruit praise from their supervisors increased RBT recruitment of praise. In addition, supervisor response to recruited praise and corrective statements, as well as total praise increased across all dyads. Treatment fidelity consistently increased after RBTs were taught to recruit praise. No participants met criteria for “burnout” according to the MBI-HSS at any point in the study. Job satisfaction stayed within the “satisfied” range for all participants pre-and post-intervention.
 

Increasing Time Allocated to Educational Programming in the Classroom Using Graphic Feedback and Goal Setting

DEBRA PAONE (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center), Amanda Austin (Rutgers University), Kate E. Fiske Massey (Douglass Developmental Disabilities Center, Rutgers University), Hyein Lee (Rutgers University)
Abstract:

For many learners on the autism spectrum, the amount of time allocated to behavior analytic instruction impacts the acquisition of new skills and progress towards individualized education program (IEP) goals. Three classrooms in a center-based applied behavior analysis (ABA) program were targeted for an intervention that evaluated the effects of graphic feedback and goal setting on the percentage of time allocated to educational programming. Baseline data were recorded to measure time allocated to educational programming during work sessions. After stable baselines were obtained, graphs that displayed the amount of time spent on educational programming, functional routines, breaks, and waiting were reviewed with classroom staff. Staff were asked to set a goal, to be met within one month, to increase the time allocated to educational programing during instructional time. Graphic feedback was shared with the teachers on a weekly basis. Initial results demonstrated an increase in the percentage of intervals with educational programming following feedback sessions across two classrooms. Daily feedback resulted in an increase in percentage of intervals with educational programming for the third classroom. This study provides evidence that graphic feedback and goal setting may help maximize staff’s use of instructional time in the classroom.

 
 
Special Event #541
CE Offered: BACB
ABAI Accreditation: Program Coordinators' Experiences
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Domain: Theory
Chair: Jenna Mrljak (Association for Behavior Analysis International)
CE Instructor: Jenna Mrljak, Ph.D.
Panelists: JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College), DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
Abstract:

ABAI’s accreditation system has been around for decades with more programs seeking accreditation over the past few years than ever before. As interest and the need for accreditation grows, we invite you to learn about the process and experiences from the perspective of a few program coordinators. The panelists’ programs represent a range of accreditation experiences. This session is designed for program coordinators and those interested in recognition and accreditation.

Instruction Level: Basic
JOHN C. BORRERO (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
APRIL MICHELE WILLIAMS (Rollins College)
DARLENE E. CRONE-TODD (Salem State University)
 
 
Invited Paper Session #542
CE Offered: BACB/PSY/QABA
Operant Conditioning to Combat Addiction, Unemployment, and Poverty
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 151A/B
Area: SCI; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Elizabeth Kyonka (California State University - East Bay)
CE Instructor: Shrinidhi Subramaniam, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus)
Abstract: Over 37 million people in the United States lived in poverty in 2020. Poverty is a top risk factor for premature mortality and can exacerbate other health conditions like drug addiction. There is a clear relation between poverty, unemployment, and addiction. Addiction is more prevalent in unemployed than employed individuals and employment predicts positive treatment outcomes in people with addiction. Two evidence-based approaches to combat addiction and poverty are to: 1) treat addiction using incentives to promote drug abstinence (a proximal intervention), or 2) address poverty with education and job-skills training (a distal intervention). In this presentation, I will highlight behavior analytic research merging a proximal and distal approach to treat addiction in unemployed adults living in poverty. These studies evaluated the effectiveness of wage supplements to increase competitive employment and promote drug abstinence; assessed job readiness in this population; and incentivized job readiness activities during the search for employment. Interventions that promote full-time, steady employment can help improve socioeconomic position and have the added benefit of removing barriers to addiction recovery.
Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior analysis students, practitioners, and researchers.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) explain the relation between unemployment and addiction; (2) describe how incentives promote drug abstinence and employment; (3) list the essential features of an operant antipoverty program.
 
SHRINIDHI SUBRAMANIAM (California State University, Stanislaus)
Dr. Shrinidhi Subramaniam is an Assistant Professor in Psychology at California State University, Stanislaus and a Board Certified Behavior Analyst. Dr. Subramaniam received her PhD in Psychology from West Virginia University and completed a postdoctoral fellowship in behavioral pharmacology at Johns Hopkins University School of Medicine. She teaches courses in applied behavior analysis, research methods, ethics, and addiction treatment, and mentors graduate students in their thesis research. Dr. Subramaniam’s research applies behavior analytic principles to solve problems like addiction, unemployment, and poverty in her community. Currently, her lab is evaluating the feasibility of a contingency management program to engage residential substance use disorder patients in continuing care. In addition to this work, she has published over 20 manuscripts and chapters across broad research interests. These publications include clinical studies evaluating the effectiveness of behavioral interventions like incentives and education, and basic and translational studies exploring processes underlying human decision making such as choice and temporal learning. Dr. Subramaniam is an Associate Editor for The Psychological Record, is on the editorial board for the Journal of the Experimental Analysis of Behavior, and serves as the Board Secretary of the Society for the Quantitative Analysis of Behavior. She is the Association for Behavior Analysis, International’s 2022 winner of the Federation of Associations in Behavioral and Brain Sciences Early Career Impact Award.
 
 
Invited Paper Session #543
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis to Schooling in Italy as a Strategic Model for Service-Design Innovation
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–3:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Lin Du (Teachers College, Columbia University)
CE Instructor: Fabiola Casarini, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: FABIOLA CASARINI (Errepiu R+ Association)
Abstract:

For over a decade, CABAS was implemented in Italy by several learning centers that aimed to test the effects of education as a social innovation tool. We found that this model can provide schools and health services with an evidence-based system to design interventions that are both effective and efficient. Also, it greatly contributed to maintaining treatment integrity for children and adults with autism spectrum disorder during the COVID-19 pandemic. During these challenging times of economic and health crisis across the world, consequences for failing to design early and efficient ABA treatments were being highlighted by researchers. In addition, all countries in terms of reaching the “sustainable development goals” (SDGs) for fighting educational poverty, can do so only by providing people with a disability with individualized proper interventions. CABAS was able to offer help with identifying criteria for effective behavioral interventions, with particular attention to highly critical groups, such as people with autism. Luckily, the science of teaching provides researchers all over the world with a system to measure education. A growing number of research findings show that CABAS is among the most cost-effective educational model in the world. Moreover, its implementation across all age groups and for both special and general education, suggest that it is a cross-cultural, flexible tool for different contexts. Therefore, in Italy, we implemented it as a tactic within social, health and school services, for individuals with and without disability, from 18 months to adulthood. We found that the implementation of such a comprehensive model of education fits the need for sustainability of welfare systems drastically different from those in the United States. CABAS® was first replicated in Italy in 1991 and further expended through a great deal of applied research across various fields and disciplines. International replications are paving the way for further research and trans-disciplinary analysis of its effects, using longitudinal measurements and both criterion and norm-based data.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

ABA master and Ph.D. students, school directors, supervisors, service managers, community health advocates

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify indicators of educational poverty; (2) list five CABAS components; (3) describe CABAS as a model and a tactic.
 
FABIOLA CASARINI (Errepiu R+ Association)
Fabiola Casarini, Ph.D, BCBA, founded the first Italian Fab Lab for Education and is currently serving as Scientific Director for a network of CABAS(R)-based learning and research centers. She is President of "Errepiu R+" Association for the dissemination of Applied Behavior Analysis in Italy. She is the President of the Verbal Behavior SIG for AARBA (Italy Associate Chapter of ABAI) and one of the founders of ADC Italia, the national Association for Board Certified Behavior Analysts. She taught in several ABAI VCS courses trained dozens of doctoral students and professionals in the field. She promoted initiatives to fight educational poverty in Italy and she was awarded the Sustainable Innovators Award from Emilia-Romagna Region, in 2020, because of her initiatives for children during the Covid-19 pandemic. She has been a consultant for schools and publicly funded centers, also conducting workshops to raise awareness of science-based education. In 2018 she co-authored the first Italian book about the Comprehensive Application of Behavior Analysis in Schooling, "Strategie Educative CABAS" with her mentor, R. D. Greer.
 
 
Symposium #545
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
HAL 9000 or R2-D2?: Accessibility of Advanced Data Analytic Techniques for Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT/DDA; Domain: Translational
Chair: Jonathan E. Friedel (Georgia Southern University)
Discussant: Brent Kaplan (University of Kentucky)
CE Instructor: Shawn Patrick Gilroy, Ph.D.
Abstract:

With modern computers, there is an ever-increasing promise for the ability to conduct complex data analyses that are designed for behavior analysts and the types of data we collect. However, many of these useful techniques remain out of the grasp of the average behavior analyst because the techniques do not exist as a functional tools and are just promises. A wholly different behavioral repertoire related to data analysis and computer programming is necessary to translate the promises into functional tools. The goal of this symposium is to highlight the growing effort within behavior analysis to develop useful data analytic tools and applications for ourselves. Topics will cover efforts to analyze behavioral data in relation to environmental variables outside of the behavior analyst’s control (e.g., client medications), neural network computing to analyze multiple baseline data, methods to develop decision support systems for functional analysis, and development of a system for charting of single-subject design data that can be easily extended to support advanced statistical analysis.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): computing, data analysis, statistics
Target Audience:

Attendees should be aware of pharmacotherapy and should have knowledge of multiple baselines and functional analyses.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: 1) describe some new methods to analyze behavioral data, 2) list some of the benefits of computer aided data analysis, and 3) compare and contrast traditional visual analysis with computer aided data analysis.
 

Demonstrating an Analyses of Clinical Data Evaluating Psychotropic Medication Reductions and the ACHIEVE! Program in Adolescents With Severe Problem Behavior

(Applied Research)
ALISON COX (Brock University), Duncan Pritchard (Aran Hall School), Heather Penney (AmethystABA), Llio Eiri (Aran Hall School), Tim J. Dyer (Aran Hall School)
Abstract:

Researchers report increasing trends in psychotropic medication use to treat problem behavior in individuals with intellectual and developmental disability, despite some controversy regarding its application and treatment efficacy. While a substantial evidence-base exists supporting behavioral intervention efficacy, research evaluating separate and combined interventions (i.e., concurrent application of behavioral and psychopharmacological interventions) effects is scarce. This talk demonstrates a series of analysis using the clinical treatment data of four adolescent males who engaged in severe problem behavior to retrospectively explore separate and combined intervention effects. First, we calculated individual effect sizes and corresponding confidence intervals. The results indicated larger problem behavior decreases may have coincided more often with behavioral intervention adjustments compared to medication adjustments. Second, a conditional rates analysis indicated surges in problem behavior may not have reliably coincided with medication reductions. Spearman correlation analyses indicated a negative relationship between behavioral intervention phase progress and weekly episodes of problem behavior compared to a positive relationship between total medication dosage and weekly episodes of problem behavior. However, a non-parametric partial correlation analyses indicated individualized, complex relationships may exist between total medication dosage, behavioral intervention and weekly episodes of problem behavior. Although our conclusions are tentative, we will discuss many potential clinical implications, as well as rationale for behavioral researchers and practitioners to consider applying creative analytic strategies to evaluate separate and combined interventions effects on problem behavior to further explore this extremely understudied topic.

 
Artificial Neural Networks to Analyze the Results of Multiple Baseline Designs
(Applied Research)
MARC J. LANOVAZ (Université de Montréal)
Abstract: Since the start of the 21st century, few advances have had as far-reaching impact in science as the widespread adoption of artificial neural networks in fields as diverse as fundamental physics, clinical medicine, and psychology. In behavior analysis, one promising area for the adoption of artificial neural networks involves the analysis of single-case experimental designs. The purpose of our study was to compare the predictions produced by an artificial neural network with more traditional methods of analysis. To this end, we trained a new model using 100,000 samples generated with a Monte Carlo simulation to analyze multiple baseline graphs and compared its outcomes with those produced by visual raters and the dual-criteria method. Using artificial neural networks improved power by more than 15% whereas Type I error rate remained consistent across all three methods. Our results suggest that researchers may use artificial neural networks to develop novel models to analyze the outcomes of single-case experimental designs.
 
Automating Functional Analysis Interpretation II: Better Approximating an Expert Human Rater
(Applied Research)
JONATHAN E. FRIEDEL (Georgia Southern University), Alison Cox (Brock University)
Abstract: Functional analysis (FA) has been an important tool in behavior analysis. The goal of an FA is to determine problem behavior function (e.g., access to attention) so that treatment can be designed to specifically target causal mechanisms (e.g., teaching a socially appropriate response for attention). Behavior analysts traditionally rely on visual inspection to interpret the results of an FA. However, existing literature suggests interpretations can vary across clinicians resulting in poor interobserver agreement (Danov & Symons, 2008; Ninci et al., 2015). To increase objectivity and address interrater agreement across FA outcomes, Hagopian et al. (1997) created visual-inspection criteria to be used for FAs. Hagopian and colleagues reported improved interobserver agreement but limitations of the criteria were noted. Therefore, Roane et al. (2013) addressed these limitations when they created a modified version. Cox and Friedel (2020) described a computer script designed to automatically interpret functional analyses based on the above-mentioned criteria. In that study, the authors noted several instances where the script provided incorrect interpretations because an experienced interpreter would ignore the strictness of the criteria. Here, we outline further refinement of the script to produce more accurate FA interpretations.
 

Integrating Visual and Statistical Analysis With R: Fast, Efficient, Pixel-Perfect Charting with the fxl R Package

(Applied Research)
SHAWN PATRICK GILROY (Louisiana State University)
Abstract:

Applied work in Behavior Analysis is moving towards regularly integrating quantitative metrics in the design, delivery, and evaluation of behavioral interventions. Efforts in this area are constrained by the tools available to practitioners. Whereas commercially available spreadsheet software supports robust charting capabilities, only the most basic types of computations are supported. Furthermore, this approach cannot be fully automated and places significant demands on the analyst. The approach presented here leverages the capabilities of the free, open-source R program to support both quantitative as well as the existing charting conventions (e.g., style, formatting) expected of commercially available spreadsheet software. The combination of which is a toolset that supports both visual analysis and the integration of robust statistical methods (e.g., multi-level modeling). This paper ends with a discussion on the importance of statistical consultation and training and exploration of free and open-source alternatives to commercial software packages.

 
 
Symposium #546
CE Offered: BACB/QABA
On Incorporating Trauma-Informed Care into Applied Behavior Analytic Research and Practice
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County)
Discussant: Patrick C. Friman (Boys Town)
CE Instructor: Adithyan Rajaraman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Trauma-informed care (TIC) can be defined as a proactive, universal approach—taken by practitioners and organizations—to appropriately support and avoid re-traumatizing individuals who may have experienced trauma. Researchers and clinicians from various human service disciplines have articulated commitments of TIC and argued for their adoption into service delivery models. Although rationales provided in such arguments seem relevant to applied behavior analysis (ABA), discussions surrounding TIC have only recently taken shape in the ABA literature, and an evidence base and technology for practical application of TIC has not been adequately developed. In this symposium, we progress toward bridging this divide by: (a) defining trauma-informed care; (b) describing a rationale and framework for its incorporation into behavior-analytic research and practice; (c) detailing multiple examples of TIC in ABA research and practice; and (d) providing preliminary empirical data on the effects of trauma-informed procedures on socially important behaviors purported to be relevant to trauma. In recognizing the importance of a robust evidence base to the adoption of potentially novel procedures (and the current paucity thereof), presenters in this symposium will share survey, clinical-case, and experimental data in an attempt to illustrate what TIC in ABA research and practice might look like.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Ensuring Safety, Promoting Choice, Trauma, Trauma-informed Care
Target Audience:

The target audience for this CE event includes any behavior analysts who conduct research or practice in service of addressing behavioral challenges exhibited by individuals with and without intellectual/developmental disabilities, and is particularly relevant for those who provide care to individuals who have experienced trauma. Content is designed to be consumable to beginning behavior analysts, although certain intermediate topics (e.g., a behavior-analytic conceptualization of trauma) will be discussed.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Define trauma and trauma-informed care (2) Describe the core commitments of trauma-informed care as they relate to applied behavior analysis (3) Describe multiple examples of how trauma-informed care could be incorporated into ABA-based services to contribute to positive treatment outcomes across a range of socially important behaviors (4) Articulate several reasons why an increased emphasis on trauma-informed care in ABA is both timely and warranted
 
A Framework for Trauma-Informed Applications of Behavior Analysis: What Might it Look Like? And Do We Really Need It?
JENNIFER L. AUSTIN (University of South Wales), Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), HOLLY GOVER (Ivymount School), Anthony P. Cammilleri (FTF Behavioral Consulting), David R Donnelly (In Private Practice), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract: Despite a growing acknowledgement of the importance of understanding the impacts of trauma on therapeutic approaches across human service disciplines, discussions of trauma have been relatively infrequent in the behavior analytic literature. In this session, we delineate some of the barriers to discussing and investigating trauma in applied behavior analysis and describe how the core commitments of trauma-informed care could be applied to behavior analysis. We also provide data from a survey of 447 behavior analysts across the globe, which shows that although most reported working with individuals who had experienced trauma or were at high risk for such experiences, many fewer felt confident in their knowledge and skills for working with these types of clients. We discuss the implications of the findings on future research and practice, and consider how increased attention to a trauma-informed framework might benefit clients and the behavior analysts who serve them.
 

Applications of Trauma-Informed Care to the Assessment and Treatment of Food Selectivity via Promoting Choice and Client Assent

HOLLY GOVER (Ivymount School), Adithyan Rajaraman (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), Gregory P. Hanley (FTF Behavioral Consulting)
Abstract:

Trauma-informed care, although widely recognized for its importance to human services, has yet to fully integrate into applied behavior analysis. Rajaraman et al. (2021) described what that integration could look like on a universal scale. In this presentation, we discuss what a model might look like when applied to the assessment and treatment of food selectivity. Food selectivity is a pervasive problem and affects up to 45% and 80% of individuals with and without disabilities, respectively. Food selectivity and mealtime problem behavior have primarily been treated through differential reinforcement and various forms of escape extinction. Escape extinction, while efficacious, may result in increased aggression, gagging, or vomiting and, therefore, may not be feasible to implement under some conditions. Through various case examples, we discuss a model, consistent with the commitments of trauma-informed care, in which mealtime problem behavior was assessed and treated without evoking severe problem behavior or emotional responding. Treatment components included multiple choice-making opportunities, including the opportunity for participants to participate or leave the treatment context at any point. Treatment sessions consisted of children self-feeding with no physical prompting or physical management on the part of the therapist. Implications for practitioners and future research will be discussed.

 

Ensuring Safety While Building Skills: A Preliminary Telehealth Investigation of a Trauma-Informed Behavioral Intervention

ADITHYAN RAJARAMAN (University of Maryland, Baltimore County), HOLLY GOVER (Ivymount School), Joshua Jessel (Queens College, City University of New York), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Ensuring safety and trust when providing therapeutic services is a core commitment of trauma-informed care. This commitment has implications for the assessment and treatment of dangerous problem behavior in that different approaches to intervening upon problem behavior may be associated with differential levels of experienced safety and perceived trust. One example of a potential violation of perceived trust pertains to the physical management of individuals exhibiting problem behavior. During this presentation, after providing a behavior-analytic conceptualization of the constructs of safety and trust, we share findings from a survey that returned 716 responses, from behavior analysts across the United States, regarding their experiences and opinions on the use of physical management procedures in ABA practice. Findings suggest that there are varied opinions regarding the safety and feasibility of such procedures, with a majority advocating for reduced use in everyday practice. We connect these findings to an evaluation of a systematic replication of the enhanced choice model of skill-based treatment—initially described by Rajaraman et al. (2021)—that importantly avoids the use of physical management, and that was delivered via telehealth consultation. Survey and single-subject data are discussed in the context of exploring trauma-informed processes for addressing dangerous problem behavior.

 

Lessons from the Field: Applying and Adapting Behavior-Analytic Strategies for Children With Histories of Abuse and Neglect

BARNEY GEORGE HUXTABLE (The Behaviour Clinic), Laura Anne Neal (The Behaviour Clinic), Jennifer L. Austin (University of South Wales)
Abstract:

Children and adolescents who have experienced substantial abuse and neglect typically require input from a range of professionals to support effective assessment and intervention. Unfortunately, behavior analysts have not always been considered key players on those multidisciplinary teams. Although there may be many reasons for that, in our experience, one prevalent concern is that behavior analytic approaches are unsuitable for children who have experienced traumatic events. In this presentation, we will describe how behavior analysis has been integrated into treatment delivery models for supporting a range of children and young people who have experienced substantial abuse and neglect. Through the presentation of data-based case studies, we will describe how behavior-analytic strategies were selected and applied based on the client’s unique trauma histories, as well as the adaptations we made to ensure the strategies were trauma-informed, client-centered, and capable of being maintained in the clients’ homes. We also will describe some of the challenges in integrating behavior analysis into social services in the United Kingdom, as well as suggesting specific strategies for overcoming those obstacles.

 
 
Symposium #548
CE Offered: BACB
An Integrated and Multidisciplinary Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of Angelman Syndrome
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/CBM; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patrick R Progar (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
Discussant: Kelly David (Foundation for Angelman Syndrome)
CE Instructor: Patrick R Progar, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The purpose of this symposium was to report on an integrated and multidisciplinary approach including prominent parent involvement to reduce several challenging behaviors, such as biting others, bruxism, and covering ears with hands in a 3-year-old girl diagnosed with Angelman Syndrome but to also collaborate with other professionals and her parents in skill acquisition goals such as puzzle building, correct use of her communication device, and feeding herself. An FBA was conducted which showed that some behaviors were socially maintained whereas other behaviors were maintained by automatic reinforcement. All target behaviors were reduced substantially, and a number of skill acquisition behaviors increased dramatically. For example, Charlie has begun to independently feed herself with a fork and has demonstrated success in toilet training. The results suggest that working collaboratively with allied disciplines such as speech therapy, feeding therapy and occupational therapy as well as fully integrating parents in the process is likely to produce optimal outcomes for individuals with Angelman Syndrome.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the core features of Angelman's Syndrome and distinguish it from autism spectrum disorder; (2) describe when an augmentative communication device is preferred over other communication options; (3) list several strategies to increase collaboration efforts across multiple disciplines.
 
A Speech and Language Pathology Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of Angelman Syndrome
KRISTY DAVIES (Speech Language Associates)
Abstract: A core deficit of Angelman's Syndrome involves delays or lack of meaningful speech production. Thus, alternatives to verbalizations are a priority from a speech and language pathology perspective. Providing communication to CC was the utmost priority for the team. Hence, the Speech and Language Pathologist with extensive Augmentative Alternative Communication (AAC) training immediately began a longitudinal investigation to find the most appropriate means of AAC for Charlie. An ongoing evaluation encompassed Charlie’s speech language sessions for nearly a year. Allowing the “not settling” approach and not accepting the “one size fits all,” Charlie’s AAC journey included unaided and aided approaches, and low tech, mid tech and high-tech options before accepting what approach worked best for her at that time and allowing future growth. The conclusion of the AAC evaluation process granted her access to symbolic communication, which she did not have prior to this process. With symbolic communication now in her life, she is able to comment, label people in her life, request desired items and direct actions. She is learning how to request cessation, assistance and recurrence. With the continued natural therapeutic approach, she will continue to learn more language functions and will feel pragmatically fulfilled in her life.
 
An Applied Behavior Analytic Approach to the Assessment and Treatment of Angelman Syndrome
GINAMARIE MASCO (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Gabrielle Cooper (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Alyssa Kinkade (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Morgan White (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Heidi Light- Giglio (Brett DiNovi & Associates), Patrick R Progar (Brett DiNovi & Associates)
Abstract: The purpose of the present study was to conduct a functional assessment and develop behavior reduction and skill acquisition goals in a 2-year-old female diagnosed with Angelman Syndrome. Angelman Syndrome is a rare neurogenetic disorder characterized by balance issues, motor impairment and most individuals do not speak. A number of target behaviors were identified following a functional behavior assessment, including behaviors such as biting others, covering ears with her hands, and bruxism. Numerous skill acquisition behaviors were targeted as well, including teaching the participant to use an augmentative communication device. The results have been overwhelmingly positive, with most target behaviors at or near zero while her use of the communication device continues to improve over the past several months. The positive results are likely due to a strong collaborative relationship with other providers (e.g., speech, occupational therapy, feeding therapy) and her parents. The results are discussed in terms of applied behavior analysis focusing on the core features of Angelman’s syndrome.
 
Angelman Syndrome: A Parent's Journey
JENNIFER CUTLER (Parent), Matthew Cutler (Parent)
Abstract: We learned about our daughter Charlie’s diagnosis of Angelman syndrome before her second birthday. We had known she was delayed, but never imagined such a rare diagnosis for our healthy baby girl. Once we found out our daughter had Angelman syndrome, we started reaching out to other parents who have children with Angelman syndrome (via Facebook) to learn from their experiences. The most consistent answer was “more therapies when they were young.” So, I researched all the therapies available, and ABA came up. She is thriving because of our incredible team and the fact that they work together towards common goals. Speech, Occupational, Feeding, Physical, ABA, and school therapists are all part of Charlie’s team. She is now physically stronger and more stable, her fine motor skills are improving as she is almost able to color and use utensils independently, and she is now using two or three words in a sequence on her talker. This is a marathon, not a sprint. Everyone communicates regularly, and we pivot based on Charlie’s needs and focus. Right now, Charlie gets all the therapies (over 20 hours per week) and we will continue on this path guided by Charlie, and her amazing staff.
 
 
Symposium #549
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advances in Basic and Applied Research in Delay Discounting
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB/BPN; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Discussant: Suzanne H. Mitchell (Oregon Health & Science University)
CE Instructor: Suzanne H. Mitchell, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Delay discounting refers to the process of how a subject compares values and chooses between immediate and delayed consumption of a reward. This concept is important in studying self-control and impulsiveness in decision making. This symposium consists of two presentations that examined delay discounting and potential treatments in rats and two presentations on recent research in substance use and behavioral addictions in humans. The first study evaluated the use of a delay of gratification task for rats and found that prior learning history impacted outcomes. The second study evaluated the use of Finasteride as a possible treatment for rats with a history of alcohol as a reinforcer. The third study was a systematic review of empirical studies that evaluated interventions for delay discounting and alcohol use with human participants. The fourth study was a meta-analytic review that synthesized delay discounting research across a variety of behavioral addictions, from substance use to chronic smartphone use. These presentations will be followed by a discussion on future research directions.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): addiction, alcohol use, delay discounting
Target Audience:

Participants should have prior knowledge on basic research related to delay discounting and choice making.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe the implications of experimental behavioral inhibition research on human behavior; (2) Describe novel treatments in experimental delay discounting research; (3) Identify interventions that have been effective at decreasing delay discounting and substance use in humans; (4) Apply previous research on delay discounting and substance use to various behavioral addictions.
 
Delay of Gratification in Rats
JEREMY HAYNES (Utah State University), Amy Odum (Utah State University)
Abstract: Some impulsive behaviors can be characterized in terms of choices for smaller-sooner outcomes (e.g., $50 now) over larger-delayed outcomes (e.g., $100 in 1 year). Patterns of such intertemporal choices can predict many socially significant health behaviors among humans. One often overlooked aspect of intertemporal choice is whether an individual will maintain their preference for a delayed outcome after choosing it. That is, when offered the opportunity, will individuals defect on their choice of a larger-delayed outcome? To further explore this aspect of intertemporal choice, we developed an increasing-delay delay of gratification task for rats that has allowed us to study the conditions under which a rat will or will not wait for a delayed outcome after choosing it. Across multiple studies, we found that prior experience has substantial effects on whether a rat will wait for a delayed outcome; experiences that could be relevant to the conditions in which people will wait for a larger-delayed outcome after choosing it. We discuss the results of these studies in terms of theories regarding delay of gratification as well as their relevance to socially significant human behaviors such as substance abuse.
 

Effects of a Novel Treatment on the Relative Efficacy of Food and Alcohol Rewards in Rats

ROBERT SCOTT LECOMTE (The University of Kansas), David P. Jarmolowicz (The University of Kansas, Cofrin Logan Center for Addiction Research and Treatment)
Abstract:

Alcoholism and alcohol misuse carry significant ramifications at both individual and community health levels. Consequently, the need for exploration of effective treatments for Alcohol Use Disorders (AUD) remains a priority among researchers and granting agencies alike. Of note, behavioral economics can help inform and evaluate novel treatments and their behavioral outcomes. To provide such evaluations, the current study involved 20 Long Evans rats (10 male, 10 female), responding for food and alcohol rewards during concurrent progressive ratio sessions. First, the relative efficacy of alcohol and sweetened condensed milk was evaluated in food deprived rats. Next, half of the rats received daily doses of Finasteride. The initial results showed significant reductions in alcohol consumption among the animals receiving doses of Finasteride. Behavioral economic switch-points between food vs. sweetened condensed milk, and food vs. alcohol rewards were then assessed in addition to operant analyses to further evaluate pharmacodynamic effects. Results will be described.

 
A Systematic Review of Delay Discounting and Alcohol Use Interventions in Humans
ASHA FULLER (University of South Florida), Kimberly Crosland (University of South Florida)
Abstract: In daily life individuals make a variety of decisions with short-term and long-term impacts. When an individual repeatedly chooses the immediate, smaller reward instead of the later, larger reward, this is termed delay discounting. Delay discounting has been associated with a variety of health outcomes from risky sexual behaviors to substance use. Individuals with chronic substance use have a higher likelihood of valuing the smaller, immediate reward than individuals who never or occasionally use substances. The purpose of this systematic review is to present an overview of delay discounting and alcohol use interventions for humans over the past 30 years. Medications, behavioral interventions, therapies, and working memory trainings have all been used to attempt to decreasing alcohol use and delay discounting. Results indicate that medications, behavioral interventions, and working memory training have all demonstrated positive treatment results. Limitations and recommendations for future research in delay discounting and alcohol use interventions will be discussed.
 
Delay Discounting in Established and Proposed Behavioral Addictions: A Systematic Review and Meta-Analysis
SARAH CATHERINE WEINSZTOK (University of Kansas), Sarah Brassard (McMaster University), Iris Balodis (McMaster University), Laura Martin (University of Kansas Medical Center), Michael Amlung (University of Kansas)
Abstract: Steep delay discounting, or a greater preference for smaller-immediate rewards over larger-delayed rewards, is a common phenomenon across a range of substance use and psychiatric disorders. Non-substance behavioral addictions (e.g., gambling disorder, internet gaming disorder, food addiction) are of increasing interest in delay discounting research. To synthesize the published research in this area and identify priorities for future research, we conducted a systematic review and meta-analysis of delay discounting studies across a range of established and proposed behavioral addiction categories. For studies with categorical designs, we found statistically significant, medium-to-large effect sizes for gambling disorder and IGD. Categorical internet/smartphone studies were non-significant. Aggregate correlations in dimensional studies were statistically significant, but generally small magnitude for gambling, internet/smartphone, and food addiction. Heterogeneity statistics suggested substantial variability across studies, and publication bias indices indicated moderate impact of unpublished or small sample studies. These findings generally suggest that some behavioral addictions are associated with steeper discounting, with the most robust evidence for gambling disorder. We discuss the implications of these findings, highlight behavioral addiction categories with smaller effect sizes or categories with too few studies to be included (e.g., compulsive buying), and identify key areas for future research.
 
 
Symposium #550
CE Offered: BACB
Productivity and Well-Being in University Settings: Psychological Flexibility Assessment and Training to Help Faculty and Students
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Chynna Brianne Frizell (Missouri State University)
Discussant: Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University)
CE Instructor: Dana Paliliunas, Ph.D.
Abstract:

University students and faculty experience distress that professors and faculty colleagues are the first to observe. Typically, it is the failure to keep up with assignments that alerts others to these emotional and well-being issues. In some cases, professors and supervisors can assess and then address these matters with psychological flexibility instructional methods such as Acceptance and Commitment Training. Other times, counselors may need to be asked to conduct further assessments and more intensive interventions. In this symposium, four talks related to university well-being and productivity will be presented. The first talk addresses the relationship between burnout, self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and work-related quality of life for university faculty. The second examines the utility of a values-based self-management assessment and intervention strategy for supporting college students. The third presentation is an evaluation of an ABA ACT functional analysis and intervention strategy in a college setting. The fourth paper involves the same ABA ACT functional analysis and intervention approach using a procedure to control for sensitivity, specificity, discriminant, and predictive utility of the functional analysis in a graduate school context. Dr. Thomas Szabo will then discuss the development of functional assessment and psychological flexibility interventions in ABA and the four papers presented herein.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): ACT, College education, Psychological flexibility, Wellbeing
Target Audience:

Behavior analysts, students, and faculty

Learning Objectives: (1) describe the relationship between psychological flexibility and burnout in faculty; (2) discuss values-based self management in university settings; (3) describe the use of functional analysis within ACT intervention for college students
 
Evaluating the Relationship Between Burnout, Self-Compassion, Psychological Flexibility, and Work-Related Quality of Life for Faculty in Higher Education
AYLA SCHMICK (Missouri Southern State University)
Abstract: Within the past year there has been a significant uptick in mental/emotional distress and burnout among college students. These increases warrant a strong response by institutional leaders to assist faculty as they are considered the “gatekeepers” of student mental health. While many studies have evaluated student burnout, very few studies have evaluated those factors for the individuals who are there to support them, the higher education faculty. Due to this, the current study examined the relationship between burnout, self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and work-related quality of life in 50 faculty members of higher education institutions. Moderate to strong correlations were found between the Teacher Burnout Scale (TBS), Self-Compassion Scale-Short Form (SCS-SF), Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II (AAQ-II), and Work-Related Quality of Life (WRQoL). Results of this study suggest that participants with higher scores of burnout showed lower levels of self-compassion, psychological flexibility, and work-related quality of life. Implications, limitations, and future research will be discussed.
 
Using Values-Based Self-Management to Support College Students' Wellbeing: Assessment, Intervention, and Social Validity
DANA PALILIUNAS (Missouri State University)
Abstract: The college experience can include significant levels of stress as well as mental health and behavioral challenges for many students, and college counseling centers are experiencing increased demand for services, creating an opportunity for innovative and flexible approaches to support the wellbeing of college students (Center for Collegiate Mental Health, 2016). Behavior analytic approaches to intervention such as self-management, self-control, and Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) have demonstrated utility in supporting adaptive behavior among numerous populations, including students in college settings and a synthesis of these approaches have utility in meeting the demand for services. Values-Based Self-Management (VBSM) is one such approach that is designed to support students in developing self-management skills and psychological flexibility while monitoring progress toward a behavioral goal. Evaluations of a remote-delivered VBSM intervention for undergraduate students were conducted to examine the effect of the VBSM approach on participants’ self-monitored progress toward a behavioral goal and various measures of self-reported psychological wellbeing. Approaches to assessment of both overt and covert behavior change, ACT-based self-management intervention, and the evaluation of social validity among participants will be discussed, highlighting the importance of including measures of change in participants’ private verbal behavior in addition to overt behavior change.
 

Brief Acceptance and Commitment Training Functional Analysis With University Students: Addressing Interfering Thoughts and Making Progress

LARISA SHEPERD (Endicott College), Jennifer J. McComas (University of Minnesota), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University)
Abstract:

During their academic careers, university students face numerous challenges and sometimes those challenges interfere with students' progress in their degree programs. Nationally, the four and six year graduation rates for undergraduates are 33% and 58%, respectively. Only 57% of Ph.D. students complete their degree. Direct contingencies, including grades, may be necessary but are sometimes insufficient to maintain the response patterns necessary to complete course and degree requirements. When direct contingencies are ineffective or insufficient to address interfering behavior, an effective approach might be to identify the influence of private behavior (e.g., thoughts) and match intervention to the nature of the identified influence. This investigation aimed to examine the effects of a systematic descriptive assessment followed by a functional analysis of private events and matched intervention on the interfering behavior of two PhD students and one undergraduate student. The process and results of the functional analyses of verbal behavior and intervention effects will be presented and directions for future research will be discussed.

 

Brief Acceptance and Commitment Training Functional Analysis for Graduate Students: Controlling for Sensitivity, Specificity, Discriminant, and Predictive Utility

JENNIFER J. MCCOMAS (University of Minnesota), Thomas G. Szabo (Touro University), Yukie Kurumiya (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology)
Abstract:

An assessment is sensitive when it captures positive instances of a moderator accurately and specific if it accurately captures negative instances of a moderator. The former is associated with predictive validity and the latter with discriminant validity. In the current study, we evaluated these attributes of the Brief ACT FA with graduate students who were failing a class despite numerous interventions. Descriptive assessment was conducted, and the results were tested using a brief experimental ACT FA. In the Brief ACT FA, experimenters contrived verbal abolishing and establishing operations in an alternating treatment design. The Brief ACT FA was conducted using text messaging to rule out the possibility of inadvertently cuing participants to respond in characteristic ways based on the tone and cadence of the experimenter’s voice. Also during the Brief ACT FA, both hypothesized and non-hypothesized ACT repertoires were evaluated for their respective levels of influence. In all three participants, hypothesized ACT variables were verified and non-hypothesized variables eliminated. The ACT intervention that followed, based exclusively on the variables identified in the FA, resulted in successful behavior changes. Results will be discussed regarding specificity, sensitivity, discriminant, and predictive validity of the Brief ACT FA and future studied will be suggested.

 
 
Symposium #551
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Enter Interbehaviorism: Examining the Applied Utility of an Interbehavioral Philosophy
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH; Domain: Theory
Chair: Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University)
Discussant: Karen Kate Kellum (University of Mississippi)
CE Instructor: Karen Kate Kellum, Ph.D.
Abstract:

The implications of the philosophical underpinnings of behavior analysis have, of late, increasingly become a point of interest for behavior analytic practitioners in the context of their applied work. Despite this increasing interest, practitioners may continue to benefit from increased opportunities to engage with these concepts that have robust applied utility. One such philosophy of behavior science that has garnered a recent increase in attention is that of J.R. Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1924). Kantor’s approach to analyzing behavior is naturalistic, and dismisses many assumptions that other approaches operate within. In this symposium, we will discuss key behavior analytic concepts from an interbehavioral lens, and examine how approaching these concepts differently could be beneficial in applied settings. The aim of the symposium is to demonstrate how Interbehaviorism can increase a clinician’s sensitivity to responding occurring within sessions potentially even over other modern philosophies of behavior science, including Radical Behaviorism and Functional Contextualism.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Function, Interbehaviorism, Learning History, Psychological Event
Target Audience:

-Basic competency in philosophical concepts of Radical Behaviorism (as a prerequisite to contrasting RB conceptualizations with Interbehaviorial conceptualizations).

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the differences between the Interbehavioral Field Construct and Skinner’s three-term contingency. (2) Identify the potential drawbacks to causal constructs (including contingencies) in applied practice. (3) Identify the differences between the use of the term "function" from an Interbehavioral perspective, and the use of the term "function" from a traditional Radical Behaviorial perspective. (4) Identify two benefits of conceptualizing learning history as part of the current interaction for applied practice.
 
Orienting Toward the Entire Organism: Unit of Analysis From an Interbehavioral Perspective
BRAD MICHAEL PARFAIT (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: As philosophical systems, Skinner’s Radical Behaviorism and Kantor’s Interbehaviorism both approach behavioral science as a natural science focused on the interactions among aspects of context and behavior. However, the two philosophies diverge decisively with respect to how they conceptualize their respective subject matter (i.e., behavior) in terms of its units. Perhaps Interbehaviorism’s most distinctive feature is the integrated-field approach from which its subject matter is characterized. From an Interbehavioral perspective, the subject matter of behavior analysis is interbehavior and the primary unit of analysis is the Interbehavioral Field, a.k.a., the psychological event (Kantor 1959). According to Kantor, the interbehavioral field is composed of five co-occurring, participatory factors: stimulus function, response function, history of interbehavior, setting factors (or immediate circumstances), and the medium by which the stimulus is contacted (Lichtenstein, 1984). This presentation will (1) review the Interbehavioral Field as the unit of analysis in behavior analysis, and (2) propose implications for practitioners both within and outside of the therapeutic setting.
 
Does Causality Help or Hinder Our Clinical Agenda?: An Interbehavioral Perspective
MICHAEL C MAY (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Thomas B. Sease (Texas Christian University), Janani Vaidya (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Brad Michael Parfait (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Historically, notions of causality have been central to the natural sciences’ endeavor of explaining respective phenomena of interest. This agenda of identifying causal relations has continued in behavior analysis and carried over into its applied domain. Despite Skinner’s call to abandon mechanistic notions of causality as a means of explaining human behavior, the contingency relation promulgated within his philosophical system has continued to function as a linear causal construct. While the contingency relation has facilitated progress in the behavioral sciences, is this search for causality useful to the practitioner? The present paper enumerates the potential problems resulting from continued reliance on notions of causality within clinical contexts and offers a robust alternative drawn from the JR Kantor’s Interbehaviorism (Kantor, 1924). Building upon Kantor’s own criticisms of the validity of causal relations outside of tight experimental conditions, the paper will critically examine the utility of causal relations in the context of applied practice with a particular focus on clinical behavior analysis. Have we gone far enough in diminishing reliance on causal notions in applied behavior analysis, or is it time that we as behavior analysts dispensed with causal constructs altogether?
 
Conjunction Junction, What’s a Function?: Function from an Interbehavioral Perspective
EVA LIEBERMAN (Western Michigan University), Janani Vaidya (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Function is arguably one of the most important concepts involved in behavior analysis. In everyday contexts, “function” refers to the natural or intended purpose of an event. Applied to behavior, then, the function of a behavior is its effects. This orientation is part of what distinguishes behavior analytic explanations of behavior from mentalist ones. While behavior analysts may traditionally use function as an explanation of behavior, we offer an alternative perspective. Rather than explanatory, an interbehavioral approach would suggest that “function” serve as a descriptor of behavior, and a term that refers to the observable, bidirectional relationship between stimulus and response (Fryling & Hayes, 2011). Building upon the discussions of units of analysis and causality in the previous papers in this symposium, this paper will approach function in terms of functional relationships, inclusive of co-occurring response functions and stimulus functions. This presentation will also discuss how an interbehavioral perspective on function might be applied in intervention contexts.
 
The Past is Present: An Interbehavioral Approach to Learning History
HEATHER VOLCHKO (Old Dominion University), Mary Abbott (Mary Abbott Therapy Services), Michael C May (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group; Compassionate Behavioral Healthcare, LLC), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Learning history and the role it plays in our behavior has been conceptualized differently throughout the history and development of psychology. While cognitivistic conceptualizations of learning history focus on the mediating role of structural constructs like memory, the traditional behavior analytic account has treated learning history in terms of past contingencies of reinforcement coming to bear on present behavior via changes in the biology of the organism (Skinner, 1974). Whether in the form of memory, or hypothetical biological changes to the organism, both treatments of psychological history appeal to hypothetical unobservable constructs to explain how events of the past come to influence behavior in the present. . The current paper considers these dominant approaches in contrast to the treatment of learning history from an interbehavioral perspective - that is, as an aspect of the interbehavioral field. This paper will further explore how approaching history as part of the psychological present (Hayes, 1992) might inform intervention, with a particular emphasis on educational contexts.
 
 
Symposium #552
CE Offered: BACB
Interteaching: What We Can Learn from Recent Research in Higher Education
Monday, May 30, 2022
3:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: TBA/EDC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Catherine M. Gayman (Troy University)
Discussant: Philip N. Hineline (Temple University - Emeritus)
CE Instructor: Catherine M. Gayman, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Interteaching is a pedagogy that has growing empirical evidence supporting its efficacy. The method was initially described by Boyce and Hineline in 2002, and since then over 40 studies have been published investigating its effect on learning outcomes. Overall, the method has been found to increase student exam scores, increase student participation during class, and lead to more positive course evaluations. This symposium will start off with a review of the basic components of interteaching. The first presentation will summarize a study in which the discussion component was compared in an online undergraduate course against a traditional essay style online discussion. The second presentation will describe a study that compared an interteaching style discussion to posting to an online discussion board in a graduate level behavior analysis course. The third presentation will review results of a study that investigated the quality points component of interteaching in an online undergraduate course. The fourth presentation will summarize a study that evaluated the quality of preparation guides used in and online course. These four presentations will provide a sampling of the recent research being conducted on interteaching.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): Higher Education, Interteaching, Online instruction, Pedagogy
Target Audience:

Course instructors and/or fieldwork supervisors

Learning Objectives: After attending this symposium, participants should be able to: 1) Identify and describe the basic components of interteaching; 2) Describe two studies that evaluated the discussion component of interteaching in an online format; 3) Summarize a study investigating the quality points component of interteaching; 4) Describe a study that investigated the quality of the preparation guide.
 
Evaluating the Discussion Component of Interteaching in an Online Asynchronous Class
CATHERINE M. GAYMAN (Troy University), Stephany Hammock (Troy University), Sherwhonda Taylor (Troy University), Stephanie Jimenez (University of Pittsburgh at Johnstown)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effect of using different online discussion styles in an alternating treatments design across three sections of an online, nine-week asynchronous Psychology of Learning class. All three components were taught using the interteaching method. One component used an interteaching-style discussion, the second component used an essay-style discussion, and the third component was a control condition with no discussion. Although there were no significant differences in exam scores across discussion type, F(2,184) = .241, p = .78, the majority of participants scored higher on weekly exams (70.11%) and questions from the final (74.60%) following either the interteaching or essay discussion. In addition, of the students who reported a preference, a plurality rated interteaching as both their preferred teaching method (47.62%) and the one they learned the most from, 60.87%. The present findings suggest that the style of discussion may not be essential in an online asynchronous discussion format.
 
Comparative Effects of Using Interteaching and Discussion Boards in a Graduate Single Case Design Course
BRENNA R GRIFFEN (University of Arkansas), Elizabeth R. Lorah (University of Arkansas), Cody Lindbloom (University of Arkansas)
Abstract: Since the climate of higher education instruction has shifted from students taking on-campus instruction to online instruction, an evaluation of evidence-based practices for online learning is needed. One promising practice, interteaching, involves students reviewing course materials prior to pairing with a peer to explore the content together through the answering of preparation guide questions and the discussion of aspects of the content which were and were not clear. Not only have past researchers found this practice to be effective in promoting higher quiz and examination scores, but studies have also shown that students prefer using interteaching. Similarly, the usage of the discussion board has shown to increase academic performance. In fact, desirable outcomes such as positive interactions among peers and the promotion of student engagement have occurred through the usage of online discussion boards. This study used a single case reversal design to compare interteaching and posting to an online discussion board to determine their effects on content acquisition and preference of those graduate students enrolled in a behavior analysis course. Although the results of the study indicate similar effectiveness for both conditions, interteaching was generally more preferred than posting to the online discussion board.
 
An Examination of Quality Points in Interteach in a College Course
KAREN O'CONNOR (Trinity Christian College), Brandon C. Perez (Trinity Christian College), Sara Baillie Gorman (Trinity Christian College), Casey J. Clay (Children's Hospital of Orange County), Jessica Clevering (Trinity Christian College)
Abstract: The present study evaluated the effect of using quality points as a component of interteach. Participants were undergraduate students enrolled in two course sections of an introduction to applied behavior analysis (N=54). The study used a multi-element design. The first half of the semester both sections participated in interteaching without quality points. During the second half, students had the opportunity to earn quality points based on an established criterion. The quality points condition was randomized and alternated between sessions. Students were surveyed regarding interteach prior to quality points and at course completion. Visual analysis of the multielement data indicate that quality points did not increase student quiz performance in one section and potentially increased student quiz performance in the second section. Additional statistical analyses will be conducted to examine group differences and to examine patterns related to the number of quality points earned. The current results suggest that quality points may not improve student performance on quizzes. The majority of students reported high levels of acceptance of interteaching and a preference for quality points. The present findings suggest that quality points may be a socially valid component in interteaching; however, may not be a necessary component of this method.
 
An Evaluation of the Development of Preparation Guide Used During Interteaching
JAMES L. SOLDNER (University of Massachusetts Boston), Rocio Rosales (University of Massachusetts Lowell)
Abstract: The preparation guide component of Interteaching (Boyce & Hineline, 2002) is intended to guide students through a reading assignment and consists of a range of questions based on the principles of Bloom’s Taxonomy (Saville, et al., 2011). To date, only one prior study has evaluated the impact of the preparation guide component of interteaching. Canello-Malone et al. (2009) evaluated the effects of answering vs. student-generated questions on student performance, showing only slightly higher quiz scores when students were required to generate questions. The present study was designed to further examine the preparation guide component of interteaching in two sections of an online course. An alternating treatment design with counterbalancing was employed to evaluate the effects of “high-quality” compared to “low-quality” preparation guides on weekly quiz performance. “Low-quality” prep guides were designed to include the first three levels of Bloom’s taxonomy; whereas the “high-quality” prep guides were deigned to include all six levels. All other components of interteaching as described by Boyce and Hineline were implemented across all class sessions. Findings indicate student performance was similar for both conditions across seven quizzes. Implications of these results will be discussed as well as suggestions for future research on this topic.
 
 
Symposium #555
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluating Behavioral Interventions for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder Delivered via Direct Telehealth
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258A
Area: AUT/VBC; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation)
CE Instructor: Julia Ferguson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many applied behavior analytic service providers for autistics/individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) have had to transition from in-person service delivery to providing services through telehealth – directly or otherwise. Much of the telehealth research in the field of applied behavior analysis (ABA) has focused on training other individuals through telehealth to implement in-person ABA-based procedures. More research is needed to guide best practices for behavioral interventions delivered via direct telehealth. This symposium includes three studies that evaluated behavioral interventions (i.e., the Cool versus Not Cool™ Procedure, instructive feedback within a dyad arrangement, and discrete trial teaching) for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD delivered via direct telehealth.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): DTT, Instructive Feedback, Social skills, Telehealth
Target Audience:

The target audience is practicing behavior analysts (e.g., BCBA, BCaBA, RBTs) and those providing intervention for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) identify and describe some conditions under which behavioral interventions for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD delivered via direct telehealth may be effective; (2) identify and describe at least three behavioral interventions for autistics/individuals diagnosed with ASD that can be effectively delivered via direct telehealth; (3) identify and describe at least two skills that can be effectively targeted through behavioral interventions delivered via direct telehealth.
 
Evaluating the Cool versus Not Cool™ Procedure via Telehealth
JOSEPH H. CIHON (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership)
Abstract: Autistics/individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) commonly display qualitative impairments in social behavior that commonly result in the use of interventions directly targeting the development of social skills. The COVID-19 pandemic has highlighted the need for effective social skills interventions that can be delivered via telehealth. The Cool versus Not Cool™ procedure has continually been documented as effective within the literature. However, its reported use has been limited to in-person delivery. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the effectiveness of the Cool versus Not Cool™ procedure conducted via telehealth to teach three children diagnosed with ASD to change the conversation when someone is bored. The results of a nonconcurrent multiple baseline across participants demonstrated that all three participants reached the mastery criterion in four to eight sessions. Responding generalized to another adult for two of the three participants and all three participants maintained correct responding. Social validity measures indicated the skill was important to teach, the intervention was acceptable and effective, and the telehealth format was an acceptable replacement for in-person intervention for these three participants.
 

Maximizing Behavioral Intervention Delivered via Telehealth for Individuals Diagnosed With Autism Spectrum Disorder

JULIA FERGUSON (Autism Partnership Foundation), Maddison J Majeski (Autism Partnership Foundation; University of North Texas), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), John James McEachin (Autism Partnership), Ronald Leaf (Autism Partnership)
Abstract:

Due to the COVID-19 pandemic, many applied behavior analytic service providers have had to quickly change how they provide services for individuals diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder and transition away from in-person service delivery. One way in which behavior analysts have adapted is to provide services directly through telehealth. This study sought to evaluate the effects of instructive feedback in a dyad arrangement during discrete trial teaching delivered via telehealth to teach tact relations to six children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder. During all sessions all participants and the experimenter were located in different physical locations. Results of a nonconcurrent multiple baseline design demonstrated that all participants learned their primary and secondary targets. Five of the participants acquired the observational primary and secondary targets without direct teaching. Areas of future research and clinical implications are discussed in the context of telehealth service delivery during the COVID-19 pandemic and in general.

 

A Comparison of Direct Telehealth and In-person Discrete Trial Teaching When Teaching Expressive Labels

Kandice Knopp (Autism Partnership; Endicott College), Julia Ferguson (Autism Partnership Foundation), Jessica Piazza (Endicott College), CHRISTINE MILNE-SEMINARA (Autism Partnership Foundation), Joseph H. Cihon (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College), Justin B. Leaf (Autism Partnership Foundation; Endicott College)
Abstract:

Recent behavior analytic research has demonstrated that the provision of applied behavior analytic services via direct telehealth can be an effective teaching modality for some learners with autism spectrum disorder (ASD). Historically, teaching procedures based on applied behavior analysis, including discrete trial teaching (DTT) have been provided and evaluated via in-person delivery. This study sought to compare the implementation of DTT via direct telehealth to DTT implemented in-person within and across participants. Specifically, this study evaluated the two delivery modalities in terms of skill acquisition, maintenance, efficiency, and learner responding during teaching sessions. Results of an adapted alternating treatments design nested into a multiple baseline design demonstrated that all three participants diagnosed with ASD met the mastery criteria for the expressive labels taught. Areas of future research, participant prerequisite skills, and clinical implications will be discussed in the context of these results.

 
 
Symposium #557
CE Offered: BACB
Recent Advancements in the Assessment and Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258B
Area: AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Alyssa Rojas (University of South Florida)
CE Instructor: Alyssa Rojas, M.S.
Abstract:

This symposium includes three papers that involve the assessment and treatment of automatically reinforced behavior. In the first paper, Kacie McGarry will present a literature review summarizing treatment approaches for automatically reinforced stereotypy for individuals with Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD) in the past 7 years. Results of the literature review showed punishment-based procedures were overall more effective at decreasing stereotypy. There was also an increasing trend in evaluations comparing effectiveness of treatments but few studies conducting maintenance, generalization, or schedule thinning within the evaluation. Implications for best practices and future research will be discussed. In the second paper, Katie Haggerty will present a study describing a process to subtype automatically reinforced stereotypy based upon functional analyses and prescribe treatments based upon the subtype. Results of the study were consistent with previous research on automatically reinforced self-injury. In the third paper, Mary Llinas will present a study comparing different schedules of noncontingent access to matched stimuli during the treatment of automatically reinforced stereotypy. Results showed that continuous access to competing items and activities was necessary to decrease stereotypy.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): automatic reinforcement, environmental enrichment, stereotypy
Target Audience:

Target Audience is BCBAs, Behavior Analysis Students, Direct Care staff working with individuals with ASD and related disabilities.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe research trends for treatment evaluations for automatically reinforced stereotypy (2) Discuss how functional analysis methodology can be used to subtype stereotypic behavior and describe the different treatment approaches based upon subtypes. (3) Describe competing stimuli assessments and how different schedules of access to competing stimuli affect levels of automatically reinforced stereotypy.
 
Recent Research Trends in the Treatment of Automatically Reinforced Stereotypy: A Review of the Literature
KACIE MCGARRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: In this literature review, we review studies from January 2014 to May 2020 that aimed to reduce lower-order stereotypy, defined as restrictive and repetitive behavior. Studies included in the present review were those in which (a) a functional behavior assessment identified automatic reinforcement to be the maintaining variable (b) direct observation and measurement of (c) stereotypy was conducted to (d) evaluate an intervention to reduce lower-order stereotypy. Studies that met the criteria for inclusion were evaluated along with a number of dimensions related to publication characteristics, subject and setting characteristics, quality of operational definitions, treatment categories, and the efficacy of treatment. Results of this literature review found the non-reporting of demographic and treatment variables led to ethical confounds and the inability to evaluate the relationship between demographic variables and treatment effects. This presentation will review demographic variables, treatment considerations, and future research considerations.
 
Subtyping Stereotypy and Delineating Effective Type-Based Treatment
KATHERINE HAGGERTY (Stride Autism Centers), Michael E. Kelley (University of Scranton), Justine Henry (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Robert LaRue (Rutgers University)
Abstract: Individuals diagnosed with Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) often engage in automatically reinforced stereotypic behaviors, which are repetitive in nature, lack variability, and persist over time with no identifiable social function. We adapted subtyping procedures designed for self-injurious behavior to categorize stereotypy based on behavioral patterns generated in a competing items assessments and pairwise functional analysis. In Study 1, we demonstrated the efficacy of retrospective subtyping for stereotypy. In Study 2, we demonstrated the efficacy of prospective subtyping for stereotypy as a guide for treatment selection. In Study 3, we tested the predictive validity of the prospective subtyping for stereotypy by implementing targeted interventions for two of three participants. Results of Studies 1 and 2 were consistent with past research on automatically reinforced self-injurious behavior. Results of Study 3 demonstrated an effective, data-based approach to treatment selection for automatically maintained stereotypy.
 

A Comparison of Continuous, Dense, and Lean Schedules of Noncontingent Access to Matched Competing Stimuli to Reduce Stereotypy

MARY LLINAS (Florida Institute of Technology), David A. Wilder (Florida Institute of Technology), Ryan Joseph Walz (ABA Technologies, Inc.)
Abstract:

Noncontingent or response-independent access to matched, competing stimuli has been shown to be effective to decrease automatically maintained challenging behavior. Despite research on its effectiveness, various schedules of noncontingent access to matched competing stimuli have not been directly compared. The purpose of the current study was to compare the effectiveness of and preference for continuous, dense (fixed-time 30 s), and lean (fixed-time 60 s) schedules of noncontingent access to matched competing stimuli to decrease automatically maintained stereotypy exhibited by two children with autism. We also conducted a within session analysis of the lean condition to examine possible mechanisms responsible for the effects of the procedure. The results showed that the continuous schedule was most effective and most preferred to reduce stereotypy for both participants. A social validity measure indicated that the participant's caregivers approved of and preferred the continuous schedule.

 
 
Invited Paper Session #558
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP — 
Ethics
Diversity submission A Risk-Driven Approach to Applied Behavior Analysis Across Ages: Implications for "Medical Necessity"
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Patrick Romani (University of Colorado, Anschutz Medical Campus)
CE Instructor: Rachel Taylor, Ph.D.
Presenting Author: RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Abstract:

Applied behavior analysis (ABA) is the “gold standard” for service provision aimed at helping young children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorders (ASD). However, the increased attention to this population may be detracting from the value associated with taking an ABA approach to support individuals of all ages, across a range of diagnoses. Further, the shift to define ABA as medically necessary for individuals diagnosed with ASD (APBA, April 10, 2020) requires effective patient, provider, and payor collaboration, and recent publications have highlighted the need for structured approaches to decision-making based in analytical ethics to support this transition. Accordingly, APBA released guidelines directing practitioners to provide services based on individualized risk exposure requiring a more patient-informed approach to care. The purpose of the current presentation is to outline a collaborative risk-driven approach designed to help guide practitioners to make ethically informed decisions regarding ABA service delivery, regardless of setting, age, or severity. Considerations regarding a potential divide between science and ABA-based service delivery will be addressed, including misconceptions about that which defines our professional and ethical obligations; specifically, how our related responsibilities extend far beyond particular ABA-based clinical programming procedures, necessitating constant empirical evaluation of the overall continuity of care for a given individual (e.g., placement, transition, community-based activities, and more).

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; licensed psychologists; graduate students

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe how ABA services need to be adjusted for individuals across a range of ages and diagnoses; (2) describe the benefits associated with adopting a risk-driven approach to ABA service delivery; (3) identify the defining features of “medically necessary” services and related implications for ABA-based practice across both crisis and non-crisis scenarios; (4) identify several common misconceptions regarding ABA-based practices and procedures and discuss crucial considerations related to established BACB ethical requirements.
 
RACHEL TAYLOR (Center for Applied Behavior Analysis)
Dr. Rachel Taylor (formerly Dr. Tarbox) has supported individuals diagnosed with neurodevelopmental disorders for more than 20 years. She started her career working in several prestigious institutions including the New England Center for Children and the Kennedy Krieger Institute at Johns Hopkins Hospital. She is the former Co-Director of Research and Development for the Center for Autism and Related Disorders (CARD) and the former Chief Clinical Offer for Intercare Therapy, Inc.. Dr. Taylor has also held several academic positions including founding Department Chair for the ABA Masters and PhD programs at The Chicago School of professional Psychology Los Angeles, and Faculty member in Psychology at the California State University Los Angeles and Channel Islands. Dr. Taylor is as an Advisor to the Cambridge Center for Behavioral Studies, Scientific Council member for the Organization for Autism Research, and former Executive Council member for the International Association for Behavior Analysis (ABAI), in addition to her longstanding service on the Board of Directors for the California Association for Behavior Analysis (CalABA), most recently as the 2020 Conference Chair. Her interests include 1) protecting against a potential divide between science and practice and 2) demonstrating how ABA produces socially significant improvements regardless of age or diagnosis.
 
 
Symposium #559
CE Offered: BACB
Behavioral Instruction: Useful Applications for Teaching Graduate Students
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC/TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kendra Guinness (Regis College)
CE Instructor: Kendra Guinness, Ph.D.
Abstract:

This symposium will outline three lines of research that used asynchronous behavioral instruction to teach graduate students skills needed in order to be successful students in behavior analysis. These study demonstrate the utility of asynchronous behavioral instruction to teach graduate students how to enter practicum data on their fieldwork tracker, how to correctly use Association Psychological Association (APA) formatting, and teaching graphing conventions. By using behavioral instruction to teach APA formatting, participants increased their accuracy in APA citations across trained and novel exemplars. After using behavioral instruction to teach correct data entry for fieldwork, all participants scored above the mastery criterion in their completion of both their daily fieldwork logs and monthly form. Finally, behavioral instruction and checklists were helpful in teaching graduate students to use correct graphing conventions. Limitations and areas of future research will be discussed.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): APA citations, behavioral instruction, graduate students, graphing conventions
Target Audience:

professors and/or supervisors and those teaching graduate students

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to (1)Use behavioral instruction to teach correct graphing conversions. (2) Use behavioral instruction to teach correct data entry on fieldwork forms. (3)Use behavioral instruction to teach correct APA formatting for graduate students
 
Effects of Behavioral Instruction and Feedback Checklists on Graphing Conventions
KENDRA GUINNESS (Regis College), Philip N. Chase (Simmons University), Kylan S. Turner (Simmons University), Judah B. Axe (Simmons University)
Abstract: Graphing is a complex but critical skill for behavior analysts. We evaluated the effects of conceptual training modules based on behavioral instruction and feedback checklists on verbal behavior about graphing conventions and adherence to graphing conventions with graduate students in behavior analysis. In Experiment 1, conceptual training increased the accuracy of verbal behavior about graphing conventions, though both participants achieved criterion in the absence of instruction for some skills. When graphing adherence failed to meet criterion, feedback checklists were implemented, which resulted in criterion performance. In Experiment 2, the checklists were provided as the primary intervention. Two out of four participants reached criterion for graphing adherence and verbal behavior with this intervention alone, while the remaining two participants reached criterion after a combination of checklists and conceptual training. This evaluation highlights the utility of a sequential approach to training the component skills of a complex repertoire while assessing skill acquisition at the level of the individual learner.
 

Teaching American Psychological Association Citations Formatting Using Behavioral Instruction

JACQUELYN MACDONALD (Regis College), Kendra Guinness (Regis College), Ryan Atkinson (Simmons University Regis College), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College)
Abstract:

The current study evaluated the use of an asynchronous, computer-based programmed system of instruction to teach graduate students to accurately cite references using APA formatting. Nine master’s students in ABA participated. Participants were taught to complete in-text and full reference citations in a concurrent multiple probe across skills design for 7 participants and a concurrent multiple probe across participants design for 2 participants. Most participants did not correctly use APA citation formatting when probed in the baseline condition. Following training, participants increased their accuracy in APA citations across trained and novel exemplars. Two participants’ data showed limited functional control due to increases in baseline. One participant required an additional visual checklist to reach mastery criterion for one skill. Participants reported increased confidence with APA citations formatting following training and overall satisfaction with the training. Limitations to the current study and future uses of behavioral instruction as a technology will be discussed

 

Training Graduate Students to Enter Practicum Data Using Behavioral Instruction

RYAN ATKINSON (Regis College Simmons University), Diana Parry-Cruwys (Regis College), Jacquelyn M. MacDonald (Regis College)
Abstract:

The purpose of the current study was to assess the effects of asynchronous behavioral instruction on correct practicum fieldwork data entry. This was conducted in two phases. Phase 1 targeted the completion of daily practicum fieldwork activities, whereas Part 2 focused on the completion of monthly fieldwork forms. Participants were twenty graduate students beginning their practicum experiences in pursuance of their BCBA credentials. The majority of participants did not reach the mastery criterion in baseline after only reviewing the practicum resources provided by the BACB for both phases. After undergoing training, all participants scored above the mastery criterion in their completion of both their daily fieldwork logs and monthly forms. Limitations and areas for future research are discussed.

 
 
Symposium #561
CE Offered: BACB — 
Supervision
Preparing Pre-Service Behavior Analysts
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–4:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 203
Area: TBA; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Clare Liddon (University of Dayton)
Discussant: Clare Liddon (University of Dayton)
CE Instructor: Clare Liddon, Ph.D.
Abstract:

As the demand for Board Certified Behavior Analysts (BCBA) continues to grow, the need for high quality training across modalities grows with it. Performance feedback is an integral tool to an effective training environment. When providing training and supervision for pre-service behavior analysts, feedback is used to shape the skillsets of future clinicians. This symposium will include two presentations that will review the effects of feedback across modalities during training for pre-service behavior analysts and will conclude with discussion.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): parent training, performance feedback, supervision
Target Audience:

The target audience for this is practitioners and professors that contribute to the training of pre-service behavior analysts and/or to the training of individuals seeking BCBA certification.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to (1) describe performance feedback and its impact on the training of preservice behavior analysts overall; (2) describe effects of a remote format on feedback efficacy for parent training; (3) describe the effects of delayed versus immediate feedback on implementation of evidence-based interventions.
 
Effectiveness of Immediate versus Delayed Performance Feedback on Accurate Implementation of an Evidence-Based Intervention
Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Remington Michael Swensson (Baylor University), NICOLE OGUINN (Baylor University)
Abstract: Treatment fidelity is the extent to which essential intervention components are implemented accurately and consistently. This is an important component to implementing evidence-based practices for individuals with intellectual and developmental disabilities, as higher levels of treatment fidelity are directly related to improved outcomes and strength of the intervention. Therefore, it is important to identify methods to promote and maintain high levels of treatment fidelity among practitioners implementing behavior analytic interventions. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the relative effectiveness of immediate and delayed performance feedback on the implementation of interventions incorporating compound schedules of reinforcement (i.e., multiple and chain schedules). Specifically, we provided immediate feedback for implementation of one of the compound schedules and delayed feedback for the implementation of the other compound schedule. We randomly assigned feedback to compound schedules ensuring an equal number of pairings across the participants. Participants were graduate students enrolled in a verified course sequence and completing supervised field experience. The results indicate that both immediate and delayed performance feedback effectively increased the fidelity of implementation, however participants did report a preference for immediate performance feedback.
 
Evaluation of the Effectiveness of Remote Performance Feedback on Accurate Implementation of Parent Coaching
Jessica Akers (Baylor University), Tonya Nichole Davis (Baylor University), Kristina McGinnis (Student- Baylor University), REMINGTON MICHAEL SWENSSON (Baylor University)
Abstract: The supervision of field experiences is an indispensable component of Board-Certified Behavior Analyst (BCBA®) training. During the supervised field experience, supervisors regularly provide performance feedback to trainees for the purpose of improving fidelity of implementation of various assessments and interventions. Emerging evidence supports the efficacy of using telepractice to train teachers and parents to implement interventions, but no study has evaluated the effectiveness of the remote performance feedback among individuals completing BCBA® training. We used videoconference equipment and software to deliver remote performance feedback to seven participants enrolled in a graduate program and completing supervised field experience. Remote performance feedback was provided regarding participants’ implementation of caregiver coaching. The results indicate that remote performance feedback increased the correct implementation of caregiver coaching. These preliminary results indicate the efficacy of remote supervision and performance feedback.
 
 
Symposium #562
CE Offered: BACB
Evaluations of Clinical Contexts and Interventions Impacting Staff Behavior
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 257B
Area: AUT/OBM; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology )
Discussant: Corina Jimenez-Gomez (Auburn University)
CE Instructor: Kimberly Sloman, Ph.D.
Abstract: This symposium includes four applied studies that evaluate contexts impacting staff behavior, including implementation of client programming and work attendance, in clinical settings. The first paper by presented by Mary Lewis will discuss the effects of staff implementation of self-monitoring on discrete trial instruction (DTI), specifically intertrial intervals. The second paper by presented Kamila Garcia Marchante will discuss the effects of data collection type (i.e., continuous vs. discontinuous) on treatment integrity of discrete trial instruction. The third paper presented by Kacie McGarry will discuss the effects of data collection type (i.e., continuous vs. discontinuous) on staff behavior (e.g., learning opportunities, client engagement, praise statements) during discrete trial instruction. The last paper presented by Paula Antonelli will discuss a goal setting intervention to decrease RBT call outs. We will welcome Dr. Corina Jimenez-Gomez to present a summary and discussion of each of the papers.
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): continuous data, discontinuous data, self-monitoring, staff management
Target Audience: intermediate
Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) discuss the effects of self-monitoring on rate of DTI (2) state the differential effects of data collection system on staff behavior and treatment integrity (3) discuss the effectiveness of goal setting and incentive systems on RBT call outs
 
Effect of Self-Monitoring on Inter-Trial Intervals During Discrete Trial Training
MARY LOUISE LEWIS (Florida Institute of Technology), Rachael Tilka (Florida Institute of Technology), Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), Katie Nicholson (Florida Institute of Technology)
Abstract: Self-monitoring is a common tool within a treatment package, but rarely evaluated as a sole intervention. This intervention is cost effective and requires little to no supervisor involvement. Discrete trial training (DTT) can be a difficult program to implement fluently. However, accurate implementation can lead to a decrease in intertrial intervals (ITI) as well as problem behavior and an increase in learning opportunities for clients. Therefore, the purpose of this study was to evaluate the effects of registered behavior technicians using self-monitoring to increase their rate of trials, which could also lead to a decrease in intertrial intervals. A multiple baseline across participants design was used to assess the effects of self-monitoring on ITI duration while implementing DTT in an ASD clinic. Results showed an increase in the rate of trials due to self-monitoring and a decrease in intertrial interval duration for both participants. In the future, self-monitoring may be a valuable tool for direct staff employees implementing complex programs.
 
Assessing the Impact of Data Collection System on Treatment Integrity
KAMILA GARCIA GARCIA MARCHANTE (University of Miami), Yanerys Leon (University of Miami), Franchesca Izquierdo (University of Miami), Anibal Gutierrez Jr. (University of Miami), Elaine Espanola (University of Miami), Brandi Burton (University of Miami)
Abstract: : Several factors have been shown to impact treatment fidelity (e.g., training, competing contingencies). One competing contingency that could impact treatment fidelity is data collection system (i.e., continuous or discontinuous). Researchers have suggested that the demand to collect continuous data during discrete trial instruction (DTI) may result in degraded integrity. Despite the advantages of continuous data, researchers have suggested that such advantages should be weighed with the potential cost of degraded levels of integrity. The purpose of this study was to assess treatment integrity of implementation during DTI when therapists were collecting data continuously versus discontinuously (i.e., first trial only). Preliminary data show that treatment integrity was often higher when therapists were collecting trial-by-trial data compared to first-trial-only data.
 

Evaluating the Effects of Continuous and Discontinuous Data Collection on Staff Behavior During Discrete Trial Instruction

Kimberly Sloman (The Scott Center for Autism Treatment/ Florida Institute of Technology), KACIE M MCGARRY (Florida Institute of Technology), Sandhya Rajagopal (Marcus Autism Center), Mary Louise Lewis (Florida Institute of Technology), Julianne I Fernandez (Florida Institute of Technology; Scott Center for Autism Treatment)
Abstract:

Several studies have evaluated the effects of different data collection systems on efficiency and effectiveness of skill acquisition programs for individuals with autism and related disabilities. Fewer studies have evaluated the effects of the data collection system on staff behavior. Lotfizadeh, Herron, and Poling (2019) compared the frequency of learning opportunities during continuous (trial-by-trial) and discontinuous (first trial only) data collection. Results showed that therapists implemented a greater number of trials during the continuous data collection condition. The purpose of our study was to extend these findings by comparing the effects of continuous and discontinuous electronic data collection methods on both number of learning trials and quality of staff interaction (i.e., orientation to student, praise and reinforcer delivery). Results show that while number of trials was relatively consistent across both data collection systems, discontinuous data resulted in a higher quality of staff-student interaction. Implications for student outcomes and staff preference will also be discussed.

 
Goal Setting to Decrease Registered Behavior Technician Call Outs
PAULA ANTONELLI (Behavior Basics, Inc), Victoria Ryan (Behavior Basics Inc.)
Abstract: Frequent callouts of registered behavior technicians providing direct therapy for children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) and mental health diagnoses have negative impacts on clinical organizations, staff, and clients’ overall treatment consistency and therapeutic progress. Many organizations within the human service field experience the negative impacts of callouts and strain this causes on other staff. The current study set out to decrease registered behavior technician callouts by creating a standard criterion for attendance for staff’s preferences to be honored (i.e., schedule preferences and approval of non-medical time off requests) and to be eligible for a performance-based merit increase at set review times. The current study was able to increase staff daily attendance for scheduled sessions and maintain above 90% for five consecutive months without providing additional monetary incentives.
 
 
Symposium #563
CE Offered: BACB
Behavior Analysis and Telehealth: Examples of Application
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 104A
Area: CBM/DDA; Domain: Service Delivery
Chair: Shawn P. Quigley (Melmark)
Discussant: Sean D. Casey (Heartland Feeding)
CE Instructor: Sean D. Casey, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Technology has been leveraged to improve life conditions for many individuals. The use of technology to improve educational, behavioral, and medical conditions is often referred to as telehealth. Behavior analysts have experience providing supports in telehealth models that span several decades. The applications include educational instruction, reduction of challenging behavior, feeding, training, and much more. The COVID-19 pandemic created a context for professionals to implement telehealth based models to safely provide continuity of care. The purpose of this symposium is to review general considerations of telehealth (e.g., definition, technology, practice guidelines), review outcomes of behavior analytic telehealth service delivery models (e.g., feeding; outpatient university clinic), and discuss social validity of a behavior analytic telehealth service delivery model.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): Service Delivery, Telehealth
Target Audience:

Intermediate Audience Experience with telehealth models, varied service delivery models, and populations with help with application of information presented.

Learning Objectives: 1) Attendees will state the Health Resources and Services Administration (HRSA) definition for telehealth and compare to other discipline specific definitions (e.g., medicine). 2) Attendees will state at least four considerations for implementing a behavior analytic telehealth service model. 3) Attendees will describe the application of a behavior analytic telehealth model to support individuals with an identified feeding disorders and receiving outpatient services. 4) Attendees will state social validity factors associated with behavior analytic telehealth services.
 

The Effects of Transition to Telehealth Delivery of Applied Behavior Analysis Treatment During the COVID-19 Pandemic

VANESSA CALHOUN (Behavior Change Institute), Joy Pollard (Behavior Change Institute; Stanford University), Linda A. LeBlanc (LeBlanc Behavioral Consulting LLC), Christan Ann Griffin (Behavior Change Institute), Joseph Baker (Stanford University)
Abstract:

New telehealth service delivery models have emerged during the COVID-19 pandemic to address access barriers, including a direct telehealth service model of ABA services. Recent research has suggested that direct delivery of ABA treatment via telehealth can be successful for some patients (DiGennarro Reed, 2020; Ferguson et al., 2020; Pollard et.al, 2020). Telehealth service delivery models benefit families by facilitating patient choice and timely access to care in both rural and urban communities. In this session, we will review data from patients who transitioned from in-person delivery of ABA services to direct delivery via synchronous videoconference. We will also review how we addressed challenges with implementing different telehealth service delivery models. Case studies and video examples of clients receiving direct ABA treatment via telehealth will be presented to demonstrate different models of direct telehealth service delivery outlined in the Council for Autism Service Providers Telehealth Practice Parameters.

 
Efficacy of and Unexpected Benefits in the Treatment of Pediatric Food Refusal Using a Fully Virtual Treatment Model
JENNIFER E. DAWSON (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC), Dena Kelly (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC), Desiree Noelle Heckers (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC), Brittany Ann Doan (Devereux Advanced Behavioral Health SPARC)
Abstract: The efficacy of the behavioral treatment of pediatric feeding disorders is well documented in the literature. In addition to the intensity of the procedures often utilized in treatment, the time commitment from the family is typically immense. Most treatment programs, and hence most research, are conducted in structured clinic or hospital settings, most often utilizing trained therapists as the feeder, at least in the initial phase of treatment. Generalization to parents and other family members as well as to other environments, is critically important in the maintenance and continuation of gains. Given the amount of research in this area and the well-established treatment protocols used in clinical practice, the effectiveness of conducing intensive feeding protocols entirely via a telehealth model was questionable. This talk will present data from over 25 individuals whose entire intensive feeding treatment was conducted via telehealth between the months of April 2020-August 2021. Child gains were on par with in-person treatment while parent fidelity and acceptability were high. Additional, outcomes observed include increased client attendance in follow up visits, decreased cancellations, and a decrease in the use of extinction based procedures.
 
A Comparison of Behavioral and Social Validity Outcomes Across Distinct In-Vivo and Telehealth Behavioral Treatment Models
MATTHEW O'BRIEN (The University of Iowa), Kelly M. Schieltz (University of Iowa), David P Wacker (The University of Iowa)
Abstract: Researchers at the University of Iowa have shown that behavioral assessment and treatment delivered via telehealth is feasible (Wacker et al., 2013), effective (Lindgren et al., 2020), and efficient (Lindgren et al., 2016) in treating challenging behavior displayed by young children with autism. Results from these studies have shown that there is little difference in child behavior or parent acceptability between telehealth and in-vivo models when using the same treatment (Lindgren et al., 2016). However, some clinical care models utilize very different types and degrees of assessment and treatment, which may impact the outcomes achieved. To further understand outcomes related to differences in services we compared outcomes for matched samples (age, gender, developmental level) from two distinct service delivery models that utilized different service modalities (in-vivo versus telehealth) and different timing and dosage of treatment (intensive outpatient versus weekly therapy) for young children with autism that use the same assessment and treatment approach (i.e., functional analysis and functional communication training). Our results show that, on average, both models provide effective treatment with high parent satisfaction. We discuss the results in relation to (a) how to systematically expand telehealth services, and (b) how to further evaluate treatment by treatment delivery interactions.
 
The Social Acceptability of Consultative Behavior Analytic Service Provided via Telehealth
JESSICA DETRICK (Western Michigan University), Stephanie M. Peterson (Western Michigan University), Kelsey E. Stapleton (Western Michigan University), Leanne Latocha (Western Michigan University), Daphne Snyder (Western Michigan University)
Abstract: “Telehealth” can be defined as the use of audio-visual transmission of information using videoconferencing and broadband internet (Machalicek et al., 2016). The demand for services to be implemented via telehealth has increased due to the COVID-19 pandemic. Research has demonstrated that a telehealth model of behavioral consultation is effective for implementing assessment and treatment services within behavior analysis (Machalicek et al., 2016; Wacker et al., 2013). However, as behavior analysts we are obligated to assess client and stakeholder preference for services (Behavior Analyst Certification Board, 2020). We collected data on the social acceptability of our consultative behavior analytic services delivered using a telehealth model at approximately quarterly intervals via descriptive surveys for one year. Survey data were collected from both caregivers and clients. In this presentation, we will review the results of our social acceptability surveys, which indicated that our services remained generally accepted over time. We will review issues encountered with telehealth services, as well. Finally, we suggest a hybrid model for delivering telehealth services as a “best-possible solution.”
 
 
Symposium #565
CE Offered: BACB
Diversity submission Behavioral Systemic Applications in Promoting Well-Being and Cultural Humility in Medical Education
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 153A
Area: OBM/CSS; Domain: Translational
Chair: Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno)
Discussant: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter (Michigan State University)
CE Instructor: Kaston Dariel Anderson-Carpenter, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Medical education has addressed implicit biases associated with burnout, cooperation and equitable patient care in classroom settings, but there is evidence that in some cases, simply teaching about cultural differences may only reinforce some negative stereotypes. Based on the alarming epidemic pertaining to burnout in medical education and practice, and high frequency of medical errors that are products of team dynamic, medical schools are developing curricular elements that increase resiliency, self-compassion, and empathy towards diverse patients to combat these effects. Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) has received the attention of medical educators and professionals as an effective approach for management of burnout and implicit biases inhibiting cooperation and patient care. Research has demonstrated ACT has positive outcomes in a wide variety of settings with a wide variety of populations including: mental health and innovation, stigma, stress, burnout, sick leave, physical and psychological well-being, absenteeism, college performance, and worksite distress. This symposium will provide an overview of applied research pertaining to implicit behavioral assessment and ACT with the focus on medical education.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): cultural humility, implicit bias
Target Audience:

Audience members should have a basic understanding of behavioral systems analysis and implicit behavioral assessment.

Learning Objectives: Participants will be able to: 1) Understand the conditions under which implicit biases are most likely to occur, 2) Understand the role behavioral scientists can have with respect to interdisciplinary work in healthcare settings, 3) Understand the construct of cultural humility and how it relates to Acceptance and Commitment Training, implicit bias, and patient care.
 
Diversity submission 

Utilizing Behavior Scientific Measurement to Assess Medical Student Clinical Engagement With a Standardized Patient

(Applied Research)
ALISON SZARKO (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Gregory S. Smith (University of Dayton), Donna West (University of Nevada, Reno), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Neda Etezadi-Amoli (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine)
Abstract:

The practice of medicine is inherently stressful and social. To be truly effective as a healthcare provider, one must not only know how to healthfully manage the psychological stressors of the current U.S. healthcare system - which has been noted as being a breeding ground for burnout - but one must also be able to continuously and humbly adapt to the ever evolving cultural climate the healthcare system is a part. Ideally, in a way that ensures each patient is treated with dignity, respect, and equity. In order to ensure healthcare providers are equipped with the repertoires required to sustain healthy and culturally humble repertoires in medicine, medical educators should continuously and systematically examine the impact their curricula have on healthcare student performance. In 2016, our research group began to systematically introduce a series of Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) sessions as a mandatory component of students’ medical curriculum. The current study explored one wing of this research, by exploring the relationship between measures of implicit bias, psychological flexibility, and clinical engagement during a standardized patient encounter with third-year medical students. Preliminary results and implications for future research will be discussed.

 
Diversity submission 

Examining the Relationships between Psychological Flexibility, Implicit Burnout, and Cooperativeness Among Medical Students

(Applied Research)
GREGORY S. SMITH (University of Dayton), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Brooke M. Smith (Western Michigan University), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine)
Abstract:

As part of our longstanding interdisciplinary collaboration with the University of Nevada, Reno School of Medicine (UNR Med), we have focused on longitudinal measurement in a variety of domains of implicit biases identified as important by medical school administrators. Implicit bias has been a means of assessing change over time in domains related to student wellness and diversity issues. Additionally, we introduced an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) curriculum to promote student well-being, psychological flexibility, and resilience to well-known stressors of medical training. This presentation examines a particular slice of the overarching interdisciplinary work with a focus on longitudinal implicit measures of burnout and cooperation, which is viewed as a crucial component in naturalistic medical settings (e.g., a doctor’s willingness and ability to delegate to and depend on other members of the healthcare team). These longitudinal assessments are considered in the context of corresponding assessments of psychological flexibility (i.e., Acceptance and Action Questionnaire-II [AAQ-II]) before and after implementations of ACT, stratified by students identified as “at-risk” by the AAQ-II and a comparison of healthy controls, in order to understand the complex relationships among these variables and the impact of the ACT curriculum over time

 
Diversity submission 

Exploring Effects of an Acceptance and Commitment Training-Based Cultural Humility Training With Medical Students

(Applied Research)
KIAN ASSEMI (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Anayansi Lombardero (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Donna West (University of Nevada, Reno)
Abstract:

Cultural humility was originally introduced by healthcare providers as an alternative to cultural competence. While cultural competence was conceptualized as an outcome, cultural humility was considered a lifelong ongoing process. Cultural humility refers to a psychological posture in which self-reflection, self-critique, taking the role of a life-long learner, identifying, and intervening on power imbalances, and non-paternalistic partnerships with clients are embraced. Medical practitioners work with patients from a wide variety of cultural backgrounds and work in highly stressful environments. It is important practitioners have the tools to best treat their patients, mitigate their own biases, and acquire the skills to establish a healthy rapport with patients from different backgrounds. As such, an online Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) based cultural humility training module was developed for medical students enrolled in a medical Spanish elective in order to aid in the establishment of such a repertoire. A recently developed Cultural Humility Multidimensional Scale was identified as the primary dependent variable to assess participants’ cultural humility repertoires before, after and several weeks following the training. The preliminary data including the aggregated pre and post scores of the Cultural Humility Multidimensional Scale demonstrate the positive impact of ACT on participants’ target skills.

 
Diversity submission 

Measuring the Social Validity of an Acceptance and Commitment Training-Based Wellness Curriculum With Medical Students

(Applied Research)
DONNA WEST (University of Nevada, Reno), Ramona Houmanfar (University of Nevada, Reno), Alison Szarko (University of Nevada, Reno), Kian Assemi (University of Nevada, Reno), Annelise Dankworth (University of Nevada, Reno), Nicole Jacobs (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Timothy Baker (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine), Melissa Patricia Piasecki (University of Nevada, Reno - School of Medicine)
Abstract:

Behavior analytic literature has highlighted the importance of social validity as a source of consumer feedback pertaining to the goals, procedures, and effects of behavioral interventions. This study examined the utility of social validity in the development of an Acceptance and Commitment Training (ACT) curriculum in medical education. While ACT has been shown to be efficacious in higher education settings, there is still a need to ensure those receiving ACT find it socially valid. Medical students are a unique population given their heightened and chronic levels of stress. Therefore, medical students’ buy-in and engagement with ACT is critical to its experiential impact as related to their stress management, psychological flexibility, and patient care skills over time. Given the complexity of the medical training systems and stressful nature of medical students’ experiences throughout their education, their feedback pertaining to the quality, duration, and timing of ACT is critical to its success as a training program. This study’s primary goal was to determine the social validity of an ongoing ACT-based wellness curriculum for first year medical students at a Western U.S. medical school and will provide insight on the aspects of the ACT curriculum students perceived as most beneficial.

 
 
Special Event #566
CE Offered: BACB
Task Force on Contingent Electric Skin Shock: Update and Invitation for Members to Share Viewpoints
Monday, May 30, 2022
4:00 PM–5:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Domain: Translational
Chair: Michael Perone (West Virginia University)
CE Instructor: Stephanie M. Peterson, Ph.D.
Panelists: DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake), STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University), DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas)
Abstract:

The ABAI Executive Council has appointed a task force to study the use of contingent electric skin shock in the treatment of problem behavior. The members of the task force will summarize their work to date and welcome the viewpoints of invited guests as well as members of the audience.

DOROTHEA C. LERMAN (University of Houston-Clear Lake)
STEPHANIE M. PETERSON (Western Michigan University)
DEAN C. WILLIAMS (University of Kansas)
 
 
Paper Session #567
CE Offered: BACB
Teaching Eye Contact to Children With Autism Through Parent Training Via Telehealth: Using Shaping Without Prompting in Social Play
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:25 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 254B
Area: AUT
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Dag Strömberg (Stockholm University)
CE Instructor: Dag Strömberg, M.S.
 
Teaching Eye Contact to Children With Autism Through Parent Training Via Telehealth: Using Shaping Without Prompting in Social Play
Domain: Applied Research
DAG STRÖMBERG (Stockholm University), Smita Awasthi (Behavior Momentum India), Lise Renat Roll-Pettersson (Stockholm University)
 
Abstract: Deficits in eye contact are a common feature of autism spectrum disorder (ASD) which has been found to negatively affect learning opportunities. Previous research has shown shaping without prompting to be effective in teaching eye contact to children diagnosed with ASD (Fonger & Malott, 2019). The current collaborative study between Behavioral Momentum, India, and Stockholm University, Sweden, evaluated the effects of a shaping procedure, implemented by parents trained and supervised via telehealth, to teach two preschool-aged children with ASD to make eye contact in naturalistic social play interactions. A multiple baseline design across settings was used. For each child, eye contact was taught in three different child-preferred play settings where the parent was a necessary component. The target behavior, eye contact, was divided into five successive learning phases. Both children acquired eye contact for a duration of 1 to 2 seconds across several settings without direct prompting. Results suggested a high degree of social validity, as measured by the participating parents' self-reports as well as indices of happiness observed in the two children. Furthermore, this study confirms that when cultural aspects are taken into consideration telehealth can be used to train and supervise parents across geographical regions.
 
Target Audience:

Participants should have a working knowledge of the practical application of behavior analysis with clients. Participants can include BCBAs, teachers, psychologists, special education teachers and speech language pathologists.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe why eye contact is a socially significant behavior for children with autism; (2) Describe how shaping can be used to improve eye contact in children with autism; (3) Describe how indices of happiness can be used to measure social validity.
 
 
Symposium #569
CE Offered: BACB
Physical Activity, Drinking, and Smartphone Use During a Global Pandemic: Investigating Variables That Impact Choice Behavior Related to Health and Wellness
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 103
Area: CBM/CSS; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University)
CE Instructor: Meghan Deshais, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Many Americans struggle to consistently make choices that support their health and wellness under optimal conditions. Those choices become even more challenging when people are faced with increased stressors, limited resources, and social isolation, things that many people experienced during the COVID-19 pandemic. The three presentations in this symposium all focus on behaviors impacting people’s health and were conducted during the COVID-19 pandemic. In the first presentation, researchers assessed the effects of adding motivational interviewing to a client-led behavioral coaching intervention to increase physical activity. In the second presentation, researchers evaluated the effects of a tele-health delivered contingency management + deposit contract intervention on problematic smartphone use with individuals who reported experiencing negative side effects of smartphone use. In the third presentation, researchers analyzed the relationship between alcohol consumption and other variables in a large sample of adults using the Reinforcer Pathology model, a behavioral economic model of addiction.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): choice, health, wellness
Target Audience:

Practitioners, Researchers interested in health behavior

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the effects of a contingency management and deposit contract intervention on problematic smartphone usage in college students; (2) explain the impact of adding motivational interviewing to a client-led behavioral coaching intervention on physical activity; (3) discuss how the COVID-19 pandemic offered an opportunity to evaluate all three components of the reinforcer pathology model.
 

The Effects of Behavioral Health Coaching Plus Motivational Interviewing on the Physical Activity of Healthy Adults

RYLEY ACREA (University of the Pacific), Matthew P. Normand (University of the Pacific), Carolynn S. Kohn (University of the Pacific)
Abstract:

Health coaching (a client-centered approach to improve health outcomes) shows promise as a preventive strategy to reduce the burden of illnesses caused by physical inactivity. One component of health coaching that warrants more research is motivational interviewing. The current study used a multiple baseline across participants design to determine the effects of adding motivational interviewing to a client-led behavioral coaching intervention to increase physical activity. All participants took more steps during intervention compared to baseline, and three of four participants met their daily goal more often during the Behavioral Coaching plus MI phase compared to the Behavioral Coaching phase alone. The current study provides a method for evaluating the effectiveness of MI as part of a behavioral intervention and suggests that MI might be facilitative when added to a behavioral intervention.

 

A Preliminary Evaluation of the Effects of a Contingency Management and Deposit Contract Intervention on Problematic Smartphone Use With College Students

DEVIN JUNE WILLIAMS-BUTTARI (Caldwell University), Meghan Deshais (Rutgers University), Sharon A. Reeve (Caldwell University), Kenneth F. Reeve (Caldwell University)
Abstract:

Problematic smartphone use (i.e., use that impedes the user’s daily functioning or results in harmful consequences) is a growing public health concern (Busch & McCarthy, 2021) that could be addressed via behavioral intervention. We recruited six college students who reported experiencing negative side effects of smartphone use and who sought to decrease their daily problematic smartphone use (PSU). The effects of a telehealth delivered contingency management (CM) + deposit contract intervention on smartphone use was evaluated. During the CM + deposit contract condition, participants deposited $40 and had the opportunity to earn back their entire deposit by meeting daily smartphone usage goals. To promote adherence to research procedures, participants also had the opportunity to earn a $20 cooperation bonus. During the intervention, three of six participants met their daily smartphone usage goals in 100% of sessions. For all participants, lower levels of PSU were observed during intervention relative to baseline. These findings provide preliminary evidence that CM +deposit contract interventions could be a viable, low-cost approach to addressing PSU.

 
The Behavioral Economics of Lockdown: An Examination of Depression and Drinking to Cope as Reinforcement Pathology During Summer, 2020
MATTHEW J DWYER (Rowan University), Bethany R. Raiff (Rowan University)
Abstract: Some have suggested modeling drinking to cope with depression during the COVID-19 pandemic through a behavioral economic model of addiction, known as Reinforcer Pathology (RP). RP models are said to be comprised of three parts: (1) high reinforcer demand, (2) steep discounting of delayed rewards and (3) low levels of engagement or access to alternative reinforcing activities. These three components are said to contribute to problematic alcohol use. However, studies rarely include measures of all three components in a single study, and previous studies evaluating engagement with alternative reinforcing activities have been limited in scope, focused primarily on college students. Furthermore, RP has not been used to identify the behavioral mechanisms of drinking to cope with depression during the pandemic and its associated lockdown requirements. These early restrictions imposed in response to the pandemic presented an opportunity to evaluate the RP model. The goal of this study was to investigate how engagement in valued activity, in a general online population, mediates the relationship between alcohol use and depressive symptomology during COVID-19 restrictions. Participants (n = 820) were recruited from social media websites between June and July of 2020 who endorsed past month alcohol use. For this first stage of analyses, the relationship between engagement in valued activities, depression, and alcohol use were modeled. Results supported behavioral activation mediating the relationship between depression and alcohol use, suggesting preliminary support for the RP model, however additional analyses comprising the other components of the RP are still in progress.
 
 
Symposium #570
CE Offered: BACB
Current Trends and Advances in Research on Safety Skills Training
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 251
Area: DDA/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Rasha Baruni (University of South Florida )
CE Instructor: Rasha Baruni, M.S.
Abstract:

Children may encounter a variety of safety threats which can lead to fatalities. Although parents and caregivers must always strive to keep environments safe, children must receive safety skills training so that they learn to engage in safety responses should they encounter a safety threat. This symposium will present three papers on current research related to safety skills training. Two presentations focus on interventions to teach children with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) safety skills and one presentation discusses critical features in the safety skills literature. This discussion paper is the first presentation and it outlines critical features in the literature that have emerged related to best practices for assessing and training safety skills and provides recommendations for practitioners. The next presentation describes an evaluation of generalization-enhanced behavioral skills training (BST) to teach children with ASD poison prevention skills. The final presentation describes a BST program with prompts to teach children with ASD to respond to bullying statements. As a whole, these presentations will highlight recent advances in safety skills research, and considerations for best practice related to teaching safety skills to children.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): BST, prevention, safety skills
Target Audience:

Practitioners, researchers, and students who work with neurotypical children and children with developmental disabilities and use behavioral skills training to teach safety skills.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Identify the main critical features that have emerged in the literature; (2) Identify how behavioral skills training was implemented to teach poison safety skills to children diagnosed with autism; (3) Discuss why teaching children to behave discriminatively towards different topographies of bullying may be important.
 
Critical Features in Teaching Safety Skills to Children
RASHA BARUNI (University of South Florida), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract: Children may encounter safety threats from the physical environment (e.g., firearms or poisonous substances) or from the behaviors of others (e.g., abduction or sexual abuse lures). Such encounters may result in injury or death if children do not learn skills to respond safely. Research over the last 35 years has investigated approaches to assessing and training safety skills. This paper reviews critical features that have emerged in the research related to best practice for assessing and training safety skills. We emphasize the importance of in situ assessments, effective training approaches, the need for data-based decision making, strategies for enhancing generalization and maintenance, accessibility of training programs, and approaches to training different populations. Following a discussion of each critical feature presented in this paper, we provide recommendations for practicing behavior analysts.
 

Using Generalization-Enhanced Behavioral Skills Training to Teach Poison Safety Skills to Children With Autism

ELLIE MOROSOHK (Adapt and Transform Behavior), Raymond G. Miltenberger (University of South Florida)
Abstract:

It is important for children to learn safety skills, especially involving dangerous stimuli such as medicine that can be found in almost every household. This study examined a generalization-enhanced behavioral skills training package to teach children with autism poison safety skills. Three children ages 4- to 10-years-old received generalization enhanced BST to teach the safety skills required when they found pills. In situ assessments were conducted both in home and in the clinic to examine whether the skills generalized to the natural setting. All children engaged in the safety skills following training. The results of this study indicated that generalization enhanced BST is an effective method of teaching poison safety skills to children with autism.

 

Teaching Children With Autism Spectrum Disorder How to Respond to Different Topographies of Bullying

MAYA FALLON (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Kevin C. Luczynski (University of Nebraska Medical Center's Munroe-Meyer Institute), Christine Felty (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Emily Ferris (University of Nebraska Medical Center; Munroe Meyer Institute), Kortlyn Tawney (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute), Katlyn Altic (University of Nebraska Medical Center’s Munroe-Meyer Institute)
Abstract:

Children diagnosed with autism spectrum disorder (ASD) are at risk for bullying (Zeedyk et al., 2014). Bullied children are at risk for physical injury, social and emotional distress, self-harm, depression, anxiety, and death (Center for Disease Control and Prevention [CDC], 2020). The prevalence of bullying and its impact on a child’s quality of life make effective interventions to teach responses that may increase their emotional and physical safety warranted. Stannis et al. (2019) evaluated Behavioral Skills Training (BST) and in-situ training (IST) to teach four adults with intellectual disabilities appropriate responses to bullying statements. Similar procedures have yet to be evaluated with children with ASD. In addition, Stannis et al. (2019) taught one set of responses for various topographies of bullying. Bullying could be described as having subcategories that differ in degrees of severity or danger. The difference in the degree of danger may warrant the child to respond differently. We extended Stannis et al. (2019) by evaluating BST and textual prompts in teaching children with ASD to respond to instances of unkindness and threats of physical or material harm. Furthermore, we assessed the social validity of our target responses and teaching procedures with caregivers and the child when applicable.

 
 
Symposium #572
CE Offered: BACB
Changing Choice: Explorations on Effective Soft-Commitment Procedures and Effects of Aversive Stimulation on Self-Control
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 152
Area: EAB; Domain: Basic Research
Chair: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado (Southern Illinois University)
CE Instructor: Camilo Hurtado-Parrado, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Impulsive behavior is the preference of a smaller sooner (SS) reinforcer over a larger later (LL) reinforcer; the opposite is self-control behavior. Impulsive choice characterizes many behaviors posing significant risks to public health (e.g., substance abuse and pathological gambling). Despite major advances in our field towards understanding factors that affect impulsive preference (e.g., fading, framing, and priming procedures to reduce delay discounting), there is still a need to continue identifying relevant variables and strengthening procedures that reduce impulsive choice. The first presentation will examine commitment (behavior emitted at a time prior to the choice point that eliminates or reduces the probability of impulsive behavior), its two types (strict and soft), and will explore a framework for the development and evaluation of effective soft-commitment procedures. The second presentation will analyze the findings of an experiment that tested the effects of noncontingent visual aversive stimulation on human self-control. It will also compare these findings with previous research that has shown that other forms of aversive stimulation (intense noise and cold water) increase impulsive behavior. The last presentation will build on the second, discussing the findings of a study that explored the effects of mild noncontingent aversive stimulation (electric shocks) on self-control and preference reversal of Wistar rats.

Instruction Level: Intermediate
Keyword(s): aversive control, commitment, preference reversal, self-control
Target Audience:

It is ideal that participants in the audience have a basic understanding of the overall behavior analytic approach to choice, including the notion of self-control behavior and delay discounting.

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to... (1) Differentiate soft and strict commitment in self-control, and theoretical and methodological approaches to understand them. (2) Differentiate self-control and impulsive behavior, and the experimental methodologies implemented in behavior analysis to study them. (3) Define delay discounting and some procedures to measure it. (4) Name the effects of aversive stimulation on self-control behavior of human and rodents reported on related research
 
Toward effective soft commitment procedures
ALVARO A. CLAVIJO ALVAREZ (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract: As the procedures for improving self-control outside the lab are still far from successful compared to those that researchers use in the lab, identifying what makes them effective in natural environments is a priority. Self-control entails forgoing temptations or immediate smaller sooner rewards, SSR, to pursue larger later and frequently more abstract rewards, LLR. The more valued immediate junk food and sedentary lifestyle, the addictive substances, or the social non-productive life, among others, prevent people from having a happier and healthier life in the future. In the lab, commitment is the successful procedures’ key component, and two commitment procedures exist: strict and soft. Strict commitment works in simple ambivalence situations wherein preventing the future contact with temptations is possible, while soft commitment works when in complex ambivalence situations wherein it is impossible to prevent the future contact with more abstract temptations. The value reversals that the hyperbolic delay discounting models predict account for the effectiveness of the strict procedure, but it is insufficient to account for the effectiveness of the soft procedures, which seems to depend on pattern building, bundling, and substitution. The purpose of this presentation is to examine a framework for the development and evaluation of effective soft commitment procedures. Some pilot data support the framework partially.
 
Effects of Non-Contingent Aversive Visual Stimulation on Choice Behavior
KAREN VIVIANA HENAO BARBOSA (Universidad Nacional de Colombia)
Abstract: Exposure to some types of non-contingent aversive stimulation, such as high-intensity noise, decreases self-control behavior. As human and nonhuman animals frequently face different forms of aversive stimulation, it is crucial to understand how other types of stimulation alter self-control choices. This study evaluated how much non-contingent aversive visual stimulation decreases self-control responses on Colombian college students compared to the results obtained with aversive noise and cold pressure pain. A standard program presented one button on the left side and another on the right side of a computer screen. One of the buttons delivered 2-points (impulsive alternative - SS) immediately. A 16 s waiting time followed. The other button delivered 10 points after a 16 s delay (self-controlled alternative - LL). In a non-contingent matching to sample trials procedure, geometrical figures were the sample while IAPS images depicting mutilated humans with the geometrical figure (correct comparison stimulus) superimposed on them was the comparison stimulus. Participants solved a delay discounting task before and after the self-control choice task. The k and AUC values did not indicate how some participants behaved, and non-contingent exposure to aversive visual stimulation only generated an impulsive choice pattern in the short term.
 

Self-Control and Preference Reversal in Wistar Rats Exposed to Noncontingent Shocks

CAMILO HURTADO-PARRADO (Southern Illinois University), Julian Cifuentes (University of Birmingham, England), Alejandro Segura (Universidad de Guadalajara, Centro de Estudios e Investigaciones en Comportamiento (CEIC))
Abstract:

Green and Estle’s (2003) procedure was systematically replicated to explore the effect of non-contingent shocks on self-control and preference reversal of Wistar rats. Subjects chose between a smaller-sooner (SS) and a larger-later (LL) reinforcer. Eight of the rats also received concurrently 0.5-s shocks of 0.25mA in a 60-s random time schedule throughout all phases of the experiment. During baseline, rats chose between SS = 2 pellets after a 0.5-s delay and LL = 4 pellets after a 6-s delay. Most rats slightly preferred LL at the start of this phase. Except three non-shocked subjects, rats increased their LL preference across sessions, with shocked rats showing an overall higher increase. In phase 2, delays were added systematically only in the LL option until each animal showed a steady SS preference (number of pellets in SS and LL was not changed). The amount of time added until rats showed SS preference varied across subjects (6 to 36 s). Shocked rats overall showed more responding on LL throughout the different increments in delays. In phase 3, systematic increases in SS and LL of 5-s, 15-s, and 25-s were implemented to reverse the rats’ preference from the SS option to the LL option. Subjects exposed to shocks showed greater preference for the LL option across all the delays. Our findings overall are not aligned with the previously-reported increase of impulsive behavior under contingent and noncontingent aversive stimulation. For example, humans exposed to aversive noise and immersion of hands in cold water increased their responses in SS (Flora et al., 1993, 2003). Also, noncontingent aversive tone disrupted fixed-interval responding of rats, increasing unnecessary responding (Reed, 2011). The distribution of non-contingent shocks pre and post reinforcement on each option (SS and LL) was explored as a potential explanation (e.g., higher rate of shocks delivered after reinforcement in SS).

 
 
Panel #573
CE Offered: BACB
Suggestions for Establishing and Maintaining Research Productivity at Small Universities
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 204A/B
Area: EDC; Domain: Translational
CE Instructor: Cody Morris, Ph.D.
Chair: Cody Morris (Salve Regina University )
ADEL C. NAJDOWSKI (Pepperdine University)
JASON C. VLADESCU (Caldwell University)
KAREN M. LIONELLO-DENOLF (Assumption University)
Abstract:

Sciences thrive when they receive contributions from a wide variety of perspectives and research groups. Therefore, it is critical that the field of behavior analysis supports all early-career behavior analysts who are interested in conducting and publishing behavior analytic research. However, researchers working outside of traditional research programs may experience obstacles and difficulties in establishing and maintaining research agendas. This panel discussion will help prepare potential researchers by focusing on the challenges faced by researchers working at small universities. The panelists will consist of three tenure-track faculty of different small universities who have a history of successfully traversing the nuances of research in small universities. Each panelist will talk about the obstacles they faced when beginning their research and provide advice for those aspiring to conduct research in similar settings. Time will be given to allow for questions and discussion with the audience.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Early-career behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) establish a system for conducting research at small universities; (2) create and manage research collaborations; (3) identify funding and resources options for research.
Keyword(s): Mentorship, Professional Development, Research Productivity
 
 
Symposium #574
CE Offered: BACB
Building Positive Classroom Environments and Repertoires to Facilitate Cooperation and Eliminate Problem Behavior Deceleration Procedures
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205A
Area: EDC/AUT; Domain: Applied Research
Chair: Kent Johnson (Morningside Academy)
CE Instructor: Kent Johnson, Ph.D.
Abstract:

Adopting a constructional approach to building repertoires increases cooperation amongst students and eliminates the desire to focus on targeting the deceleration of “problem” behavior. With reluctant learners for whom school has been a generally aversive experience, increasing the frequency of positive reinforcement can pay significant and extensive dividends. This symposium will describe and illustrate three different efforts to improve the learning environments of typical and near-typical students, as well as learners with developmental disabilities. First, Jason Guild and Kathy Fox will describe the application of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction to a novel population of students learning functional living skills and classroom readiness repertoires. Next, Justin Halton will describe how supervisors at the Judge Rotenberg Center increased coaching of classroom teachers to enhance academic instruction and increase the use of positive reinforcement procedures. Finally, Hannah Jenkins will detail how she modified the Good Behavior Game to reduce aversive procedures in order to increase the frequency of positive reinforcement and increase cooperation amongst students.

Instruction Level: Basic
Keyword(s): building repertoires, classroom management, cooperation, instruction
Target Audience:

behavioral educators, teachers, behavior analysts

Learning Objectives: 1. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe, define, and illustrate the Good Behavior Game. 2. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe and illustrate how to teach classroom readiness skills. 3. At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to describe and illustrate how to use teacher coaching to increase positive reinforcement procedures.
 
The Mystery Behavior Game: Turning the Good Behavior Game on its Head
HANNAH JENKINS (Morningside Academy), Andrew Robert Kieta (Morningside Academy)
Abstract: The Good Behavior Game has historically been used as a positive punishment procedure that creates cooperation through competition between groups in a single classroom. Using punishment procedures can influence students to make quick and short-lasting changes in behavior. To create long-lasting effects, the presenter modified the Good Behavior Game to use natural positive reinforcement at high rates for multiple behaviors. Following eight core design principles of governing groups, as defined by Ostrom, the students agree upon values, expectations, rewards, and punishments. Subsequently, the Good Behavior Game is switched from delivering a punisher for breaking a rule to accessing reinforcers for meeting expectations. Students now have multiple ways in which they can access reinforcement for multiple behaviors. Whereas the original game punished “talk-out” and “out-of-seat” behaviors, the Mystery Behavior Game rewards a variety of appropriate behaviors simultaneously during instruction and independent/partner activities. Community building occurs during the Mystery Behavior Game when students encourage each other to meet expectations individually and in groups. Data reveals substantial positive effects of the Mystery Behavior Game on increasing pro-social behavior and decreasing disruptive behavior.
 
Generative Instruction at New Story Schools of Ohio
JASON GUILD (New Story Schools Ohio), Kathy Fox (New Story Schools)
Abstract: Effective instruction should be available to all students, regardless of their disability. New Story Schools Ohio (Formerly Haugland Learning Center), located in Columbus, Ohio serves students with autism and other disabilities ages 5-21 in grades K-12. Eleven years ago, our collaboration with Morningside Academy began in our K-8 ASPIRE program leading to tremendous gains, including its students averaging more than one year’s grade level equivalency growth in the subjects of reading, writing, and math for six straight years. As our school has grown, we looked to bring elements of the Morningside Model of Generative Instruction (MMGI) to the rest of our students who would not have traditionally fit into the ASPIRE program. Our data show that the initial results for students working on classroom readiness and functional living skills have been very promising. The introduction of elements of MMGI has increased group participation, decreased behaviors of concern, and reduced the number of staff needed to support the students. This presentation will focus on the steps taken to apply MMGI to novel situations and new learners and the achievements of those students.
 

Monitoring and Evaluating Classroom Performance Through Teacher Coaching

JUSTIN HALTON (Judge Rotenberg Center), Casey Gallagher (Judge Rotenberg Center)
Abstract:

Effective classroom management and quality instruction are two of the most desired attributes for any educational environment. At the Judge Rotenberg Center, a residential educational program for students ages 7-22 with severe disabilities and behavioral challenges, we have built procedures aimed to monitor and improve classroom management and instruction in the classroom. From March-September 2021, teachers did not receive the regularly planned observations and feedback due to Covid-19 related concessions. Upon returning to our previous practice, we wanted to take the opportunity to evaluate the effectiveness of our coaching system as it relates to teacher and student performance. Following baseline observations and data collection scheduled for October 2021, we will implement our coaching plan with an average coaching rate of 1x/week for each teacher over the next several months across all 20 classrooms at the Judge Rotenberg Center. Our data shows that increased rates of elicited responses from students and increased teacher praise statements may be attributed in part to teacher coaching. This study will help inform our future efforts to create learning environments with high rates of student responding and teacher praise.

 
 
Symposium #575
CE Offered: BACB
Optimizing Reading Instruction: From Research to Practice
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 205B
Area: EDC/VBC; Domain: Translational
Chair: Emily Messiah (University of Kansas)
CE Instructor: Robin Kuhn, Ph.D.
Abstract:

According to the International Literacy Association (2021), “Children have the basic human right to read.” Implementation of effective and efficient reading intervention is necessary to ensure all learners become competent readers better able to participate in society (UNESCO, 2021). Research identifying effective and efficient reading interventions has been translated into reading curricula, which have been adopted and implemented across various educational settings. The first presentation in this symposium will provide an example of how to improve reading using a behavior-based teaching strategy: TAGteach. The second presentation will review the evidence supporting various methods of reading instruction and discuss one approach that integrates Direct Instruction (DI) and Precision Teaching (PT) with Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) to optimize reading gains: Celeration Education. The third presentation will use illustrative case examples to demonstrate how to teach reading using Celeration Education. Individualized instruction will be emphasized across learning profiles as a necessary component for maximizing fluent decoding and reading comprehension.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Behavior Analysts

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the symposium, attendees will: (1) state how to investigate the use of TagTeach to improve reading fluency; (2) describe various behavioral approaches to teach reading and their supporting evidence; (3) specify how Direct Instruction and Precision Teaching can be combined to teach reading within service delivery.
 

An Evaluation of TAGteach to Improve Oral Reading Performance of Nonsense Words With College Students

(Applied Research)
PIERCE TAYLOR (Rollins College), April Michele Williams (Rollins College)
Abstract:

Reading is an important skill that behavior analysts are well equipped to teach. TAGteachTM offers a promising systematic technology for behavior analysts and non-behavior analytic teachers to improve oral reading performance. The purpose of this study was to evaluate the efficacy of TAGteach as an intervention to decrease reading errors and increase oral reading fluency with nonsense text. Baseline performance on a passage of nonsense text was established and target utterances were determined for intervention. TAGteach was introduced to teach participants the correct pronunciation of nonsense words. Generalization and maintenance of performance were also assessed. The number of errors was high and fluency (i.e., speed of correctly reading the passage) was low during baseline but both improved following the TAGteach intervention. These results suggest TAGteach effectively promotes reading acquisition and improving fluency, although its use should be examined in educational settings and with existing languages.

 
From Project Follow Through to Celeration Education: The Evolution of Effective Reading Interventions
(Theory)
KYLENE CAQUELIN (University of Kansas), Christopher Topham (Celeration Education), Emily Messiah (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Abstract: What are best practices in reading instruction and how are they informed by research? This presentation will briefly review the research supporting various reading interventions through a behavioral lens to include methods designed to produce fluent, accurate decoding and strong comprehension. Direct Instruction (DI; Engelmann & Carnine, 1982) and Precision Teaching (PT; Lindsley, 1971/1990) will be discussed in depth (Binder & Watkins, 1990; Johnson & Street, 2004; Tucci et al., 2004), along with other methods of reading instruction that are compatible with Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA). Celeration Education’s service delivery model successfully combines DI and PT with ABA to teach reading and will be discussed in relation to the reading curriculum and practices that informed its development and refinement. A detailed description of the model, including adaptations made for remote service delivery, will be provided to guide in the implementation of service from referral and intake, through ongoing assessment and intervention, and data-based decision-making.
 
Individualizing Instruction: The Child Knows Best
(Service Delivery)
EMILY MESSIAH (University of Kansas), Christopher Topham (Celeration Education), Kylene Caquelin (University of Kansas), Robin Kuhn (University of Kansas)
Abstract: All learners have different baseline reading repertoires, learning histories, and motivators. Individualizing instruction to meet the unique needs of each learner is essential for ensuring successful, efficient learning. According to Haughton et al. (1992), active student involvement in the form of “personal aims, curriculum options, and shared decision making” (p. 33) is one of seven elements necessary for optimal outcomes. The other six elements address invested instructors teaching pinpoints of component and composite skills to fluency across multiple learning channels. Instructors carefully scope and sequence curriculum and measure progress using the Standard Celeration Chart. Through illustrative examples, two cases will be presented showcasing beginning readers and fluent readers with a focus on comprehension. Additional adaptations will be considered for remote learning, learning channel differences, special populations, and caregiver involvement. Celeration Education’s service delivery model individualizes reading intervention through effective integration of Direct Instruction (DI), Precision Teaching (PT), and Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA) within Haughton et al.’s guiding framework.
 
 
Symposium #577
CE Offered: PSY/BACB
Going "Soft": Exploring Compassion, Mindfulness, and the Therapeutic Relationship in Applied and Clinical Behavior Analysis
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 1; Room 156C
Area: PCH/CBM; Domain: Theory
Chair: Jessica Auzenne (University of North Texas)
Discussant: Luisa F Canon (Institute for Effective Behavioral Interventions (IEBI)/ ACT to Thrive)
CE Instructor: Luisa F Canon, Psy.D.
Abstract:

Relationship variables such as mindful presence and compassion, though often dismissed as “soft skills,” are critical to the quality and effectiveness of applied and clinical behavior analysis. The job of a behavior analytic practitioner is to identify, critically analyze, and intervene upon relationships between context and behavior, so that they can promote meaningful change. To the extent that the practitioner is part of the context in which all this takes place, the practitioner-client relationship cannot be extracted from the analysis. In this way, the behavior analytic practitioner’s skills with regards to mindfulness and compassion have immense practical value. In this symposium, the presenters will explore these important variables in the therapeutic relationship and present methods for fostering and measuring such components. The first paper presents a conceptual behavioral analysis of compassionate behavior, along with practical implications for behavior analysts. The second paper presents a multiple baseline study across practitioners on the effects of process-based notetaking on clinical behavior analyst mindfulness and subjective alliance. Finally, the discussant will offer thoughts and invite commentary with regards to relationship variables and the therapeutic context provided in behavior analysis.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Basic

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) Describe components of a behavioral definition of compassionate behavior; (2) Describe potential benefits of clinical behavior analytic approaches to in-session psychotherapeutic processes, such as alliance; (3) Describe the value of mindfulness and compassion as variables in the therapeutic relationship
 
Beyond Experimental Control: Toward a Behavioral Definition of Compassion and Applications for Behavior Analysts
HANNAH KAPLAN-REIMER (Louisiana Contextual Science Research Group), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Applied Behavior Analysis (ABA), including clinical behavior analysis, is fundamentally a pro-social practice aimed at helping individuals by expanding their repertoires to be more meaningfully effective. However, ABA has faced criticism for lacking certain qualities of compassionate practices such as warmth and flexibility. Recently, perhaps in partial response to these criticisms, more attention is being paid to how we might foster such practices in the field. Though various definitions and descriptions of compassion have been suggested, having a concise, but comprehensive, functional definition of compassion, or compassionate behavior, would be useful in planning, executing, and training such practices effectively. This paper will provide a brief review of definitions of compassion, with particular attention to the utility of extant definitions of compassion in the behavior analytic literature. In addition, we will propose a functional definition of compassionate behavior in terms of the motivating, establishing, or augmenting functions it has for the recipient’s appetitive repertoire. Finally, we will explore implications of this working definition in terms of recommendations for evoking compassionate behavior in behavior-analytic practice, particularly when working with autistic people, their families, and their therapists. We will conclude with suggestions for further areas of research and development.
 
Trust the Process: Examining the Effects of Process-Based Note Taking on Therapist Perceptions of Alliance and Therapist Mindfulness
ABBEY WARREN (University of Louisiana at Lafayette), Emily Kennison Sandoz (University of Louisiana Lafayette)
Abstract: Psychotherapy research has identified the therapeutic alliance between client and therapist as the prototypical integrative variable of therapy due to its importance across all treatment modalities (Wolfe & Goldfried, 1988) and the degree of impact it has on therapy outcome (Jordan, 2003). While most commonly explored outside of behavior analysis, clinical behavior analytic approaches such as Acceptance and Commitment Therapy (ACT) and Functional Analytic Psychotherapy (FAP) include explicit incorporation of the therapeutic alliance as a fundamental aspect of the contingencies necessary for clinically-relevant learning. A next step in this line of research involves the identification of therapist behaviors that positively impact the development and strength of alliance. For example, the extent to which a therapist exhibits “mindful” behaviors during a therapy session predicts the strength of the alliance. Process-based approaches to therapy emphasize mindfulness and related constructs as clinical processes of change. This study employs a single-case design to monitor the use and effects of process-based note taking across a small sample of therapists. Using a multiple baseline design, effects on therapist mindfulness and therapist perceptions of alliance will be examined in comparison to a baseline phase without the use of process-based note taking. Implications for future research will be discussed.
 
 
Invited Tutorial #578
CE Offered: PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP
Demystifying the Motivating Operation
Monday, May 30, 2022
5:00 PM–5:50 PM
Meeting Level 2; Room 258C
Area: PRA; Domain: Basic Research
PSY/BACB/QABA/NASP CE Offered. CE Instructor: Caio F. Miguel, Ph.D.
Chair: Sarah Frampton (May Institute, Inc. )
Presenting Authors: : CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Abstract:

Motivating operations (MO) are antecedent variables responsible for the transitory effects of reinforcing consequences. The MO concept helped behavior analysts focus on environmental, rather than organismic variables when trying to predict and control someone’s wants and needs, as MOs can be defined, observed, measured, and manipulated. The MO also served to stimulate research and allow clinicians to better understand behavioral functions in clinical settings. Despite its obvious utility, the MO is a complex and controversial concept involving multiple origins, effects, and functions. The purpose of this talk is to describe the different types of MOs, differentiate between motivational and discriminative effects, and address some of the most common misconceptions about the concept regarding the utility of the value-altering effect, the direct nature of its control over behavior, its private nature, the multiple functions of MOs, and the need for the different types of Conditioned MOs.

Instruction Level: Basic
Target Audience:

Board certified behavior analysts; graduate students; licensed psychologists

Learning Objectives: At the conclusion of the presentation, participants will be able to: (1) describe the two main effects of the MO and why they should be separate; (2) describe the different types of conditioned MOs and their relevance for practice; (3) describe and be able to respond to some of the main criticisms of the MO concept; (4) describe different ways to manipulate MOs; (5) describe the indirect effects of the MO and learn to recognize them.
 
CAIO F. MIGUEL (California State University, Sacramento)
Dr. Caio Miguel is a Professor of Psychology and Director of the Verbal Behavior Research Laboratory at California State University, Sacramento. He is also an adjunct doctoral advisor at Endicott College, MA. He is the past editor of The Analysis of Verbal Behavior and a former Associate Editor for the Journal of Applied Behavior Analysis. Dr. Miguel's research focuses on the study of verbal behavior and stimulus control. He has given hundreds of professional presentations around the world, and has had 90 manuscripts published in English, Portuguese, and Spanish. He is the recipient of the 2013 award for outstanding scholarly work by the College of Social Sciences at Sacramento State, the 2014 Outstanding Mentor Award by ABAI, the 2019 Award for Excellence in Teaching Verbal Behavior, the 2019 Alumni Achievement Award from the Department of Psychology at Western Michigan University, and the 2020 Jack Michael Award for Outstanding Contributions to Verbal Behavior. He is the co-founder of Verbale - a firm that provides behavior-analytic consultation all around the world.
 
 
Special Event #580
CE Offered: BACB
Presidential Address: Some Thoughts About the Future: Science, Culture, and Values
Monday, May 30, 2022
6:00 PM–6:50 PM
Ballroom Level 3; Ballroom East/West
Instruction Level: Intermediate
Chair: Carol Pilgrim (University of North Carolina Wilmington)
CE Instructor: Carol Pilgrim, Ph.D.
 

Presidential Address: Some Thoughts About the Future: Science, Culture, and Values

Abstract:

In his seminal paper “Some Thoughts About the Future” (1986), Skinner delineated directions that he thought were critical for the experimental analysis of behavior to take in order to thrive in the future. Now seems to be a fitting time to reflect upon the ways in which behavior analysis as a discipline can flourish in the years ahead, particularly in light of the world’s recent sociocultural challenges. Skinner long envisioned that the science of behavior would mature sufficiently to be effectively applied at the level of a culture, where mechanisms of selection could be implemented in ways that supported the well-being of all members and the longevity of the group. I contend that a science of cultural behavior may be well poised to promote cultural change if synthesized with the research program and conceptual framework supplied by relational frame theory (RFT), and applied methods drawn from these innovations that help create a science of intentional change. In this presentation, I explore how cultural practices are selected and transmitted not only by direct-acting contingencies, but also due to the influence of verbal stimulus functions, or indirect acting contingencies. I provide examples from such diverse topics as political propaganda or rhetoric and prejudice and stigma. I further explore how acceptance and commitment training (ACT), scaled up and applied at a systems level, may be able to alter the functions of verbal stimuli so that cultural practices consistent with a community’s shared values can be established. Planning for the future requires a behavior analytic conceptualization of values, which has been traditionally defined as the reinforcers that maintain a culture’s practices. Challenges persist in arranging contingencies whereby people value not only the well-being of others but their culture’s future as well. RFT helps behavior analysts appreciate valuing as a verbal process, whereby statements of values enhance the efficacy of reinforcers for behaviors consistent with those values. This approach can help us develop a technology for promoting shared or collective values among communities of people, to include, for example, celebrating diversity, promoting the well-being of others, and caring about the future. Although the primary purpose of this address is to serve as a call to action for the broad-scale application of RFT and ACT to propel a behavior analytic science of cultural change, I conclude by suggesting that the discipline itself engage in something akin to values clarification to ensure that our field adapts to changing circumstances and shifts paradigms so that the field itself has longevity. We may not have time to waste.

 
RUTH ANNE REHFELDT (The Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago)
 
Ruth Anne Rehfeldt received her Ph.D. from the University of Nevada, Reno in 1998, and is a professor at the Chicago School of Professional Psychology, Chicago and Director of the Center for Autism Spectrum Disorders. Dr. Rehfeldt has contributed both basic and applied research that is impressive for its bench-to-bedside translation in the area of derived stimulus relations. Particularly noteworthy is her applied work demonstrating the effectiveness of interventions based on derived stimulus relations for learners ranging from young children to persons with disabilities to graduate students. Her work has contributed to the understanding of complex forms of human behavior, focusing on verbal behavior, rule governance, observational learning, stimulus equivalence, and perspective-taking. Dr. Rehfeldt has also served on a number of editorial boards and was editor of The Psychological Record for more than a decade.  
 
Target Audience:

All convention registrants are welcomed and encouraged to attend.

 
 

BACK TO THE TOP

 

Back to Top
ValidatorError
  
{"isActive":false}